Adam, alexander; fitch, ebenezer rudiments of latin grammar [1814] by Miguel Jesus

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the information in books and make it universally accessible.

https://books.google.com

[Ea.-t.

|iiaiu, i.e | -

v- '

TIIII , 3 2044 097 065 932 ; ----------

• • •••

• • ••••••

• • • • • • • ••••••••••••• --→→→

←→ ←→

← →

THE

RUDIMENTS OF

LATIN GRAMMAR. -_

BY ALEXANDER ADAM, LL. D. Xector of tbe High Scboot of Edinburgh.

ArEPTSED AND ABRIDGED B?^ EBENEZER AITCH, D. D, pResident of williaMs' college.

•«#<=»%w.

REcoMM£NDED Br rh£ rrvsrees of saetp cor trce, ro Be USED B r ?rHOSE hyHO ARE iNTENDED FoR “TH.aT SeM inarr.

•*4<=>£»-

FOURTH EDITION. i_*_•

TR ΟΥ :

PRINTÉD B^ PARKER AND BL1SS,

' Sold at the Troy Bookstore, sign of the Bible, and by the principal Booksellers. *

• • • • • •••• • •• • •

181 4.

Ea*-

* \ % , I A. ■ - o

-tet-Ta+**+-

`DISTRICT OF NEW.YORK, ss. Be it remem berzo, that on the Fifteenth day of June, in the thirty-eighth year of the Independence of the Ünited States of America, William S. Parxer.and PellATIAB Bliss, of the faid

Diftriét, have *depofited in this office the title of a Book the right whereof they claim as proprietors, in the words following, to wit : * The RUDIMENTS.oF LATIN GRAMMAR. By Alexander Adam, LL. D. Rc&or of the High School of Edinburgh. Revifed and Abridged by Ebenezer Fitch, D. D. Prefident of Williams' Col lege. Recommended by the Truftees of. faid college to be ufed by thofe who are intended for that feminary."

In conformity to the A&tofthe Congrefsof the United States, enti tled * An A&t for the encouragement of Learning, by fecuring thc copies of Maps, Charts, and Books to the authors and proprietors of fuch copies, during the time therein mentionedi* And alfo to an A&, entitled * an A& fupplementary to an Aét, entitlcd an A® for the encouragement of Léárning, by fecuring the copies of Maps, Charts, and Books to the aythors and proprietors of fuch copies, Juring the times therein and extending the benefits

íÉ„Ä,

thereof to the arts of defigning, engraving and etching hiftorical apd other prints." THERON RUDD,

Clerk of tbe Soutbern Dißriâ of New-rori.

EXTRACTS *

f RoM r H e aut hom's Adverti se M ent.

THE materials of this Grammar are colle&ed from the beft Grammarians, chiefly from Mr. Ruddiman. In this edition there are feveral improvements. The Syntax is greatly enlarged, by the addition of many ufeful obferva tions and examples ; and particularly by a full explana tion of the different meaming and conftru&ion of Verbs and Prepofitions, and of thofe phrafes which occafion moft difficulty to learners, colle&ted from the Claffics, and from the beft writers on Latinity. By the natural divifion of words and fentences into Simple and Compound, no rule or example is introduced in Syntax or Profody, till the learneris properly prepared, by what goes before, to underftand it ; which is not the ' cafe in the Latin Grammars commonly ufed : where, not to mention other inftances, the conftru&ion of the Rela

tive, which requires a previous acquaintance with moft of

the other rules of conftru&tion, is placed near the begin ntng of Syntax ; and, what appears ftill more prepofterous, in Profody, the rules concerning the quantity of com pounds are placed before thofe concerning the quantity of, fimple words. Thefe improprieties in arrangement occafion greater inconvenience to learners than is gener ally imagined. After the Syntax, there is a brief account and explana tion of the various Tropes and Figures of words and of thought, which occur in the Claffics, compiled from the moft approved authors, chiefly from Quinäilian, and Mar fais für les Troper. The greateft care has every where been takem, to make the tranflation of Latin words and phrafes fubfervient to

the knowledge of Englifh.

Thefe, and feveral other

particulars nöt mentioned, it is hoped, will be found to be improvements of fome impoitance in the plan of Ed ucation.

cf THE PRESIDENT AND TRUSTEES oF w ILLIAMs' COLLEGE.

Tiie inconvenience and difadvantage experienced both by inftru&tors and ftudents, from the ufe of dif ferent Latin Grammars, render it highly expedient to eftablifh a uniformity in this College. Adam's Latin Grammar, which by very good judges, is confidered as the beft and moft complete Grammar of the Latin Language, has for feveral years been generally ufed in this feminary. But the Englifh part of this Grammar, which wery confiderably increafes its fize and price, is found by experience to be not only ufelefs but very in convenient to the ftudent and inftruĂŠtor. An Abridg ment of this Grammar having been {hown to us, in which the Englifh part, and other ufelefs parts are omitted, we hereby recommend this cheap, abridged and more convenient Edition to all ftudents who expe&t to refort to this College for education, and dire&t that all who are hereafter admitted as members of this fem

inary ufe it in their claffical exercifes, JVilliamfiown, Dec 3o, 1895.

'rHe

RUDIMENTS or

LATIN GRAMMAR. GRAYAAR is the art of fpeaking and writing cor re&ly. Latin Grammar is the art offpeaking and writing the

Latin language corre&tly. The Rudiment*of Grammar are plain and eafy inflruc teaching beginners the firft principles and rules

$; of it.

Grammar treats of fentences, and the feveral parts of which they are compounded. Sentences confift of words ; Words confift of one ot

more fyllables ; Syllables of one or more letters. So that Letters, Syllables, Words, and Sentences, make up the whole fubje& of Grammar. LETTERS.

That part of Grammar which treats of letters, is called Orthography. The letters in Latin are twenty. five : A, a ; B, b ; C, c ; D, d ; E, e ; F, f; G, g ; H, h ; I, i ; J, j ; K, k ; L, 1 ; M, m ; N, n ; O, o ; P, p ; Q, <q ; R, r ; S, f; T, t ; U, u ; V, v ; X, x ; Y, y ; Z, z.

Letters are divided into Wowels and Confonants.

Six are vowels ; a, e, i, o, u, y. All the reft are confonants. A 2

Letters and Diphthongs.

A vowel makes a full found by itfelf; as, a, e. A confonant cannot make a perfe&t found without a vowel ; as, b, d. A vowel is properly called a fimple /ound ; and the founds formed by the concourfe of vowels and confonants, articulate founds. -

Confonants are divided into Muter, Semi-vowels, and

Double Confonant*. A mute is fo called, becaufe it entirely ftops the paf fage of the voice ; as, p in ap. The mutes are, p, b ; t, d; c, k, q, and g : but b, d, and g, perhaps may more properly be termed Semi-muter. A femi-vowel, or half-vowel, does not entirely ftop the paffage of the voice ; thus, al. The femi-vowelsare, l, m,an, r, *, f. The firft four of thefe are alfo called Liquids, particularly l and r ; be

caufe they fiow foftly and eafily after a mute in the fame fyllable ; as, bla, /?ra.

The mutes and femi-vowels may be thus diftinguifhed. In namiag the mutes, the vowel is put after them ; as, pe, be, &c.: but in naming the femi-vowels, the vowel is put before them ; as, el, em, &c. The double confonants are x, z, and j. X is made up of cv, kr, or gr. Z feems not to be a double confonant in

Englifh. . It has the fame relation to *, as v has to f, be ing founded fomewhat more foftly. In Latin, z, and likewife ÂŁ, and y, are found only in words derived from the Greek.

7^ in Englifh is fometimes a confonant, as in youth.

. H by fome is not accounted a letter, but only a breath upg rom p H t h on G s.

A Diphthongis two wowels joined in one found. 1f the found of both vowels be diftin&ly heard, it is called a Proper Diphthong ; if not, an Improper Diphthong. The proper diphthongs in Latin are commonly reckon ed three ; au, eu, ei ; as in aurum, Eurus, omneis. To thefe,

fome, not improperly, add other three, namely, ai ; as in Maia ; oi, as in Troia ; and ui, as in Harpuia ; or in cui

and buic, when pronoun sed as monofyllables.

Sylvasles and Woads.

The improper diphthongs inT.atin are two, ae, or when the vowels are written together, ae ; as aetas, or aetas ; oe, or æ ; as, poena, or pæna ; in both which the found of the e only is heard. The ancients commonly wrote the vow els feparately, thus, aetas, poena. SYLLABLES.

A fyllable is the found of one letter, or of feveral let. ters pronounced by one impulfe of the voice. In every word there are as many fyllables as there are diftin&t founds.

In Latin there are as many fyllables in a word, as there are vowels or dipthongs in it ; unlefs when u with any other vowel comes after g, q, or *, as in lingua, qui, /uadeo ;

where the two vowels are not reckoned a diphthong, be caufe the found of the u vanifhes, or is little heard.

Words confifling of one fyllable, are called Mono/ylla

bles ; of two, Diffyllabler ; and of more than two, Poly/jl. Ilables. But all words of more than one fyllable, are com monly called Polyßyllables, In dividing words into fyllables, we are chiefly to be dire&ted by the ear. Compound words fhould be divided into the parts of which they are made up ; as, up-on, with

out, &c. and fo in Latin words, ab-utor, in-ert, propter-ea, et-enim, &c. In like manner, when a fyllable is added in the formation of the Englifh verb ; as, lov ed, lov-ing, lov eth, will-img, &c. Obferve, A long fyllable is thus marked [-] ; as, amäre ; or with a circumflex accent thus, [^] ; as, amârit. A. fhort fyllable is marked thus [*] ; as, omnibus. • What pertains to the quantity of fyllables, to accent, -

and verfe, will be treated of afterwards. WORDS.

A word is one or more fyllables joined together, which men have agreed upon to fignify fomething. That part of Grammar which treats of words, is called Etymology, or Analogy. -

Parts of Speech.

All words may be divided into three kinds ; namely, 1. fuch aa mark thc names of things ; 2. fuch as denote what is affirmed con

cerning things ; and 3. fuch as are fignificant only in conjun&tion with other words ; or what are callcd Subßantiver, Attributives, and Conne&iiver. Thus, in the following fentenice, “ Tbe diligent boy rsads

•• tbe le/on earefuly in ibe fcbool, and at home," the words boy, leff.n,/&hoot, bome, are the names we give to the things fpoken of ; diligent, reads, carefuly, exprefs what is affirmed concerning the boy ; tbe, in, and, at, are only fignificant when joined with the other words of the Rcntence.

All words whatever are either fimple or compound, primi tive or derivative.

The divifion of words into fimple and compound, is called their Figure ; into primitive and derivative, their Specier or kind. A fimple word is that which is not made up of more tham one, as piur, pious ; ego, I ; doceo, I teach. A compound word is that which is made up of two or more words ; or of one word, and fome fyllable added ; as, impius, impious ; dedoceo, 1 unteach ; egomet, l myfelf. A primitive word is that which comes from no other ; as, pius, pious ; difco, I learn ; doceo, I teach. A derivative word is that which comes from another word ; as, piëtar, piety ; doärina, learning. The different claffes into which we divide words, are called Parts of Speech. -

PARTS OF SPEECH.

The parts of fpeech in Latin are eight ; 1. Noum, Promoun, Verb, Participle ; declined : 2. Adverb, Prepofition, Interjeéîiom, and Conjunétion ; undeclined.

I)eclinable parts of fpeech are thofe which receive dif. ferent changes, particularly on the end, which is called the Termination of words.

The changes made upon words are by grammarians called Accident*.

Of old, all words which admit of different terminations

were faid to be declined. But Declenfion is now applied

Noun Substantive.

only to nouns. The changes made upon the verb are called Conjugation.

The Englifh language has one part of fpeech more than the Latin, namely, the ARTICLE.

The want of the article is a defe& in the Latin tongue, and often renders the meaning of nouns undetermined: thus filius regit, may fignify, either, a /on of a king, or, a £ing's /on ; or the /on ofthe king, or the king's /on. NOUN.

A noun is either fubflantive or adje&ive. The adje&ive feems to be improperly called noun : it is only a word added to a fubftantive or noun, expreffive of its quality ; änd therefore fhould be confidered as a different part of fpeech. But as the fubftantive and adje&ive together exprefs but one obje&t, and in Lätin are declincd after the fame manner, they have both been comprehended under the fame general name. SUBSTANTIVE.

A Subftantive, or noun, is the name of any perfon, place, or thing ; as, boy, fchool, book. Subftantives are of two forts ; properand common names. Proper names are the names appropriated to individu als ; as tbe names of perfons and places : fuch are, Cae far, Rome. Common namew fland for whole kinds, containing feveral forts ; or for forts, containing many individuals under

them ; as, animal, man.

Every particular being fhould have its own proper name ; but this is impoffible, on account of their innume rable multitude : men have therefore been obliged to give the fame common name to fuch things as agnee together in certain refpe&ts. Thefe form what is called a genus, or kind ; a fpecier, or fort. A proper name may be ufed for a common, and then in Englifh it has the article joined to it; as, when we fay of fome great conqueror, ** He is an Alexander ;'' or, ** The Alexander of his age.” To proper and common na:nes may be added a third clafs of nouns, which mark the names of qualities, and

Latin Nouns.

are called abßra& nouns ; as, hardngf, goodnef, whitene/k, virtue, juffice, piety, &c. When we fpeak of things, we confider them as one or more. This is what we call Number. When one thing is fpoken of, a noun is faid to be of the fingular number; . when two or more, of the plural.

Things confidered according to their kinds, are either male orfemale, or neither of the two.

Males are faid to

be of the mafeuline gender ; females of the feminine ; and all other things, of the neuter gender. Such nóuns as are applied to fignify either the male or the female, are faid to be of the common gender, that is, either mafculine or feminine.

Various methods are ufed, in different languages, to exprefs the different connexions or relations ofTone thing to another.

In the Englifh, and , in moft modern lan

guages, this is done by prepofitions, or particles placed before the fubftantive ; in Latin, by declenfion, or by dif ferent cafes ; that is, by changing the termination of the

noun ; as, rex, a king, or the king ; regis, of a king, or of the king.

LATIN NOUNS.

A Latin noun is declined by Genders, Cafër, and Numbers.

, There are three genders, Ma/culime, Feminime, and Neuter.

The cafes are fix, Nominative, Genitive, Da

tive, Accufative, Vocative, and Ablative. There are two numbers, Singular and Plural.

There are five different ways of varying or de clining nouns, called, thefir/?,fecond, third, fourth, and fifth declenfions. Cafes are certain changes made upon the termination of nouns, to exprefs the relation of one thing to another.

They are fo called, from cad,. to fall ; becaufe they fall, as it were, from the nominative ; which is therefore

Gender of Nouns.

named. ca/as reäus, the ftraight cafe ; and the other cafes, : ca/us ob/iqui, the oblique cafes. The different declenfions may be diftinguifhed from one another by the termination of the genitive fingular. The firft declenfion has æ dipthong ; the fecond i; the third has is ; the fourth has ás ; and the fifth has äi

in the genitive. Although Latin nouns be faid to have fix cafes, yet none of them have that number of different terminations,

both in the fingular and plural. GENERAL RULES OF

DECLENSION.

1. Nouns of the neuter gender have the Ac cufative and Vocative like the Nominative, in

both numbers ; and thefe cafes in the plural end always in a.

2. The Dative and Ablative plural endalways alike.

3. The Vocative for the moft part in the fin

gular, and always in the plural, is the fame with ' the Nominative.

Greek nouns in * generally lofe * in the Vocative ; as, Thomas, Thoma ; Anchj/es, Anchife ; Paris, Pari ; Panthus, - Panthu ; Pallat, -antis, Palla, names of men. But nouns in er of the third declenfion oftener retain the * : as, δ Achilles, or -e ; 0 Socrates, or -e : and fometimes nouns in

is and at ; as, 0 Thair, Myfis, Pallas, -adis, the goddefs IMinerva, &c.

4. Proper names for the moft part want the plural: Unlefs feveral ofthe fame name be fpoken of; as, dus decim Cæfarer, the twelve Cæfars.

GENDER,

Nouns in Latin are faid to be of differ^*t gemders, not merely from the diflinétion of fex, but chiefly from their being joined with am adje&ive of one termination, and

GeNper of Nouns.

not of another. Thus, penna, a pen, is faid to be femi nine, becaufe it is always joined with an adjeétive in that termination, which is applied to females ; as, bona penna, a good pen, and not bonus penna, The gender of nouns which fignify things without life, depends on their termination, and different declenfion. To diftinguifh the different genders, grammarians make ufe of the pronoun hic, to mark the mafculine ; haec, the feminine ; and hoc, the neuter. general

R U l E S coN cetr N 1 N G G en Der.

1. Names of males are mafculine ; as, Homêrus, Homer ; pater, a-father ; poëta, a poet.

2. Names offemales are feminine ; as, Heläna, Helen ; mulier, a woman ; uxor, a wife ; mater, 2.

Ęter ;

/oror, a fifter ; Tellur, the Goddefs of the

earth.

3. Nouns which fignify either the male or fe male, are of the common gender ; that is, either mafculine or feminine 5 as, Hic bos, an ox ; hæc bor, a cow ; hic parent, a father ; hæc parens, a mother. The following lift comprehends moft nouns of the common gender. -

a young Conjux, a bu/and, or Nemo, ne body. Obfes, an bofiage.

j.$i- £ or wife. voman. Conviva, a gugft. -

Affinis, a relation by Guftos, a £pir. marriage. Antiftes, a prelate.

Dux, a leader. Hæres, an beir.

Auétor, an autbor.

Foftis, an enemy.

Augur, a /ootf/ayer.

Infans, an infant.

Patruélis, a covfin-ger nam, by tbe father's /id. Praes, a /urety. Princeps, a prince or princeft. Sacerdos, a prigf or

9anis, a dog or bitck.

{nterpres, an interpre-

Civis, a citizen.

Judex, a judge. [ter. Sus, à /wine. Martyr, a martyr. Teftis, a witngf. Miles, a /oldier. T. Vates, a propbet.

'Cliens, a client.

Comes, a companion.

Municeps, a burgefi,

prigfig.

Vindex, an avenger.

Βut antiflet, cliens, and ho/per, alfo change their termin ation to exprefs the feminine, thus, anti/fita, clienta, ho/pita: in the fame manner •with leo, aliori; leæna, a lionefs ; *quur, egua ; mulur, nuda ; and many others.

Gender of Nouns.

There are feveral nouns, which, though applicable to both fexes, admit only of a mafculine adje&ive ; as, ad

väna, a ftranger ; agricöla, a hufbandman ; affecla, an at tendant ; accöla, a neighbour; exul, an exile ; latro, a rob

ber ; fur, a thief ; opifex, a mechanic, &c. There are others, which, though applied to perfons, are on account of their termination, always neuter ; as, /eortum, a court

ezan ; mancipium, fervitium, a flave, &c. In like manner, operae, workmen ; vigiliae, excubiae, watch es ; noxæ, guilty perfons ; though applied to men, are al ways femimine. OBSERVATIONS.

OBs. 1. The names of brute animals commonly fol low the gender of their termination. Such are the names of wild beafts, birds, fifhes, and

infe&ts, in which the diftin&tion of fex is either not eafily difcerned, or feldom attended to. Thus, pa/er, a fpar row, is mafculine, becaufe nouns in er are mafculine ; fo

aquila, an eagle, is feminine, becaufe nouns in a of the firft declenfion are feminine. Thefe are called Epicene or promifcuous nouns. When any particular fex is marked, we ufually add the word mas or femina, as mas pa/er, a male fparrow ; femina pa/er, a female fparrow. OBs. 2. A proper name, for the moft part, follows the gender of the general name under which it is com prehended. Thus, the names of months, winds, rivers and moun

tains, are mafculine, becaufe menfis, ventur, mons, and flu vius, are mafculine ; as, hic Aprilis, April ; hic Aqui/o, the morth wind ; Africus, the fouth-weft wind ; hic Tib;ris, the river Tiber ; hic Othrys, a hill in Theffaly. But ma ny of thefe follow the gender of their termination ; as, hæc Matróna, the river Marne in France ; hæc Ætna, a mountain in Sicily ; hoc Soraàe, a hill in Italy. In like manner, the names of countries, towns, trees,

and fhips, are feminine, becaufe terra or regio, urbs, ar

bor and navis, are feminine ; as, hæc Ægyptus, Egypt ; Samor, an ifland of that - name ; Corinuhus, the city Co rinth ; pomus, an apple tree ; Centáurus, the name of a fhip : Thus alfo the names of poems, hæc Ilias, -âdo& B

10n.

Gen. ärum ; Dat. and

—• *t.

Terminations.

''ural. •

pent ; | a, ae,

ium, of pems ; e, arum, to pens ; I e, ir,

• •• '•

•

pen* ; I am,

aJ ,

0 pens ; | a, e, with pens. | a, i;.

* •

are mafculine ; Hadria,

Tet ; planéta, a planet ; d dama, a fallow-deer. fometimes formed the rula, a hall, gen. aulai :

ich form theôompounds …familias, the mifirefs o£ om. plur. matres familias,

have more frequently cral, to. diftinguifh them us of the fecónd declen. , ** Nata, a daughter, rta, a freed-woman. •, a /Â«-mule.

an filiis, &c. '' N s.

irft declenfion, are Greek. ne : nouns in e are femi

* pemma ; only they have Aenēas, AEneas the name …r ; ac C

-am Or -am ; voc.

- north wind ; Tiaras, -æ,

commonly am, but in po

First Declension.

f 4.

and Odyssza, the two poems of Homer ; hæc Æneis, -idor, a poemi of Virgil's ; hæc Eunüchus, one ofTerence's com edies.

The gender, however, of many of thefe depends on the termination ; thus, hic Pontus, a country of that name ;

hic Sulmo, -önis ; Peffinus, -untis ; Hydrus, -untis ; names of towns ; hæc Perfis,Tidis, the kingdom of Perfia ; Carthä go, -inis, the city Carthage ; hoc Albion, Britain ; hoc Caere,

Reate, Præneffe, Tibur, Ilium, names of towns. But fome of thefe are alfo found in the feminine ; as, Gelida Præneffe, Juv. Ilion defenfa, Ovid.

The following names of trees are mafculine, oleafler, -tri, a wild olive tree ; rhamnur, the white bramble.

The following are mafculine or feminine ; cyti/üs, a Κind of fhrub ; rubus, the bramble-bufh ; larix, the larch

tree ; lotus, the lot-tree ; eupreffus, the cyprefs-tree. The firft two however are oftener mafculine ; the reft oftener feminine.

Thofe in um are neuter ; as, buxum, the bufh, or box

tree ; ligu/lrum, a privet ; fo likewife are /uber, -êris, the cork-tree ; filer, -āris, the ofier ; robur, -öris, oak of the hardeft kind ; acer, -āris, the maple-tree. The place where trees or fhrubs grow is commonly neuter ; as, Arbuffum, quercátum, £fculetum, faliäum, fru ticetum, &c. a place where trees, oaks, beeches, willows, fhrubs, &c. grow : Alfo the names of fruits and timber ; as, pomum, or malum, an apple ; pirum, a pear ; ebänum, ebony, &c. But from this rule there are various excep t1On$.

Obs. 3. Several nouns are faid to be of the doubtful gender ; that is, are fometimes found in one gender, and fometimes in another ; as, dies, a day, mafculine or fem inime ; vulgur, the rabble, mafculine or neuter. FIRST DECLENSION.

Nouns of the firft declenfion end in a, e, as, es.

I.atin nouns end only in a, and are of the feminine gender. The terminations of the different cafes are ; Nom. and

Vec. Sing. a ; Gen. and Dat. e dipthong ; Acc. am ;

F1Rst DF clension.

Abl. á : Nom. and Voc. Plur. ae ; Gen. ärum ; Dat. and Abl. iv ; Acc. as ; Thus,

Penna, a pem, fem. Singular.

Plural.

N. penna, . a pen ; G. pennæ, of a pen ;

I). pennæ, 4. pennam,

}^. penna,

N G. io a pen ; D. a pen ; 4. 0 pen ; /.

Terminatioms.

pennæ, pens ; ] a, ae, pennárum, of pens ; | e, arum, pennis, * to pens ; l e, ir, pennas, pen* ; I am, ar, pennae, 0 pens ; ] a, e,

4. pennâ, with a pen ; 4. pennis,

with pens. | a, iv.

E x C E p t i o n s.

Exc. 1. The following nouns are mafculine ; Hadria* the Hadriatic fea ; comèta, a comet ; planèta, a planet ; and fometimes talpa, a mole ; and dama, a fallow-deer. Pafcha, the paffover, is neuter. Exc. 2.

The ancient Latins fometimes formed the

genitive fingular in äi ; thus, aula, a hall, gen. auläi: and fometimes likewife in as ; which form the compounds offamilia ufually retain ; as, materfamilias, the miftrefs of a family ; gen. matris familias ; nom. plur. matres familiar, or matres familiarum. Exc. 3. The following nouns have more frequently âbus in the dative and ablative plural, to diftinguifh them in thefe cafes from mafculines in us of the fecond declen 31On :

Anima, the /oul. Dea, a godfgf. Equa, a mare. Famula, a female fervant.

Fihia, & Nata, a daughter, Liberta, a freed-woman. Mula, a /be-mule.

Thus, deäbus, filiäbus, rather than filiis, &c. GR E E K N o U Ns.

Nouns in ar, es, and e, of the firft declenfion, are Greek. Nouns in as and es are mafculine : nouns in e are femi nine.

Nouns in as are declined like penna ; only they have am or an in the accufative ; as, Ængas, Aeneas the name

of a man ; gen. Ænëe ; dat. -ae ; acc -am or -an ; voc. -a ; abl. -4. ' So Boreas, -eae, the north wind ; Tiärar, -æ,

a turban. In profe they have commonly am, but in po

— Se coND DeclENsioN.

etry oftener am, in the accufative.

Greek nouns in a have

fometimes alfo an in the acc. in poetry ; as Q//a, -am, or -am, the name of a mountain.

Mouns in es and e are thus declined,

Anchifes, Anchi/es, the name of a man. Singular. Nom. Anchifes, Gen. Anchifæ, Dat. Anchifae,

Acc. Anchifen, J^oc. Anchife, .Abl. Anchife.

•

Penelöpe, Penelope, the name of a womdn. Singular. Nom. Penelope, Acc. Penelopem, Gen. Penelopes, Voe. Penelope, LOat. Penelope, Abl. Penelope. Thefe nouns, being proper names, want the plural um, iefs when feveral of the fame name are fpoken of, and then they are declined like the plural of penna. The Latins frequently turn Greek nouns in es and e into a ; as, Atrida, for Atrides ; Perfa for Perfer, a Per fian ; Geometra, for -tres, a Geometrician : Circa for Circe; Epitöma, for -me, an abridgment ; Grammatica, for -ce, grammar ; Rhetorica, for -ce, oratory. So Clinia, for Cli nias, &c. The accufative of nouns in es and e is found fometimes in em.

A'ote. We fometimes find the genit. plur. contraétcd ; as, Caeliä! /4»/, for Gziicolarum ; £neädám, for -arum.

SECOND DECLENSION.

Nouns of the fecond declenfion end in er, ir, ?ur, t/£, £///l ; 05, 0/?.

Nouns in um and om are neuter ; the reft are mafculine.

Nouns of the fecond declenfion have the gen. fing. in i ; the dat. and abl. in o ; the acc. in um ; the voc. like

the nom. (But nouns in us make the vocative in e :) The nom. and voc. plur. in i, or a ; the gen. in orum ; the dat. and abl. in is ; and the acc. in or, or a; as,

Sec6rb Declension.

Gener, a /on-in-law, mafc. Sing. Nom. gener, Gen. genéri, Dat. genero, 4cc. generum, Voc. gener, Abl. genero.

Terminationr.

Plur.

| er, ir, u*, i,

INom. genéri, Gen. generörum, Dat. generis, -Acc. generos, Voc. generi, Abl. generis.

i, orum, o, it,

| | er, ir, e,o,

tum, of,

i, is.

After the fame manner decline fécer, -äri, a father.im law ; puer, .àri, a boy ; So Furcifer, a villain ; Lucifer, the morning ftar ; adulter, an adulterer ; armiger, an armour bearer ; presbjter, an elder ; Mulciber, a name of the god Vulcam ; vefper, the evening ; and Iber, -āri, a Spaniard, the only noun in er, which has the genit. long, and its compound Celtiber, -eri : Alfo, vir, viri, a man, the only noun in ir ; and its compounds, Levir, a brother-in-law ; Semivir, duumvir, triumvir, &c. And likewife Satur, . üri,

full, (of old /aturus,) an adjeétive. But moft nouns in er lofe the e in the genitive ; as, Ager, a field, mafc. Sing.

Plur.

Nom. ager, Gen. agri, Dat. agro, Acc agrum, }^oc. ager, 4bl. agro. Äper, a wild boar.

Nom. agri, Gen. agrórum, - Dat. agris, Acc. agros, Voc. agri, Abl. agris.

In like manner, decline, Colüber, a /erpent. Magifter, a maffer.

Arbiter, a judge. Culter, tbe coulter of a Minifter, a /ervant. Aufter, the /outb wind. plougb, a £nife. Onäger, a wild aß. Cancer, a crabffi, Faber, a workman. Scalper, a lancet. Caper, an be- goat.

Alfo, liber, the bark of a tree, or a book, which has

libri : but liber, free, an adje&ive, and Liber, a name of. Bacchus, the God of wine, have libêri.

So likewife pro

per names, Alexander, Evander, Periander, Menander, Tere cer, Meleäger, &c. gen. Alexandri, Evandri, &c. B 2

Se cond Decle N sion.

Dominus, a lord, ma/e. Sing. Nom. dominus, Gen. domini, Dat. domino, Acc. dominum, J^oc. domine,

Plur.

Nom. domini, Gen. dominórum, Dat. dominis, Acc. dominos, Voc. domini, Abl. dominis.

Abl. domino.

Regnum, a kingdom, neuter. Sing. Nom. regnum, t}en. regni, Dat. regno, 4cc. regnum, Voc. regnum, Abl. regno.

Plur.

Nom. regna, Gen. regnórum, Dat. regnis, Acc. regna, Voc. regna, Abl. regnis.

Ex C E P t 1 ON S I N G E N D E R.

Exc. 1. The following nouns in us are feminine ; hu mus, the ground ; alvus, the belly ; vannus, a fieve. And the following, derived from Greek nouns in or : Abyffus, a bottomle/

Dialeétus, a diale?, or Methödus, a method.

pit.

manner offpeech.

Periödus, a period.

Antidötus, a prgfèrva- Diametros, tbe diame- Perimetros, tbe circum tive againf pojfon. ter of a circle. ference. Arétos, one ofítbe con- Diphthongus, a dipb- Pharus, a watch tower. fellations. tbong. Synödus, an affembiy. Carbäfus, a fuil. Erémus, a defert,

To thefe add fome names ofjewels and plants, becau£e gemma and planta are feminine ; as, Amethyftus, an ame- Sappirus, a /appbire.

Byffus, fine flax or

thy/?. Topazius, a topaz. /inem. Chryfolithus, a cbry(Tam Egyp- Coftus, co/tmary. folite. Biblus tiam reed Crocus, /affron. Chryfophräfus, a kind Papyrus, of wbicb Hyfsöpus, hyffop. of topaz. paper was Nardus, /?ikenard. »

Cryftallus, a cry?al.

made.

Leucochryfus, a jacintb.

Other names of jewels are generally mafculine ; as, Eeryllus, the beryl ; carbunculus, a carbuncle ; Pyrôpus, a ruby ; Smaragdus, an emerald : And alfo names of plants ; as, A/parägus, afparagus or fparrowgrafs ; ellebörus, elle

bore ; raphânus, radifh or colewort ; intjbus, endive or fuc cory, &c,

Second DeclensioN.

Exc. 2. The nouns which follow, are either mafculine or feminine : Atömus, an atom.

Barbitus, a barp.

Balänus, tbe fruit of the Camélus, a camel. palm-tree.

Colus, a diffaff.

GrofTus, a green fig. Penus, a /?ore-hou/ę. Phaselus, a little /3ip.

Ecx. 3.

J/irur, poifon ; pelägus, the fea, are neuter.

Exc. 4.

Vulgus, the common people, is either mafcu

line or neuter, but oftener neuter. exCepti ONS iN DE C l E N Sion.

Proper names in ius lofe us in the vocative ; as, Horatius, Horäti ; Virgilius, Virgili ; Georgius, Georgi, names of men : Larius, Lari ; Mincius, Minci, names of

lakes. Filius, a fon, alfo hath fili ; genius, one's guardiam angel, geni ; and deus, a god, hath deus, in the voc. and im Tthe plural more frequently dii and diis, than dèi and d£ir. Meus, my, an adjeétive pronoum, hath mi, and fome times meus in the vocative. Other nouns in ius have e ; as, tabellarius, tabellarie, a letter-carrier; .

pius, pie, &c. So thefe epithets, Delius, Delie ; Tirynthius, Tirynthie ; and thefe poffeffives, Laertius, Laertie ; Saturnius, Saturnie, &c. which are not confidered as proper names.

The poets fometimes make the voc. of nouns in us like the nom. as, fluvius, Latinus, for fluvie, Latine, Virg. . This alfo occurs in profe, but more rarely. Thus, Audi tu populus, for popule. Liv. The poets alfo change nouns in er into us ; as, Evander, or Evan drus, voc. Evander, or Evandre : So Meander, Leander, 7ymber, Teucer,

&c. and fo anciently puer in the voc. had puêre from puërus. Mote.

When the gen. fing. ends in ii, the latter i is fometimes

taken away by the poets, for the fake of quantity ; as tugiri, for tugurii ; ingëni, for ingenii, &c. And in the gen. plur. we find deám, Iibárám, fabrám, duámvirám, &c. for deorum, liberorum, &c. and in poe try, Teucrám, Graiám, Argivám, Danaùm, Pela/gám, &c. for Teucro rum, &c. GR e e K NO U N s. *.

Os and on are Greek terminations ; as, Alph£or, a riv

er in Greece ; Ilion, the city Troy ; and are often chang ed into us and um by the Latins ; as, Alphäus, Ilium, which are declined like dominus and regnum Nouns in eos or èus are fometimes contraéted in the genitive; as, Orpbäus, gen. Crphëi, Orpbei or Orpbi. So 'rbes&us, Promethäus, &c. But nouns in cur, whcn the eu is a diphthong, are of the third de clenfiop,

Third f)eclension.

Some nouns in os have the gen. fing, in o ; as, Androgeor, gen. An drogeo, or -£i, the name of a man ; Atbor, Atbo, or-i, a bill in Ma cedonia: both which are alfo found in the third decl. thus, nom.

Androgeo, gen. Androgeänis : So Atbo or Atbon, -onis, &c. Anciently mouns in os, in imitation of the Grecks, had the gen. in u ; as, Mé nandru, Apollodöru, for Menandri, Apollodori. Ter. Nouns in os have the acc. in um or on ; as, Delus or Delos acc. Delum or De/on, the name of an ifland.

Some neuters have the gen. plur. in án ; as, Georgica, gen. plur. &eorgiám, books which treat of hufbandry, as Virgil's Georgicâs, THIRD DECLENSION. There are more nouns of the third declenfion tham of

all the other declenfions together. The number of its final fyllables is not afcertained. Its final letters are thir teen, a, e, i, o, y, c, d, l, n, r, *, t, x. Of thefe, eight are peculiar to this declenfion, namely, i, o, y, c, d, l, t, x ; a and e are common to it with the firft declenfion ; n and r, with the fecond ; and * with all the other declenfions. A,

i, and y, are peculiar to Greek nouns. The terminations of the different cafes are thefe ; nom.

fing. a, e, &c ; gen. is ; dat. i ; acc. em ; voc. the /ame vith the nominative ; abl. e, or i : nom. acc. and voc. plur.

es, a, or ia ; gen. um, or ium ; dat. and abl. ibus ; thus, Sermo, /?eech, ma/e. Sing. Plur. N. fermo, G. fermónis,

IN fermöncs,

I). fermoni, 4. fermonem,

D. fermonibus,

G. fermónum,

J/. fermo,

A fermones, /. fermones,

4. fermone.

A fermonibus.

Rupcs, a Sing. N. rupes, G. rupis, ~D. rupi, 4. rupem, V. rupes, 4. rupe.

rock, fem. A lur.

N. rupes, G. rupium, I). rupibus, A. rupes, }^. rupes, 4. rupibus.

Caput, tbe bead, neut. Sing. N. caput, G. capitis,

| D. capiti, 4. caput, }^. caput, 4. capite.

Plur.

N. capita, G capitum, JD. capitibus, A. capita, }^ capita, 4. capitibus.

Sedile, a /eat, neut. Sing. A'/ur. N. fedile,

G. fedilis, D fedili, A. fedile, J^ fedile, 4, fcdilj.

IN. fedilia.

G. fedilium,

I). fedilibus, 4. fedilia, V. fedilia,

4. fedilibg$.

Third DecLension.

Lapis, a ßone, ma/e. Sing. , ÀV. lapis, G. lapidis, D. lapidi, 4. lapidem, /. lapis, 4. lapide.

Iter, a journey, neut. Sing. P/ur. N. itcr, N. itinëra,

Plur.

IN. lapides, G lapidum, D. lapidibus, 4. lapides, P. lapides, 4. lapidibus.

G. itinéris,

G. itinerum,

D. itineri, A. iter,

D. itinéribus, 4. itinera, }^. itinera,

/. iter, 4. itinere.

4. itineribus.

Qf the GENDER and GENITIVE of Nouns of the Third Decletyion. A, E, I, and 7^.

1. Nouns in a, e, i, and y, are neuter. Nouns in a form the genitive in ätis ; as, diadéma, dia demätis, a crown ; dogma, -ätis, an opinion. So, -/Enigma, a riddle. Aróma, /weet /picer.

Apothegma, a fbort pithy/aying.

Epigramma, an in-

Sophifma, a deceit/ul Théma, a theme, a

ßription. Numifma, a coin.

Stemma, a pedigree.

fubje&? to write or /peak on.

Phafma, am apparition. Stigma, a mark or Poëma, a poem. brand, a di/grace.

Toreuma, a carved

argument.

Axióma, a plain trutí.

Diplóma, a charter,

ve//e!,

Schema, a /cbeme or Stratagéma, an artful Jigure. contrivance.

Nouns in e change e into it ; as, rete, retis, a net. 0.

2. Nouns in o are mafculine, and form the genitive in ónis ; as, /ermo, /ermónis, fpeech ; draco, dracónis, a dragon.

Exc. 1. Nouns in io are feminine, when they fignify any thing without a body ; as, ratio, rationis, reafon. But when they mark any thing which has a body, or fignify numbers, they are mafculine ; as, Curculio, the throatpipe, the weafand.

Papilio, a butterfy. Pugio, a dagger, - Scipio, a /faff.

Scorpio, a /corpion. Septentrio, the nortb. Stellio, a lizard.

Titio, a firebrand. Unic, a peari,

Vefpertillo, a bat. Ternio, the aumber tbree.

Quaternio, —-fy#.

Senio, — — /ix,

Third Declension.

Exc. 2. Nouns in do and go are feminine, and have the genitive in inis ; as, arundo, arundinis, a reed ; imàgo, imaginis, an image. '

But the following are mafculine : Margo, -inis, tbe brink of a rivet,

Cardo, -ínis, a binge. Cudo, -ónis, a leatber cap. Harpägo, -ónis, a drag. Ligo, -ónis, a fpade.

alfo fem.

Ordo, -inis, order.

Tendo, -inis, a tendon. Udo, -önis, a linen or woolen /ock.

Cupido, defire, is often mafc. with thc poets ; but in profe always feminine.

Exc. 3. The following nouns have inis : Apollo, -inis, tbe god Apollo.

Nemo, -inis, m. or f. mo body.

Homo, -inis, a man or woman.

Turbo, -inis, m a wbirlwixd.

Caro. flefh. fem has carnis : Anio, mafc the name of a river, Ani

Σnis : Nerio, Nerignis, the wife of the god Mars ; from the obfolete nominatives Anien, Nerien. Turbo, the name of a man, has ònis.

Exc. 4.

Greek nouns in o are feminine, and have u,

in the genitive, and o in the other cafes fingular ; as, Dido, the name of a woman ; genit. Didûs, dat. Didó, &c. Sometimes they are declined regularly ; thus, Dido, Di dónis : fo echo, -ás, f. the refounding of the voice from a rock or wood ; Aergo, -ár, the name of a fhip ; halo, -onir, f. a circle aboat the fun or moon.

C, D, L.

3. Nouns in c and 1 are neuter, and form the

genitive by adding is ; as, animal, animälis, a living creature ; halec, hal;cis, a kind of pickle. So, Minerval, entry-money. Puteal, a well-cover. Μinütal, minced meat. Ve&igal, a tax. Except. Fel, fellis, n. gall. Sal, sälis, m. or n. /alt. Cervical, a bolßer.

Cubital, a cu/bion.

Lac, la&tis, n. mil£.

Mel, mellis, n. Bomey.

Säles, -ium, pl, m. witty /ayings. Sol, sólis, m. the /un.

Mugil, ilis, m. a mullet:fiß.

D is the termination only of a few propernames, which

form the genitive by adding is ; as, David, Davidis.

TH 1 RD Declension.

IN.

4. Nouns in n are mafculine, and add is in the negative. Exc. 1. Nouns in men are neuter, and make their gen itive in inis ; as flumen, fluminis, a river. The following nouns are likewife neuter : Gluten, -inis, glue.

Inguen, -inis, the groin. Pollen, -inis, fine flour.

Unguem, -inis, ointment.

Exc. 2. The following mafculines have inis ; peßen, a comb ; tubicen, a trumpeter ; tibicen, a piper, and o/cen, v. ofcinis, fc. avis, f. a bird, which foreboded by finging.

Exc. 3. The following nouns are feminine : Sindon, -önis, fine linen ; ä£don, T. Ünis, a nightingale ; Halcyon,

-änis, a bird called the King's fifher ; icon, -önis, an image. Exc. 4. Some Greek nouns have ontis : as, Laomëdon,

-ontis, a king of Troy. So Achêron, Chamæleon, Phaëthon, Charon, &c.

AR and UR.

5. Nouns in ar and ur are neuter, and add is to form the genitive ; as, calcar, calcâris, a fpur ; murmur, murmiirir, a noife. Except. Ebur,-öris, n. ivory. Far, farris, n corn.

Jecur, -öris, or jecinöris, n. tíe Jiver.

Femur,-öris, n. tbe thigh. Robur, -öris, n. /Irength. Furfur, -üris, m. bran.

Salar, -aris, m. a trout.

Fur, füris, m. a thief. Turtur, -üris, m. a turtle-dov?. Hepar, -ätis, or -ätos, n. Vultur, -üris, m. a vulture. tbe liver.

JER and Q R.

6. Nouns in er and or aremafculine, and form the genitive by adding is ; as, anfer, ansêris, a goofe ; agger, -êris, a rampart ; aer, -êris, the air ; carcer, -āris, a prifon ; affer, -ëris, a plank ; dolor, -áris, pain ; color, -öris, a colour.

Exc. 1. The following nouns are neuter : Ador, -oris, fine wbeat. Æquor, -öris, a plain, the /ea. ACadävcr, -ëris, a dead carcafe,

Papäver, -êris, poppy. Piper, -êris, pepper. Spinther, -ëris, a claß,

THIRD Declen suos.

or Achilli, contra&ed for Achillgi oi Achillei, of the fecond

decl. from Achillíus : So Ulyffes, Pericles, Verres, Arißo têles, &c. v

IS.

9. Nouns in is are feminine, and have their genitive the fame with the nominative ; as, auris, auris, the ear ; avis, avis, a bird.

Exc. 1. The following nouns are mafculine, amd form the genitive according to the general rule : Axis, axis, an axle-tree. Enfis, a /word. Aquälis, a water-pot, Fafcis, a bundle.

Patruelis, a coufin-ger pman.

Pifcis, a fiß. Callis, a beaten road. Follis, a pair of bellows. Poftis, a po/?. Caulis, the falk of an Fuftis, a ffaff. Sodális, a companion. Herb. Menfis, a montb. Torris, a fire-brand. Collis, a bill. Mugilis, or -il, a mul- Unguis, the nail. Cenchris, a kind ef let-f/è. [world. Veétis, a lever. ferpent, Orbis, a circle, tbe Vermis, a worm. Fecialis, a berald.

«am e*ruer*.

To thefe add Latin nouns in nis ; as, panis, bread ; crinis, the hair ; ignis, fire ; funis, a rope, &c. But Greek nouns in nis are feminine, and have the genitive in idis ; as, tyrannir, tyrannidis, tyranny.

Exc. 2. The following nouns are alfo mafculine, but form their genitive differently : Cinis, ëris, a/es.

Cucümis, -is, or -ëris, a cucumber.

JPubis or pubes, -is, or ofiener -öris, marriageable.

Dis, ditis, the godof ricbes, or ricb, Pulvis, -êris, duff. an adj. Clis, gliris, a rat.

quiris, -itis, a Æoman. Samnis, -itis, a Samnite.

Impubis, or impubes,-is, or èris, Sanguis, -imis, blood. . not marriageable. Semis, iffis, tbe half of any thing. Lapis, -idis, a fione. *Vomis, or -er, -êris, a plough/bare. Samnis and Quiris, pubis and impubis, from the nature of their fig nification, may alfo be feminine, being properly adjeétives. Pulvis and cinis are likewife fometimes feminine.

Semis is alfo fometimes

neuter, and then it is indeclinable. Exfanguis, bloodlefs, an adj. has exfanguis in

th; gen,

TH 1 RD DeclessioN.

Exc. 3. The following are either mafc. or femin. and form the

genitive according to the general rule ;

Amnis, a river.

Finis, the end : fines,

Scrobis, or

fcrobs, a

Anguis, a fhake.

the boundarie, of a

Canälis, a conduit-pipe.

field or territories, Torquis, a cbain.

Clunis, the buttocl. Corbis, a baßet.

is always ma/e.

ditc/.

Exc. 4. Thefe feminines have idis : Caffir, -idis, a hel met ; cu/pis, -idis, the point ofa fpear ; capis, -iuis, a kind of cup ; pronuffis, -idis, a kiud of drink, metheglin. Lis, fkrife, f. has litis.

Exc. 5. Greek nouns im is are generally feminine, and

form the genitive varioufly : Some have eos or ios ; as, hæ réfis, -eos, or -ior, or -is, a herefy ; bafir, -is, f. the foot of a pillar ; phrafis, a phrafe ; phthifis, a confumption ; poífit, poetry ; metropölis, a chief city, &c. Some have idir, or idos ; as, Paris, -idis, or idos, the name of a mam ; afpir, -idir, f. an afp ; ephemëris, -idit, f. a day-book ; Iris, -idis, f. the rainbow ; pyxis, -idis, f. a box. So Ægis, the fhield

of Pallas ; canthäris, a fort of fy ; perifcális, a garter ; probo/éis, an elephant's trunk ; pyrämir, a pyramid ; an tigris, a tiger, -idis, feldom tigris : all fem. Part have idis ; as, Pfophis, -idis, the name of a city : others have inis ; as, Eleufis, -inis, the name of a city : and fome have entis ; as, Simois, Simoentis, the name of a river. Charis,

one of the graces, has Charitis. OS.

1 o. Nouns in os are mafculine, and have the

genitive in ótis ; as, nepos, -ótis, a grand child ; facerdos, -ótis, a prieft. Exc. 1. The following are feminine : Arbos, or -or, -öris, a tree. Cos, cótis, a whetffone, Dos, dótis, a dowry.

Eos, eöis, the morning. Glos, glóris, tbe bu/3and's /%er, or brother's wife.

Exc. 2. The following mafculines are excepted in the genitive : Flos, fiöris, a flower. Honos, or -or, -öris, honour. Labos, or -or, -öris, laboiir.

Lepos, or -or, -öris, vif. Mos, móris, a cuflom, Ros, róris, detv.

THiRD Declension.

Cuftos, -ödis, a £ceper ; alfo fem. Tros, Tröis, a Trojam. Heros, heróis, a hero.

Bos, bövis, m. or f. an ox or cdxv.

Μinos, -öis, a king of Crete.

Exc. 3. 0r, gffit, a bone ; and åt, oris, the mouth, neu ter.

Exc. 4. Some Greek nouns have öir ; as, heros, -öir, a hero, or great man : So, Minos, a king of Crete ; Tros,

a Trojan ; thor, a kind of wolf. US.

1 I. Nouns in ut are neuter, and have their

genitive in öris ; as pecius, peäöris, the breaft ; tempus, tempöris, time. Exc. 1. The following neuters have ęris. Munus, a gift, or office. Scelus, a crime.

Acus, chaff. Funus, a funeral.

Olus, pot-ber bs.

Sidus, a /?ar.

— Foedus, a covenant.

Onus, a burden.

Vellus, a fieece of wgo&

Genus, a kind, or £in- Opus, a work, Pondus, a weigbt. dred. Rudus, rubbi/i. Glomus, a clew. Latus, the /ide.

Vifcus, an entrail. Ulcus, a bile.

Vulnus, a,wound.

Thus, acäris, funëris, &c. Glomus, a clow, is fometimes mafculine, and has glomi, of the fecond declenfion. /enus, the goddefs of love, and vetus, old, an adje&ive, likewife have ęris.

Exc. 2. The following nouns are feminine, and form . the genitive varioufly : -

Incus, -üdis, an anvil.

Salus, -ütis, //.ty.

Palus, -üdis, a pool or mora/;. Pecus, (not u/. d) -üdis, a /beep.

Seneétus, -ütis, old age. Servitus,-ütis, /lavery.

Subfcus, -üdis, a dove-tail. Tellus, -üris, tbe eartb.

Intercus, -ütis, an hydropß.

Virtus, . ütis, virtue.

Juventws, -ütis, youtb. Intercus is properly an adje&ive, having aqua underftood.

Exc. 3. Monofyllables of the neuter gender have tris, in the genitive ; as,

Rus, rüris, tbe country. Jus, jüris, law or right: alfo brotb. Thus, thüris, fran4incer/è. Pus, püris, tbe corrupt matter of So Mus, müris, mafc. a moiy. Crus, crüris, tbe leg. any /ore.

Ligug, or -ur, a Ligurian, has Ligäris ; lepus, mafc. a hare, lepäri, , Ars, mafc. or fem. a fwine, fuis ; gras, mafc. or fem. a crane, gruis.

Ί'HiRb. f)eclension.

CEdipus, fhe name of a man, has CEdipädis : fometimes it is of the fecond declenfion, and has CEdipi. The compounds of pus, have ödis : as, tripàs ; mafc. a tripod, tripödi, ; but lagôpus, -ödi, a kind of bird, or the herb hares-foot, is fem. Names of cities have untis ; as, Trapezus, Trapezuntis ; Opus, 0puntis. 7^S.

r 2. Nouns in y, are all derived from the Greek, and are for the

moft part feminine. In the genitive, they have fometimcs yir, or 3yos ; as hæc cbelys, cbelyis, or -yor, a harp ; Capys, Capyis, or yos, thc name of a man : fometimes they have 5dis, orjdos, as, hæc chlamys, chlamjdis, or chlamjdor, a íoldier's cloak ; and fometimes jnir, or 5nos ; as Tracbys, Trachynis, or Trachynos, the name of a town, *-

AES, AUS, EUS.

1 3.

The nouns ending in æs and aus are,

Æs, æris, n. braf or money. Laus, laudis, f. prajfe. Fraus, fraudis, f. fraud. Præs, prædis, m. or f. a furety. Subftantives ending in the fyllable eus are all proper names, and have the genitive in eos ; as, 0pbeus, Orpheos ; Tereus, Tereor. But thefe nouns are alfo found in the fecond declenfion, where eu, is

divided into two fyllables; thus, Orphäus, genit. Orphëi, or fometimes contraéted Orphei, and that into Orphf.

S with a confonant before it.

14. Nouns ending in s with a confonant be fore it, are feminine ; and form the genitive by changing the s into is or tis ; as, trabs, träbis, a beam ; fcobs, fcöbis, faw-duft ; hiems, hiëmir, winter ; gens, gentir, a nation ; /lipr, /lipi*, alms ; pars,

partis, a part ; /or*, /ortis, a lot ; mors, -tis, death. Exc. 1. The following nouns are mafculine : Chalys, -ybis, feel.

Merops, -öpis, a wood peckcr.

Dens, -tis, a tootb.

Mons, -tis, a mountain.

Fons, -tis, a well.

Pons, -tis, a bridge.

Gryps, gryphis, a griffam. Hydrops, -öpis, tbe drop/y.

Seps, sëpis, a kind of/erpent ; but, Seps, fepis, a bedge, is fem.

Exc. 2. The following are either mafc. or feminine : Adeps, adipis, fatne/}.

Serpens, -tis, a /erpent.

Rudens, -tis, a cable.

Stirps, ftirpis, the root of a tree.

Scrobs, fcröbis, a ditch,

Stirps, an gffprimg, always fem. C 2

ThiRD DE cleNsioN.

Animans, a living creature, is found in all the genders, but moft frequently in the feminine or neuter.

Exc. 3. Polyfyllables in eps change e into i ; as, hæc forceps, forcìpis, a pair of tongs; princeps, -ijit, a Prince, 9r princefs ; particeps, -cipit, a partaker ; fo likewife cælebr, 3alibis, an unmarried man or woman.

The compcunds

of caput have cipitis ; as, præceps, praecipitis, headlong ; an eeps, ancipitis, döubtful ; biceps, -cipitis, two-headed. Auceps, a fowler, has aucüpis. Exc. 4. The following feminines have dis : Frons, frondis, the leaf gf a tree. Glans, glandis, an acorn.

Juglans, -dis, a walnut. Lens, lendis, a nit.

So, libripens, libripendis, a weigher ; mefrens, -dis, a grice or pig-; and the compounds of sor : as, concors, concordis, agreeing ; difcors, difagreeing ; vecors, mad, &c. But frons, the forehead, has frontis, fem. and lens, a kind of pulfe, lentis, alfo fem.

Exc. 5. Iens, going ; and quiens, being able, partici ples from the verbs eo and queo, with their compounds, have euntis : thus, iemr, euntis ; quienr, queuntis ; rediens, re deuntis ; nequiens, nequiuntis : but ambiens, going round, has ambientis. •

Exc. 6. Tirynt, a city in Greece, the birth-place of Hercules, has Tirynthis. T.

1 5. There is only one noun in t, namely, caput, capitis, the head, neuter. In like manner, its compounds, finciput, fincipitis, the forehead ; and occiput, -itis, the hind-head. X.

16. Nouns in x are feminine, and in the geni tive change x into cis ; as, Vox, vöcis, the voice ; lux, lücis, light. . Exc. 1. Polyfyllables in ax and ex are mafculine ; as, thorax, -äcis, a breaft-plate ; Corax, -äcis, a raven. Ex in the genitive is changed into icis ; as, pollux, -icis, the thumb.

Vervex, a wedder fheep, has verv£cis ; fenjfex, a mower of hay, J^eniuävis ; Â£fe», m, -$cis, a vine branch cut off.

TH 1 RD Declensior.

3»?

To thefe mafculines add, Calix, -icis, a cup. Calyx, -ycis, tle bud of a flower.

Oryx, -jcis, a wild goat. Phoenix, -icis, a bird /à callad.

Coccyx, -ygis, vel. ycis, a cuckow, Tradux, -ücis, a graff, or offfet ofa Fornix, -icis, a vault.

vine ; alfo fem.

But the following polyfyllables in ax and ex are femi nine.

Pornax, -äcis, a fwrnace.

Forfex, -icis, a pair o//i//art.

Panax, -äcis, tbe berb all-beal.

Halex, -ecis, a berring.

Smilax,-äcis, the herb rope-weed.

Supellex, fupelle&ilis, bou/ 5olafur

Carex, -icis, a /edge.

niture.

Climax, äcis, a ladder.

Exc. 2.

A great many nouns in x are either mafcu

line or feminine ; as, Calx, -cis, tbe beel, or tbe end of Limax, -äcis, a fiait. any thing, tbe gaol ; but calx, Obcx, -icis, a bolt or bar. Perdix, -icis, a partridge. Cortex, -icis, the bark of a tree. Pumex, -jcis, a pumice fone. Hyftrix, -icis, a porcupine. Rumcx, -icis, /orrel, an herb. Imbrex, -icis, a gutter or rooftile. Sandix, -icis, a purple colour. Jime, is a/ways fem.

Lynx, -cis, an ounce, a beaf? gf a Silex, -icis, a fint. very quic# /gbt.

Varix, -icis, a ftoln vein. -*

Exc. 3. The following nouns depart from the general rule in forming the genitive : Phalanx, -angis, f. a pbalanx. Conjunx, or ux,-ügis, a bu/3and Remex, -igis, a rower,

Aquilex, -êgis, a well-maker.

or wife. Frux, (not ufed) frügis, f. corn. Grex, grègis, m. or f. a flock. Lex, légis, f. a law.

Rex, régis, a 4ing. Nix, nivis, f. fnvw. Nox, noétis, f nigbt. Sencx, sënis, (an adj) old.

Exc. 4. Greek nouns in x, both with refpe& to gen der and declenfion, are as various as Latin nouns : thus,

bombyx, bombycis, a filk worm, mafc. but when it fignifies filk, or the yarn fpwn by the worm, it is feminine ; onyx, mafc. oi fem. onjchis, a precious ftone ; and fo /ardonyx ; larynx, laryngis, fem. the top of the wind-pipe ; Phryx, Phrygis, a Phrygian ; /phinx, >ngis, a fabulous hag ; /?rix, .igis, f a fcreechowl ; Styx, jgis, f. a river in hell ; Hylax, -äis, the name of a dog ; Bibrax, Bibraäit, the name of a town, &c.

ThiRD Declension. DAT 1 V E S 1 N G U L A R.

The Dative fingular anciently ended alfo in e ; as, Æ/uriente leoni ex ore exculpere prædam, To pull the prey out of the mouth of a hungry lion, Lucil. Hæret pede per, Foot fticks to foot, Virg. for efurienti and pedi. Exceptio N s 1 N t H E ACCU S At iV e S i N G U l AR.

Exc. 1. The following nouns have the accufative in im :

Amuffis, f. a mafòn's rule. Buris, f. the beam ofa plougb. Cannäbis, f. hemp. Cucümis, m. a cucumber.

Ravis, f. boarfeneß. Sinápis, f. mt/iard. Sitis, f. thirf?. Tuffis, f the cough.

Gummis, f. gum. Vis, f. /?rengtb. Mephitis, f. a damp or ßrong /nell. To thefe add names of rivers, and fome other proper names ; as,

Tib;ris, Tib;rim, the Tiber ; Syrtis, f.-im, a quickfand. Thefe fome times make the accufative in in ; as, Bætin, Serápin, ©"c.

Exc. 2.

Several nouns in is have either em or im ; as,

Clavis, f. a key. Cutis, f. the /£in. Febris, f a fever,Navis, f. a /bip.

Pelvis, f. a bafon.

Secüris, f. an ax.

Puppis, f. tbe /fern of a Scmentis, f a fowing. ßip.

Strigilis, f. a bor/.-comb,

Re(;is, f. a rope. Turris, f. a tower, &c. Thus navem, or navim ; puppem, or puppim, &c. The ancients faid avim, aurim, vvim, pgflim, vallim, vitim, &c. which are not ko be imitated.

Exc. 3. oufly :

GRE ek Nouns form their accufative vari

1. Greek nouns, whofe genitive increafes in is or o, impure, that is, with a confonant going before, have the accufative in em or a ;

as, lampas, lampádis, or lampádes ; lavpädem, or lampada, In like man ner, thefe three, which have is pure in the genitive, or is with a vowel before it : Tros, Träis, Troem, and Troa, a Trojan ; hero, a hero ; Minor, a king of Crete. The three following have only a : Pan, the god of fhepherds ; aetber, the fky ; delpbin, a dolphin ; thus, Pana, æthära, delpbina.

2. Mafculine Greek nouns in is, which have their genitive in is or os impure, form the accufative in im or in, fometimes in idem, never ida ; as, Paris, Paridis, or Paridos ; Parim, or Aarin, fometimes iParidem, never Parida.

3. Feminines in is, increafing impurely in the genitive, have com monly idem or ida, but rarely im or in ; as, Elis, Elidis or Elidos, £li* dem or Elida ; fcldom Elimi or Elin ; a city in Grcece, lu like

Thfrd Declension.

manner, feminines in ys, 5dos, have jdem, or jda, not yw or yn in the accufavive , as, cblamys, -5dem, or jdu, not cblamyn, a foldicr's cloak. 4. But all Greek nouns in is or ys, whether mafculine or femi

nine, having is or os pure in the genitive, form the accufative by changing s of the nominative into m or n ; as, metamorpbövir, -eor, or -ios, metamorpbofim or -in, a change : Tethys, -yov, or -yiv ; Tethym, or

-yn ; the name of a goddefs. 5. Nouns ending in the diphthong eu, have thc accufative in ea ; as, Tbefeus, Tbgfea. AB lAt IV E S 1 N GU LAR.

Exc. 1. Neuters in e, al, and ar have i in the ablative; as, /edile, fedili ; animal, animäi ; calcar, calcári. Except proper names ; as, Praengle, abl. Praengle, the name ofa town ; and the following neuters in ar : Far, farre, corn.

Hepar, -äte, tbe liver. Jubar, -äre, a fun-beam.

Ne£tar, -äre, d, in4 of the god. Par, päre, a matcb, a pair. Sal, säle, falt.

Exc. z. Nouns which have im or in in the accufative, have i in the ablative ; as, vir, vim, vi ; but cannäbis, Bar

tis, and tigris, have e or i. Nouns which have im or in in the accufative, make

their ablative in e or i ; as, turris, turre, or turri ; but re/tir, a rope ; and cutis, the skin, have e only. Several nouns which have only em in the accufative, have e or i in the ablative ; as, finis, fupellex, ve&ir, pugil, a champion ; mugit or mugilis ; rus, occiput : Alfo names of towns, when the queftion is

made by ubi ; as, habitat Carthagine or Car%agini, he lives at Carthage. So, civhs, claffis, /ors, imber, anguis, avit, po/fis, fjiis, amnis, and ignis ;

but thefe have oftener e. Canalis has only i. The moft ancicnt writers made the ablative of many other nouns in i ; as, «fati, cani, lapidi, ovi, &c.

Exc. 3. Adje&ives ufedas fubftantives have common ly the fame ablative with the adjeétives ; as, bipennis, -i, an halbert ; molâris, -i, a millftone ; quadrirëmit, -i, a fhip with four banks of oars. So names of months, Aprilis, -i ; December, -bri, &c. But rudis, a rod given gladiators

when difcharged ; juvênit, a young man, have only e ; and likewife thofe ending in il, x, ceps, or nt ; as, Adolefcens, a young amant.

Princeps, a prince.

Torrens, a brook.

Senex, an old man.

Vigil, a watchatari.

Infans, an infant.

Thus, ado/g/cente, infante, /ene, &c; *

Third Declension.

Exc. 4. Nouns in ys, which have yni in the accufative, make their ablative in ye, or y ; as, Atys, Atye, or 4ty, the name of a man. N o M i NAtiV e P l U R A L.

1. The nominative plural ends in er, when the noun is either mafculine or feminine ; as, fermoner, rupes. Nouns in is and es have fometimes in the nominative

plural alfo eis or is ; as, puppes, puppeis, or puppis. 2. Neuters which have e in the ablative fingular, have a in the nominative plural ; but thofe which have i in the ablative, make ia ; as, capita, /edilia. es E N 1 t i V e P l U R A l.

Nouns which in the ablative fingular have i only, or e and i together, make the genitive plural in ium ; but if the ablative be in e, the genitive plural has um ; as, /£dile,

fedili, /edilium ; turris, turre or turri, turrium ; caput, capite, capilum. Exc. 1.

Monofyllables in as have ium, though their

ablative end in e ; as, mat, a male, märe, marium ; vas, a

furety, vädium ; but pollyfyllables have rather am ; as, civitas, a ftate or city, civitátum, and fometimes civitatium. Exc. 2.

Nouns in ex and ir, which do not increafe in

the genitive fingular, have alfo ium ; as, ho/lis, an enemy, ho/lium, So likewite nouns ending in two confonants ; as, gens, a nation, gentium ; urbs, a city, urbium. But the following have um : parens, vates, panis, juvënis, and canis.

Exc. 3.

ę ium,

The following nouns form the genitive plu though they have e only in the ablative fin

gular ;

Caro, carnis, f. fle/}. Cohors, -tis, f. a cvmpany.

Ilis, litis, f. firife,

Cor, cordis. n. the heart.

Nix, nivis, f. fhow.

Mus, müris, m. a mou/e.

Cos, cotis, f a bone or wbetfione,

Nox, noétis, f. the night,

Dos, dótis, f. a dowry. Paux, faueis, f. the jawr, Glis, gliris, m. a rat.

Os, offis, n. a bone.

Lar, laris, m. a bou/ebold-god. Lintcr, -tris, m.or f, a little boat,

Quiris, -itis, a Roman. Samnis, -itis, m. or f. a Samgaifc. Uter, utris, m, a bott/;, *

Third Declension.

Thus 8amnitium, lintrium, litium, &c. Alfo the compounds of uncia and as ; as, feptunx, feven ounces, /eptuncium ; ber, cight ounces, bg/ium. Eos, an ox or cow, has boum, and in tlie dative, bóbus, or bibus.

Greek nouns have gencrally um ; as, Macędo, a Macedonian ; Arabs, an Arabiam ; Æthiops, an Ethiopiam ; Monocêror, an unicorn ; Lynx, a beaft fo called ; Thrax, a Thracian : Macedönum, Aräbum, -Aethiäpum, Monocerätum, Lyncum, T/räcum. But thofe which have a

or/îs in the nominative fingular, fometimes form the genitive plu ral in ón , as, Epigramma, epigrammätum, or epigrammatôn, an epigram ; metamorpho/ir, -ium, or -eön. Obf. 1. Nouns which want the fingular, form the genitive plural as if they were complete ; thus, manes, m. fouls dcparted, manium ; cælites, m. inhabitants of hcaven, cælitum ; becaufe they would have

had in the fing. manis and cæles. But names of feafts often vary thcir declenfion ; as, Saturnalia, the feaft of Saturn, Saturnalium, and Saturnaliorum.

Obf. 2. Nouns which have ium in the genitive plural, are, by the poets, oftem contra&ed into um ; as, nocentám for nocentium : and fometimes to increafe the number of fyllables, a letter is inferted ;

as, cælituum for cælitum. The former of thefe is faid to be done by the figure Syncępe ; and the latter by Epenthöfis. EXcE P t iQ N S iN t H E DAtive p l u RA l.

Exc. 1.

Greek nouns in a have commonly tis inftead

oftibus ; as, poëma, poem, poemätis, rather than poematibus, from the old nominative poemätum. Exc. 2. The poets fometimes form the dative plural of Greek nouns in /i, or when the next word begins with a vowel, in fin ; as, Troäfi or Trojfin, for Troädibus, from 7roar, Troädir, a Trojan woman. EX CEP t I O N S i N t H E ACCU S At iv e p lU RA l.

Exc. 1. Nouns which have ium in the genitive plural, make their accufative plural in er, eis, or is ; as, parter, partium, acc. partes, parteis, or partis. Exc. 2. If the accufative fingular end in a, the accu- ' fative plural alfo ends in a* ; as, lampas, lampádem, or lam päda ; lampádes or lampádar. So Tros, Troas ; heror, heroas ; AEthiops, Æthiopas, &c. GR e e K NOU N S t H R.ou G H A l L t H £ CASES.

Lampas, f. lampádis, or -ädos ; -ädi, -ädem, or ada ; -as ; -ade: Plural -adet ; -ädum ; •adibus ; •ades, or -adat ; -ades ; -adibur.

Fouarh Declensiow.

Troar, f. Troadir, or -ador ; -i ; em ora ; ar ; e : Plur. Tro

ades ; -um ; -ibui, fi, or fin ; et or as ; et ; ibur. Tror, m. Troi; ; Troi ; Troem or -a ; Tro* ; Troe, &c. Phillir, f. Phillidi, or-dor, di, dem or da ; i ; de. Parir, m. Paridit or-dos ; di ; dem, Parim or in ; i ; de.

Chlamyr, f. Chlamjdi* or <jdor, jdi, jdem orjda, yr, jde, &c. Capyr, m. Capyis, or-yor ; yi , ym or yn ; y ; ye or y. Metamorphgfit, f. -i* or -eor, i, em or in, i, i, &c. Orpheus, m. eor, £i or ei, ea, eu, abl. eo of the fecond decl. Dido, f. Didûs or Didónis, Dido or Didoni, &c. JFOURTH DECLENSION. Nouns of the fourth declenfion end in ut and u.

Nouns in ut are mafculine : nouns in u are neuter, and

indeclinable in the fingular number. The terminations of the cafes are ; nom. fing. us ; gen. fìt ; dat. ui ; acc. um ; voc. like the nom. ; nom. acc. voc.

plur. ut or ua ; gen. vum ; dat. and abl ibus ; as, Fru&us,fruit, ma/&. Sing. A/ur. 1V. fru&us, IN. fru&tus, G. fru&tûs, G. fru&uum, D. fruótui, D. fru&tibus, ' 4. fru&um, A. fru&tus, A^. fruétus,

/. fru&us,

4. fruótu.

A. fru&tibus.

Cornu, a borm, meut.

Sing. I N. cornu, G. cornu,

I D. cornu, 4. cornu, / cornu, 1 A. cornu.

Plur.

N. cornua, G. cornuum, D cornibus, 4. cornua, J^. cornua, A. cornibus.

Exc. 1. The following nouns are feminime: Manus, tbe band. Specus, a dem. Domus, a bou/e. Penus, a forebo/e. Tribus, a tribe. Ficus, a fig. Porticus. a gallery. Penus and /?ecus are fometimes mafc. Ficus, Penur, and domus, with

Acus, a needle.

•feveral others, are alfo of the fecond declenfion. Capricornus, m. the fign of Capricorn, although from cornu, is always of the fecond decl. and fo are the compounds of manus ; unimänus ; centimänus, &c. I)omus is but partly of the fecond ; thus,

Domus, a hou/e, fem. Sing. Nom. domus, Gen. domûs, or -mi, Dat. domui, or -mo,

JPlur.

J/oc. domus,

Mom. domus, Gen. domorum, or -uum, 1Dat. domibus, Acc. domos, or -us, J^oc. domus,

4bl. domo.

4bl. domibus.

4cc. domum,

Fifth Declension.

Νote. Domás, in the genit. fignifies, of a fioufe ; and domi, at home, or of home ; as, memineris domi.

Ter.

Exc. 2. The following have übus in the dative and ablative plural. Acus, a needle. Arcus, a bow.

Lacus, a lake. Partus, a birth. Portus, a barbour.

Artus, a joint.

Specus, a dcn. Tribus, a tribe.

Veru, a /pit.

Genu, tbe Aenee.

Aortus, genu, and veru, have likewife ibus ; as, portibus or portāvi.

Exc. 3.

Iesus, the venerable name of our Saviour,

has um-in the accufative, and u in all the other cafes. Nouns of this declenfion anciently belonged to the third, and were declined like grus, gruis, a crane ; thus, fru&us, /ru&uis, fruéiui, fru&fuem, fruétue ; fruétues, fruâuum, fruéìuibus, fru&fues, fruéfuer, fruéiui

bus. So that all the cafes are contra&ed, except the dative fingular, and genitive plural. Vn fome writers, we ftill find the genitive fin gular in uis, and in others, the dative in u. The gen. plur. is fome times contraéted ; as, currám for curruum.

FIFTH DECLENSION. Nouns of the fifth declenfion end in er, and are of the

feminine gender ; as, Res, a thing, fem. Sing. Nom. res, Gen. réi, Acc. rem, Voc. res, Abl. re.

Abl. rébus.

Dat. réi,

Acies, the edge o/* a

Terminationr.

Plur.

Nom. res, Gen. rërum, Dat. rébus, Acc. res, Voc. res,

ey, ei,

erum,

ei,

ebur,

ef,

em,

ef,

e$»

£*»

l e,

, ebus.

In like manner decline, Ingluvies, gluttony. Scabies, t/e /eab, or itcf,

tbing, or an army in order of battle. Caries, rottenneß. Facies, the face.

Macies, leamnef. Pernicies, defiruéìion. Rabies, madneft.

Glacies, ice.

Sanies, gore.

Proluvies, a loofengf.

Series, an order.

Species, an appearance.

Superficies, the /ur/ace, Temperies, temperate neß.

Except dies, a day, mafc. or fem, in the fingular, and always mafc. in the plural ; and meridies, the mid-day, or noon, mafc. "

IRREGU LAR Nouns.

The poets fometimes make the genitive, and more rarely the da tive, in e.

The nouns of this declenfion are few in number, not exceeding fifty, and feem ancientiy to have been comprehended under the third declenfion.

Moft of them want the genitive, dative, and ab

lative plural, and many the plural altogether. Alt nouns of the fifth declcnfion end in ies, except three, fides, faith; /?es, hope ; res, a thing ; and all nouns in ies are of the fifth, except thefe four, abier, a fir tree ; aries, a ram ; parier, a wall ; and quies, -

reft ; which are of the third declenfion. IRREGULAR NOUNS. L

Trregular nouns may be reduced to three claffes, Vari able, Defeâive, and Redundant. I. VARI AB le Nou N s.

Nouns are variable, either in in both.

gender, or declenfion, or -

I. Thofe which vary in gender are called heterogeneous, and may be reduced to the following claßes :

1. Ma/culine in the fingular, and neuter in the plural ; Avernus, a Jake in Campania, bell.

Maenälus, a bill in Arcadia. Pangæus, a promontory in Thrace. ffmärus, a bill in Thrace. Tænärus, a promontory in Laconia. IMafsicus, a bili in Campania, fa- Tartärus, bell. mous for excellent wines. Täygëtus, a hill in Laconia.

Dindymus, a bilt in Pbrygia.

Thus, Averna, Avernorum ; Dindyma, -orum, &c. Thefe are thought by fome to be properly adjeétives, having mons underftood in the fìngular, and juga or cacumina in the plural.

2. Mafé in the fing. and in the plur. ma/c. and neuter : Jocus, a jeft, pl. joci and joca ; locus, a place, pl. loci and loca.

When we fpeak of paffages in a book, or topics in dif courfe, loci only is ufed.

3. Feminine in the fingular, and neuter in the plural : Carbä/us, a fail, pl. carbä/a ; Pergämus, the citadel of Troy, pl. Pergama.

4 Neuter in the fingular, and mafculine in the plural : Cælum, pl. cæli, heaven ; Elyfium, pl Elyfii, the Elyfiam fields ; 'Argos, pl, Argi, a city in Greece.

DE FEcrive Nouns.

5. Neuter in the fing. in the plur. mafc. or neuter :

TRa/lrum, a rake, pl. ra/lri amd raylra ; fraenum, a bridle, pl. freni and fraena.

6. Neuter in the fingular, and feninine in the plural ; Delicium, a delight, pl. deliciae ; Epülum, a banquet, pl. epüle ; Balneum, a bath, pl. balneæ and balnea. II. Nouns which vary in declenfion are called hetero c'ites ; as, var, vöfir, a veffel, pl. va/a, va/orum ; jugérum, jugâri, an acre, pljugëra, jugérum, jugeribus, which has like wife fometimes jugêris and jugêre in the fingular, from the obfolete jugu* or juger. II. Defective Nouns.

Nouns are defe&ive, either in cafes om in number. Notans are defe&ive in cafes different ways.

1. Some are altogether indeclinable ; as, pondo, a pound or pounds ; far, right ; nefar, wrong ; finäpi, muftard ; mane, the morning ; as, clarum mane, Perf. 4 mane ad ve/. peram, Plaut. Multo mane, &c. ; cepe, an onion ; gaufâpe, a rough coat, &c. ; all of them neuter. We may rank among indeclinable nouns, any word put for a noun ; as, velle /uum, for /ua voluntas, his own inclination. Perf. I/.

tud cras, for jffe craffinus dier, that to-morrow.

Mart. 0

magnum Græcorum, the Omága, or the large O of the Greeks ;

Infidus e/? compgfitum ex in et fidus ; infidus is compounded of in and fidu£ To thefe add foreign or barbarous names; that is, names which are neither TGreek nor Latin ; as,

Job, Eli/abet, 7erufalem, &c. 2. Some are ufed only in one cafe, and therefore call ed monoptöta ; as, inquies, want of reft, in the nominative

fingular ; dicis and nauci, in the genit. fing. ; thus, dici gratia, for form's fake ; rer nauci, a thingof no value ; inficiat and incita or incitas, in the accufative plural : thus, ire inficias, to deny ; ad incitas redaâur, reduced to a ftrait, or non-plus ; ingratiis, in the abl. plur. in fpite of one ; and thefe ablatives fingular, noâu, in the night time ; diu, interdiu, in the day-time ; promptu, in readinefs ; natu, by

birth ; injuffu, without command or leave ; ergô, for the fake, as, ergo illius, Virg. Ambäge, f. with a winding or a tedious ftory ; Compäde, m. with a fetter ; Caffe, m.

IDefective Nouns.

with a net ; vepres, m. a briar : Plur. Ambagus, -ibus ; sompedes, -ibus ; caffes, -ium ; vepres, -ium, &c. Some are ufed in two cafes only, and therefore

called dipióta ; as, neceffe or -um, neceffity ; volüpe or volup, pleafure ; inflar, likenefs, bignefs ; afflu, a town ; hir, the

palm of the hand ; in the nom. and acc. fing. ; ve/per, m. abl. ve/päre or veffèri, the evening ; /iremps, the fame,

all alike, abl. firemp/e ; /pontis, f. in the genitive, and /ponte in the ablative, of its own accord ; fo impètis, m. and im pète, force ; verbäris, n. genit. and verbêre, abl. a ftripe ; in the plural entire ; verbëra, verberum, verberibus, &c. re petundarum, abl. repetundit, fc. pecuniis, money unjuftly

taken in the time of one's office, extortion ; /uppetiæ, nom. pl. /uppetias in the acc. help ; inferiæ, inferiar, facrifices to the dead.

Several nouns are only ufed in three cafes, and

therefore called triptöta ; as, pręci, precem, prece, f. a pray. er, from prex, which is not ufed ; in the plural it is en tire, precet, precum, precibus, &c. Feminis, gen. from the obfolete femen, the thigh ; in the dat. and abl. fing. ; in the nom. acc. and voc. plur. femina. Dica, a procefs, acc. fing. dicam, plur. dicas ; tantundem, nom. and acc. tantidem, genit. even as much. Several nouns in the plural want the genitive, dative, and ablative ; as, hiems, rur, thus, metur, mel, far, and moft nouns of the fifth de clenfion.

To this clafs of defe&ive nouns may be added thefe neuters, melos, a fong ; mele, fongs; epos, a heroic poem ; cacoëthes, an evil cuftom ; cete, whales ; Tempe, plural, a beautiful vale in Theffaly, &c. ufed only in the nom. acc. and voc. ; alfo grater, f. thanks. 5. The following nouns want the nominative, and of

confequence the vocative, and therefore are called tetrap 15ta : vicis, f. of the place or ftead of another ; pecudis, f. of a bea[t ; fordis, f. of filth ; ditiónis, f. of dominion,

power ; opis, f, of help. Of thefe, pecüdis and /ordis have the plural entire : ditionis wants it altogether : vicis is not ufed in the genitive plural ; opes in the plural, generally

fignifies wealth, or power, feldom help. To thefe add nex, flaughter } daps, a difh of meat ; and frux, corn ;

IDe* ecrive Nouns.

bardly ufed in the nominative fingular, but in the plural moflly entire. 6. Some nouns only want one cafe, and are called pen taptöta : thus, os, the mouth ; lux, light ; fax, a torch, together with fome others, want the genit. plur. Chaos,

n. a confufed mafs, wants the genit. fing. and the plural entirely ; dat. fing. chao. So, fatiar, i. e. fatietat, a glut or fill of any thing.

Situs, a fituation, maftinefs, of the

fourth decl. wants the genit. and perhaps the dative fing. alfo the gen. dat. and abl. plur. Of nouns defe&tive in number there are various forts.

1. Several nouns want the plur. from the nature of the things which they exprefs. Such are the names ofvirtues and vices, of arts, herbs, metals, kiquors, different kinds of corn, moft abftra& nouns, &c. as, juflitia, juftice ; am bitur, ambition ; q/?ur, cunning ; murica, mufic ; apium, parfley ; argentum, filver ; aurum, gold ; lac, milk ; tri ticum, wheat ; hordeum, barley ; avena, oats ; juventur, youth, &c. But of thefe we find feveral fometimes ufed in the plural. 2. The following mafculines are hardly ever found in the plural. Aër, aëris, the air.

Nemo, -inis, no body.

Æther,-êris, the /£y.

Penus, -i, or ùs, ali manner of

Fimus, -i, dung.

provi/ionr.

Hefpërus, -i, tbe evening far. Limus, -i, /lime.

Pontus, -i, the /.a.

Meridies, -iéi, mid-day.

Sanguis, -inis, blood. Sopor, -öris, /leep. Vifcus, -i, bird-lime.

Pulvis, -êris, daß.

Mundus, a woman's ornamentu.

Mufcus, -i, mofi.

3. - The following feminines are fcarcely ufed in the plural : Argilla, -æ, potters eartb.

Salus, -ütis, / fety.

Fama, -æ, fame.

Sitis, -is, tbirß.

£Humus, -i, tbe ground.

Supellex, -&tilis, boufehold fur

Lues, -is, a plague. Plebs, plébis, ibe common people.

Tabes,-is, a confumption.

Pubes, -is, the youth,

Tellus, -üris, the eartb.

Quies, -êtis, rgff,

niture.

Vefpëra, -æ, the evening. D 2

DE F Ect iv e NoU N s.

4. Thefe neuters are feldom ufed in the plural : I.utum, -i, clay. Album, -i, a jjf of names. Dilucülum, -i, the dawning o/* day. Nihil, nihilum, or nil, nothing.

Pelägus, -i, tbefea. Ebur, -öris, ivory. Penum, -i, and penus, -öris, al? Gelu, ind. frgfl. kinds of provifions. Hilum, -i, the black /pecâ g/' a beant, Sal, Sälis. /ilt. a trifle. Juftitium, -i, a vacation, the time Senium, -ii, old age. Ver, véris, tbe /pring. when courts do not fit. Lethum, deatb. Virus, -i, pojfon.

5. Many nouns want the fingular. Such are the names offeafts, books, games, and feveral cities ; as, Apollinäres,-ium, gaiae, in honour Olympia, -orum, the 0ympic gamet. of Apollo.

Bacchanalia, -ium, the feoff. of

Syracüfæ, -arum, Syracu/e. Hierofolyma, -orum, $erufalem ;

Bacchus.

or Hierofolyma, æ, of tbe fir/?

Eucolica, -orum, a book of pafforali. declenfion.

6. The following mafculines are hardly ufed in the fingular : Cancelli, latticer.

Cani, gray hairs. Celéres, -um, the light-borfe.

Codicilli, writingr. I)ryädes, -um, t/e nympl 1 of tbe

IPoftëri, po/lerity. Supéri, the gods above., Caffes, -ium, a bunter'* net. Fafces, -ium, a bundle of rods, car ried before the cbief magifirates of

vvoods.

Rome.

Druides, -um, tbe Druidi, prigfs of Fines, -ium, the bordery of a country, the ancient Britons and Gauls. or a country. Decimæ, titber. Furfüres, -um, /cales in the bead. Fafti, -orum, or faftus, -uum, cal Lemüres, -um, hobgoblins, or /pirit, in tbe dark. lendars, in wbicb were marked

fefiival dys, the names of magis Majóres, -um, ancgf/ors. trater, &c. Minóres, -um, fùcceffars. £ori, tbe batches of a ßip, feats in Natäfes,-ium, parentage. the Circus, or the cells ofa bee-bive. Procëres, -um, the nobler. Hyädes, -um, the /even /?ars. Pugilläres, -ium, writing-tables.

Ineptiæ, fily /lorier.

Sentes, -ium, thorns.

Inféri, the gods below.

Veprcs, -ium, briars. Vergiliæ, the /evem fiarr.

Liberi, cbildren.

7. The following feminines want the fingular number : Alpes, -ium, tbe Apr. Gades, -ium, Cadiz.

Parietinæ, ruinous

Anguftiæ, difficulties. Apinæ,gevgavv.

Partes, -ium, a pariy.

Gerræ, trifles. Induciæ, a truce, A.

valls.

Defective Nouns. Argutiæ, quir#*, wit

Induviæ, clothei to put Phxlëræ, trapping*. om.

tici/ms.

Eigæ, a chariot drawn Infidiæ, fharet Kalendæ, Nonæ, [—by two borfes. dus, -uum, names Trigæ, by three. <vbicb tbe Romanu Quadrigæ,--by four, Braccæ, breecber. gave to certain days in eacb month. Branchiae, tbe gils of «? Lapicidinæ,/íone-quar Charites, -um, tba

three graces. Cunæ, a cradle.

IDirae, imprecationr, tbe furies.

Plagæ, nett. Pleiädcs, -um, the /?•vem mur-.

Præfúgiae, enahant mentu

Primitiæ, fir/? fruit. Quifquiliæ,/w«ping.

Reliquiæ, a remain.ier. Salebrae, rugged places. Litërae, an epjfle. Salinae, /ilt pitt. La&tes,-ium, tbefnall Scalæ, a ladder. gut*, Scatebræ, a /?ring. rier.

Manubiae, /?oiis taken Scopae, a be/am.

Divitiae, ricbes.

Excubiæ, watches.` Exfequiæ,funerali. Exuviae, fpoils. Facetiæ, pleafant fay-

in war.

Tenebræ, darlng/i. Thermæ, hat batbr.

Minae, threats.

Minutæ, little niceties. Thermopylæ, Aerait* gf

Nugæ, trifies. Nundinæ, a market. ingr. Nuptiae, a marriage. Offuciae, cheatr. Feriæ, holidayr. Facultates, -ium, one's Operæ, workmen.

mount Oeta,

Tricae, toys. Valvae, folding dovrs.

Vindiciæ, a claim ef lit erty, a defence.

good, and cbattels.

8. The following neuter nouns want the fingular : A&ta, public a&s or records. AEftiva, fummer-quarters. 4rma, armt.

Bellaria, -orum, /weet meat*. Bona, good. Brevia, -ium,/£elves. Caftra, a camp. Chariftia, -orum, a peace-feaff. Cibaria, viéîuals.

TMoenia, -ium, the wall, ofa city. Munia, officer. Orgia, tbe/acred riter o/ Bacchus.

Ovilia, -ium, an inclo/ure, wbere the perple went to give tbeir voteu.

Palearia,-ium, tbe dew lap of a beaf. Parapherna, all things tbe wjfe brings ber bu/band except ber dow ry.

Di&teria, /koff, vitticjfmt.

Parentalia, -ium, fòlemnities at the funeral qf pam ents. Philtra, love potionr. Praecordia, the bowe/,.

Exta, the entrai/s.

Principia, the place in the camp wbere

Comitia, an affembly of the people. Crepundia, cbildren's bawbles. Cunabula, a cradle.

Februa, -orum, puri/ying /acrificer. Flabra, blafis of wind. Fraga, firawberrier.

Hyberna, fc. caftra, winter-quar terr.

tbe general's tent /food.

Pythia, games in honour of Apollo. Roftra, a place in Rome made of the beaks of/bips, from wbicb orators vfed to make orations to tbe people.

Ilia, -ium, the entrails. Incunabüla, a cradle,

Scruta, old clotber.

Infe€ta, infeéïr,

Stativa, a flanding camp.

Sponfalia, -ium, e/?ou/als.

RedundAnt Nou Ns.

Jufta, funeral rites.

Suovetaurilia,-ium, a facrifice of a /wine, a /beep, and an ox.

Lamenta, lamentationt,

Lautia, provifion- for the entertain- Talaria, -ium, winged/boes. ment offoreign ambaffadors. Telqua, rougb places. Luftra, dens of wild beafft.

Tranftra, the Jeats wlare tbe rower, /it in /bipr.

Magalia, -ium, cottages.

Several nouns in each of the above lifts are found alfo in the fin

gular, but in a different fenfe ; thus, cafirum, a caftle ; litera, a let ter of the alphabet, &c. III. Redundant Nouns.

Nouns are redundant in different ways : 1. In termination on ly ; as, arbos and arbor, a tree. 2. In declenfion only ; as, laurus, genit. lauri, and laurís, a laurel tree, /equgffer, -tri, or tris, a media tor. 3. Only in gender; as, hic or hoc vu!gus, the rabble. 4. Both im termination and declenfion ; as, materia, -æ ; or materies, -i;;, matter ; plebs, -it, the common people, or, plebes, -is,-£i, or contra&ed plebi. 5. In termination and gender; as, tonitrus, -ás, mafc.

tonitru, neut. thunder. 6. In declenfion and gender ; as, penus, -i, and ås, m. or f. or penus, -öris, neut. all kinds of provifion. 7. In termination, gender, and declenfion ; as, æther, -āris, mafc. and aethra, -æ, fem. the fky. 8. Several nouns in the fame declenfion

are differcntly varied ; as, tigris, -is, or -idis, a tiger : to which

may

be added, nouns which have the fame fignification in differerit numbers ; as, Fidena, -ae ; or Fidenæ, -arum, the name of a city.

The moft numerous clafs of redundant nouns confißs

of thofe which exprefs the fame meaning by different terminations ; as, menda, -e ; and mendum, -i, a fault ; ca;. sis, -idis ; and cqffida, -de, a helmet.

So,

Acinus, & -um, a grape ßone. Colluvies, & -io, filtb, dirt. Alvera, & -c, & -ium, a bee-bive. Compages, & -gö, a joining.

Amaräcus, 8« -um, /weet marjo- Conger, & -grus, a lárge ài. Crocus, & -um, /affron. arare.

Ancile, & -ium, an oval/jield. Cubitis, & -um, a cubit. Angiportus, -ás, & -i, & -um, a Diluvium, & -es, a deluge. narrow lane. Elephantus, & -as, -antis, an elg. Aphra&tus, & -um, an opem/ip.

pbant.

Apluftre, & -um, tbe fiag, colourt. Elégus, & -&ia, an elegy. Bacülus, & -um, a fiaff. Halteus, & -um, a belt.

Eatillus, & -um, a fire /3ovel. Capülus, & -um, a bilt.

Capus, & -o, a capon. Cepa, & -e, indec. an onion.

Clypcus, & -um, a/ield,

Efséda, & -um, a cbajot. Eventus, & um, an event. Fulgetra, et -um, ligbtning. ` Galérus, & -um, a Bat.

Gibbus, & -a ; & -er, -ëris, or eri, a buncb, a /welling.

Glutinum, & yn, glus,

REduNDANt Nouns.

s. .

Hebdómas, & -äda, a week. Rapa, & -um, a turnip. Intrita, & -um, fine mortar, minc- Ruma, & -men, the cud. ed meat. RuIcus, & -um, a bru/b. Librarium, & -a, a library. Seps, et -es, f. an bedge. Maceria, & -es, -iëi, a wall. Segmen, ct -mentum, a piece or Milliare, & -ium, a mile.

paring.

Monitum, & -us, -üs, an admoni- Sibilus, et, -um, a biffing. tion.

Muria, & -es, -iëi, brine or pickle. Nafus, & -um, tbe no/è. Obfidio, & -um, a fiege. Oe(lrus, & -um, a gad bee. Oftrea, & -um, an oyffer. Peplus, &'-um, a veil, a robe. Piftrina, & -um, a baâe-bou/è. Prætextus, -us, & -um, a pretext. Note.

Sinus, et, -um, a mile-pail, Spurcitia, et -es, na/finefì. Stramen, et, -tum, /fraw.

Suffimen, et, -tum, a per/ume. Tignus, et, -um, a plank. Toral, et, -äle, a bed-covering.

Torcülar, et, -äre, a wine-pro/i. Vifcus, et, -um, bird-lime.

Votcrnus, et, -um, a letbargy.

The nouns which are called variable and defective, feem

originally to bave been redundant : thus, vafa, -orum, properly comes from vafum, and not from vas ; but cuftom, which givcs laws to all languages, has dropt the fingular, and rctained the plural } and fo of others.

I)ivifion of Nouns according to their /gnification and deriva ft0m.

1. A fubftantive which fignifies many in the fingular number, is called a Colleäive noun ; as, popülus, a people ; exercitur, an army. 2.

A fubftantive derived from amother fubftantive

proper, fignifying one's extra&ion, is called a Patronymic noun ; as, Priamider, the fon of Priamus; Aeetias, the

daughter of Æetes ; Nerine, the daughter of Nereus.

Patronymics are generally derived from the name of the father ; but the poets, by whom they are chiefly ufed, derive them alfo from the grandfather, or fome other re markable perfon of the family ; fometimes likewife from the founder of a nation or people ; as, Æacidet, the fon,

grandfon, great-grandfon, or one of the pofterity of Æäcus ; Romülïde, the Romans, from their firft king Romulus.

Patronymic names of men end in der ; of women, in it, as, or ne. Thofe in des and ne are of the firft declenfion, and thofe in is and as of the third ; as, Priamides, -de, &c.

pl. -de, darum, &c. ; Nerine, -es : Tyndäris, -idit, or -idos ; Æetiar, -ädit, &c.

DivisioN of Novxs.

3. A noun derived from a fubftantive proper, fignify ing one's country, is called a Patrial or Gentile noun ; as, Tror, Troiae, a mam bonn aet Troy ; Troar, -ädis, a woman born at Troy ; Sicülus, -i, a Sicilian man ; Sicëlis, -idit, a Sicilian woman : fo, Macêdo, -önis ; Arpinar, -ätis, a man born in Macedonia, Arpinum ; fiom Troja, Sicilia,

Macedonia, Arpinum. But patrials for the moft part are to be confidered as adje&ives, having a fubftantive un derftood ; as, Romänus, Athenienfis, &c. 4. A fubftantive derived from an adje&ive, expreffing fimply the quality of the adje&tive, without regard to the

thing in which the quality exifts, is called an At/fraä ; as, juffitia, juftice ; bonitas, goodnefs ; dulcédo, fweetnefs : from juffur, juft ; bonus, good ; dulcis, fweet. The ad je&ives from which thefe abftra&ts come, are called Con cretes ; becaufe, befides the quality, they alfo fuppofe fomething to which it belongs. Abflra&ts commonly end in a, ar, or do, and are very numerous, being derived from moft adje&ives in the Latin tongue. 5. A fubftantive derived from another fubftantive,

fignifying a diminution or leffening of its fignification, is called a Diminutive ; as, libellus, a little book ; chartiila, a little paper ; opufculum, a little work ; corciìlum, a little heart ; reticulum, a fmall net ; /.abellum, a fmall form ; lapillus, a little ftone ; cultellus, a little knife ;

pagella, a little page : from liber, charta, opus, cor, rete, /camnum, lapis, culter, pagina. Several diminutives are fometimes formed from the fame primitive ; as, from puer, puerülur, puellus, ; from cjla, cj/iila, cjffella,

f#;

ej?elliìla ; from homo, homuncio, homunculus.

Diminütives

for the moft part end in lus, la, lum ; and are generally of the fame gender with their primitives. When the fignification öf the primitive is increafed, it is called an Amplificative, and ends in o ; as, Capito, -önis, having a large head : So, nafo, labeo, bucco, having a large nofè, lips, cheeks. 6. A fubftantive derived from a verb is called a Per

bal nqun ; as, amor, love ; doärina, learning : from amo and doceo. Verbal nouns are very numeroüs, and com monly end in io, or, us, and ura ; as, leâio, a leffon ; ama

for, a lover ; hwäus, grief; creatúra, a creature.

Abjectivss of the Firâ and Second Declenfion.

ADJECTIVE.

An adje&ive is a word added to a fubftantive, to ex prefs its quality ; as, hard, foft. We know things by their qualities only. Every quality mum belong to fome fubje&t. An adje&ive therefore afways implies a fubftantive expreffed or underftood, and cannot make full fenfe without it.

An adje&ive may be thus diftinguifled from a fubftantive : If the word tbing be jöined to an adje&ive, it will make fenfe ; but if it be joined to â fubftantive, it will make nonfenfe : thus, we cam fay, “ a good thing ;" but we cannot fay, * a book thing."

Adje&tives in Latin are varied by gender, number,

and cafe, to agree with fubftantives, in all thefe acci dents.

An adje&ive properly hath neither genders, numbcrs, nor cafes ; but certain termination§ anfwering to the gender, number, and cafe of thc fubftantive with which it isjoined.

Adjectives are varied like three fubftantives of the fame termination and declenfion.

All adje&tives are either of the firft and fecond declen fion, or of the third only. Adje&ives of three terminations are of the firft and fe cond declenfion ; but adje&ives of one or two termina tions are of the third. Exc. The following adje&ives, though thef have three terminations, are of the third declenfion : Acer, ßarp. AJäcer, cbeer/u/.

Campefter, belonging to Sylveßer, woody. a plain [hor/e Pedefter, on /ot.

Celer, /wj/?.

Equefter, belonging to a Palufter, mar/y. Salüber, wbolefome. Volücer, /wifì.

Celéber, /amour.

Adj F ct iv E s of the Fi Rst and Second DE clensioN.

Adje&ives of the firft and fecond declenfion have their mafculine in us or er, their feminime always in a, and their neuter always in um ; as, bonus, for the mafc. bona, for the

fem. bonum, for the neut. good : thus, N. bon-us, 6 bon-i, D bon-o, A bon-um, }/ bon-e,

'4. bon-o,

Sing. -a, -um, -æ, -i, -æ, -o, -am, -um, -a, -um,

-â,

-o,

Plur.

N. bon. i, •3e, -2, G. bon-orum, -arum, -orum, A) bon-is, -is, -is, A bon-os, -as, -a, V. bon-i, -2€, •2, 4. bon-is, -is, -is.

Adjecrives of the Third Declenfion.

3. Adje&ives of three terminations ; as, acer or acrit, fofthe miafc. acris, for the fem. acre, for the neut. fharp ; thus, Sing. P'ur. -cres, -cria, M. a-cer or. cris, -cris, -cre, N. a-cres, -cris, -cris, G. a.crium, -crium, -crium, G. a-cris, -

D. a-cri, A. a-crem,

-cri, -cri, D. a-cribus, -cribus, -cribus, -crem, -cre, A. a-cres,

-cres,

-cria,

V. a cer or -cris,-cris, -cre, V. a-cres, •cres, -cria, A. a-cri, " -cri, -cri. A. a-cribus, -cribus, -cribus. In like manner, alacer or alacrir, celer or celeris, cèleber or

telebris, falüber or falübris, volücer or volucris, §5c. RU LES.

1. Adje&ives of the third declenfion have e or i in the ablative fingular : but if the neuter be in e, the ablative has i only.

2. The genitive plural ends in ium, and the neuter of the nominative, accufative, and vocative, in ia : exceptº comparatives, which have um and a, Except i OR S.

Exc. 1. Dives, bo/?e/, /?/?ey. fuperfes, juvënis, /enex, and pauper, have • only in the abiative fingular, and confequently um in the genitive plural. Exc. 2. The following have alfo e in the abl. fng. and um, not

ium in the gen. plur. Compos, -ātis, mafter of, that hath obtained his defire ; impos, -ātis, unable ; inops, -ápis, poor ; /pplex, -icis, fup pliant, humble ; uber, -āris, fertiHe ; confrs, -tis, fharing, a partner ; degêner, -êris, degenerate, or degenerating; vigil, watchful ; puber, -?ris, of age, marriageable ; and celer : Alfo compounds in ceps, fex, pes, and corpor ; as, particepr, partaking of ; artifex, -icis, cunning, an artift ; bipes, -p;fir, two footed ; bicorpor, -öris, two-bodied, &c. All thcfe have feldom the neut. fing. and almoft never the neut. plur. in the nom and acc. To which add memor, mindful, which has memöri, and memörum : alfo de/er, refer, hebes, perpes, prapes, terer, concölor, ve/icölor, which likewife for the moft part want the gcni tive plural.

Exc. 3. Par, equal, has only päri : but its compounds have either e or.i ; as, compäre, or -ri.

Vetus, old, hath vetära, and vetärum ; plus,

more, onlyorufcd the neut. fing. has plure ; and in T the in plurium. plural,which plures, is pluria, plura, a.

Exc. 4: Ex/per, hopelefs ; and potis, -e, able, are only ufed in ths

pagatnative. Potis has alfo fometimes poti, in the neuter.

. ADJectives ófthe Third Declenfiom. R E Mar. Ks.

1. Comparatives, and adjeétives in ns, have e more frequently „than i ; and participles in the ablative called abfolute have geri erally e ; as, Tiberio regnante, not regnanti, in the reign of Tiberiùs. 2. Adjeétives joined with fubftantives neuter for the mo( part have i ; as, viârici ferro, not viârice.

3. Different words are fometimes ufed to exprefs the different genders; as, viétor, viétorious, for the mafc. vi&rix, for thc fem. Kiêtrix, in the plur. has likewife the neuter gender; thus, vi&irices,

vi&iricia : fo, ultor, and ultrix, revengeful. P'icirix is alfo ncut. in the fingular. 4. Several adjeétives compounded of clivur, fremum, bacillum, arma, jügum, iimus, /omnus, and animur, end in is or u ; and therefore are either of the firft and fecond declenfion, or of the third ; as, decli vir,-is,-e ; and declivus, -a, -wm, ftcep; imbecillis, and imbecillus, weak ; fèmifomnis, and femifomnus, half-afleep ; exanimi, and.exanimus, lifelefs.

But feveral of them do not admit of this variation; thus we fay, magnanimus, flexanimus, effrenus, levifamnus ; not magnanimis, &c. Oa thc contrary, we fay, pufillanimis, injùgis, illimis, infomnis, exfomni, ; not pu/llanimur, &'c. So, /emianimis, inerwir, /ublimis, acclivis, declivir, proclivis ; rarely /emianimus, &c. 5. Adje&tives derived from nouns are called Denominativct ; as,

cordatus, morätus, cælefiir, adamantiur, corporeus, agreffis, 4fffvur, &c. from cor, mos, cælum, adamas, &c. Thofc which diminifh the fignification cof their primitives are called Diminutives ; as, mi/ellus, parvùlur, du

riu/.iilus, &c. Thofe which fignify a great deal of a thing are called 4mplificatives, and end im ofus or entus ; as, vinôfùs, vinolentur, given to much wine ; operâfus, laborious ; plumbôfùs, full of lcad ; nodófiis,

Κnotty, full of knots ; corpulentur, corpulent, &c. Some end in tu ; as, auritus, having long or large ears ; nauitur, having a large nofe ; Aiteratur, learned, &c.

6. An adje&ive derived from a fubftantive or from another ad

je&ive, fignifying poffeflion or property, is called a Poffeffive Ad jeâive ; as, Scoticus, paternus, berilis, aliēnus, of or belonging to Scot Iand, a father, a mafler, another : from Scotia, pater, berur, and alius.

7. Adje&ives derived from verbs are called Verbal ; as, ama

bilis, amiable ; capax, capable ; docilis, teachable ; from amo, capio, doceo.

8. When participles become adje&tives, they are callcd Partici pial ; as, /apiens, wife ; acutus, fharp ; differtus, eloquent. Of thefe many alfo become fubftantives ; as, adolefcenr, animans, rudens, /er pems ; advocatus, /?or/us, natur, legatus ; /pon/a, nata, ferta, fc. corona, a garland ; praetexta, fc. vgfiis ; debitum, decrctum, præceptum, /atum, te&ium, votum, &c.

9. Adje&ives derived from adverbs are called Adverbial; ; as, hodiernur, from hodie ; craffinus, from erat ; binus, from bis, &c. Thcfe \

NuMERAL ADJectives.

are likcwife adje&ives derived from prepofitions; as, eontrarius, from contra ; anticas, from ante : pofficus, from po/f. NUMERAL ADJECTIVES.

Adje&ives which fignify number, are divided into four clafTes, Cardinal, Ordinal, Djffributive, and Multipli cative.

1. The Cardinal or Principal numbers are : Unus, Duo, 'Tres,

Quatuor, Quinque, Sex, Septem, Oéto, Novem, Décem, Undécim, IDuodecim, Tredecim,

.om.

fwvo.

fbree.

four.

fw. ./w. /even. eigbt. ninw. fen.

alevra. *welve, thirteen.

Quatuordecim, fourtven. Quindecim, Sexdecim, Septendecim, O&todecim, Novemdecim,

ffieen. /ixteen. /eventeen. eighteen. nincteen,

Viginti,

twenty.

Viginti unus, or twenty-one. Unus & viginti, Viginti duo, or twenty-two.

{ 3 Duo & viginti,

Triginta,

tbirty.

Quadraginta, Quinquaginta, Sexaginta, Septuaginta, O&oginta, Nonaginta,

forty. fify. ./ixty. /eventy. eighty. ninety.

Centum, Dueenti, Trecenti,

a bundred. two bundred. three hundred.

Quadringenti, Quingenti, Sexcenti, Septingenti, O&tingenti, Nongenti,

four bundred. five bundrea. fiw hundred. /even bundred. eight bundred,

Mille,

a tboufand.

nime hundred.

`IDuo millia, or two tbou/and. Decem millia, or tem tbou/and. decies mille, Viginti millia, or tho fànd. vicies mille, bis mille,

{tur?

The cardinal numbers, except unus and mille, want the fin gular.

Unus is ngt ufed in the plura], unlefs when joined with a fub ftantive which wants thc fingular : as, una mænia, one waII; or when feveral particulars are confidered as one whole ; as, „na vefiiaerente, cone fuit of clothcs.

NuMERAL ADJE ctivss.

53.

LOuo and tres are thus declined :

IN. duo,

G. duórum,

Plur.

•

duo, | N. tres, tres, tria, duárum, duórum, || G. trium, trium, trium,

duæ,

D duóbus, duäbus, duóbus, | D. tribus, tribus, tribus, 4. duos or duo, duas, duo, 4. tres, tres, tria, J/. duo, duæ, duo, V. tres, tres, tria, 4. duobus,

duabus, duobus. ! A. tribus, tribus, tribus.

In the fame manner with duo, decline ambo, both. All the Cardinal numbers from quatuor to centum, including them both, arc indeclinable ; and from centum to mille, are declined like the plural of bonus ; thus, ducenti, -ta, -ta ; ducentarum, -tarum, -to rum, &c.

AMille is ufed either as a fubftantive or adje&ive ; when taken

fubftantively it is indeclinable in the fingular number ; and in the ' plural lnas millia, millium, millibus, $*c. AMil/e, an adjeétive, is commonly indeclinable, and to express more than one thoufand, has the numcral adverbs joined with it ; thus, mi//e homines, a thoufand mcn ; mille bominum, of a thoufand

men, &c. Bis mille hominer, two thoufand men ; ter mille bowina, &c. But with miile, a fubftantive, we fay mille bominum, a thoufand . men ; duo rnillia hominum, tria willia, quatuor millia, centum or centena, millia bominum ; Decies centena millia, a million ; /icies certena millia, two millions, &c.

z. The Ordinal numbers are primus, firft ; /ècundus, fe cond, &c. declined like bonur.

3. The diftributive are, fingüli, one by one ; bini, two by two, &c. declined like the plural of bonus. The following table contains a lifl of the Ordinal and Diftribu tive Numbers, together with the Numeral Adverbs, which are of

tem joined with the Numeral Adjeétives. Ordinal.

Djffributive.

1 Primus, a, um.

Singuli, æ, a.

INumeral AfverÃ¢.

Semcl, once.

2 fecundus.

bini.

bis, twice.

3 tertius.

terni.

ter, tôrice.

4 quartus.

5 quintus.

quaterni. quini. '

quater, four tir*, quinquies, &c.

6 fextus.

feni.

fexies.

7 feptimus,

feptëni.

fepties.

8 o&tavus. 9 nonus.

o&töni. novêni. deni.

o&ties.

zo decimus.

IE 2

novies.

deciés,

CoMPARisoN of Adjectives.

In feveral of thefe,both in Englifh and Latin, the comparative. and fuperlative feem to be formed from fome other adjeétive which in the pofitive has fallen into difufe : in others, the regular form is contra&ted ; as, maximus, for magniffimus : mg/?, for moref; lea/f, for ////?, worff, for wor/ef.

2. Thefe five have their fuperlative in limur : Facilis, facilior, facillimus, eq/3. Imbecillis, imbccillior, imbecilli Gracilis,gracilior,gracillimus, lean. _ mus, vea£. Humilis,humilior,humillimus,low. Similis, fimilior, fimillimus, li£e.

3. The following adje&ives have regular comparatives, but form the fuperlative differently : Citer, citerior, citimus, near. Matürus, -ior, maturrìmus, or Dexter, dexterior, dcxtimus, right. maturiffimus, ripe. Sinifter, finifterior, finiftimus, left. Poftërus, pofterior, poftremus, Exter, -erior, extimus, or extrémus, outvvard.

bebimd,

Supërus, -rior, fuprêmus, or fum

Inférus,-ior, infimus,orimus,below. mus, bigb. Intérus, interior, intimus, inxva, d. Vetus, veterior, veterrimus, old.

4. Compounds in dicur, löquur, fìcus, and volur, have entior, and entiffimur ; as, malédicus, railing, maledicentior, maledicentiffimus : So magnilìquus, one that boafteth ; benè ficus, beneficent ; malévólus, malevolent ; mirìficus, won deiful, -entior, -emtiffimus, or mirìficìffimus. There are a great many adje&ives, which, though ca pable of having their fignification increafed, yet either want one of the degrees of comparifon, or are not com pared at all. 1. The following adje&ives are not ufed in the pofitive : Deterior, wor/e, deterrimus. Ocior, fwjfter, ocifsimus. Prior, former, primus.

Propiör, mearer, proximus, neargff or next.

Ulterior, fartber, ultimus.

2. The following want the comparative : Inclytus, inclytiffimus, renoxwned. Nupërus, nuperrimus, late. Meritus, meritiffimus, de/èrving. Par, pariffimus, equat. Novus, noviffimus, new.

Sacer, facerrimus, /acred.

3. The following want the fuperlative : Adolefcens, adolefcentior, young. Pronus, pronior, inclincd dov*-

Ibiuturnus, diuturnior, laffing. Ingens, ingentior, buge. Juvénis, junior, young. Opimus, opimior, rię.

wardr.

Satur, faturior, full. Senex, fenior, oJd.

* PRonoun.

To fupply the íuperlative of juvêni, or ado//cens, wc fay minimus natu, the youngeft ; and of/enex, maximus natu, the oldeft. Adje&ives in ilis, älis, and bilis, alfo want the fuperlative ; as, ci vilis, civilior, civil ; regälis, regalior, regal ; flebilis, -ior, lamentable.

So juvenilis, youthful ; exilis, fmall ; regális, like a king, &c. To thefe add feveral others of different terminations: Thus, ar

<änus, -ior, fecret ; dectivis, -ior, bending downwards ; longinquu», -ior, far off; propinquus, -ior, near.

Anterior, former ; /equior, worfe ; /atior, better ; are only found in the comparative.

4. Many adje&ives are not compared at all: fuch are thofe com pounded with nouns or verbs; as, versicàlor, of divers colours; pjii .fer, poifonous : alfo adje&ives in us pure, in ìvur, inua, orus, or imus,

and diminutives ; as, dubiur, doubtful ; vacuus, empty ; fugitivus, that flieth away ; matutinus, early ; canórus, fhrill ; legitimus, lawful ; tenep Jur, fomewhat tender ; majufculus, &c.: together with a great many others of various terminations ; as, almur, gracious ; praecox, -öcis, foon or early ripe ; mirus, egenus, lacer, memor, //?r/, &c

This defeét of comparifon is fupplied by putting the adverb magi, before the adje&tive, for the comparative degree ; and valde or máx

ime for the fuperlative ; thus, eg;nus, needy ; magis egenus, more needy ; valde or maxime egeaus, very or moft needy. Which form of comparifon is alfo ufed in thofe adjectives which are regular]y cQpmpared. PRONOUN.

A pronoun is a word which ftands in/fead vf a noun. Thus, I ftands for the name of the perfon who fpeaks ; t£ov, for the name of the perfon addreffed. Pronouns ferve to point out obje&ts, whofe namcs we either do

not know, or do not waat to mention. They alfo ferve to fhortem difcourfe, and prevent the too frequent repetition of the fame word ; thus, inftead of faying, Wben Cæfar bad conquered Gaul, Cæfar turned Cafar's arms againfi Cae/ar's country, we fay, When Cæfar had conquer ed Gaul, he turned bis arms agaimft bis country.

The fimple pronouns in Latin are eighteen ; ego, tu, /ui ; ille, ip/e, j/fe, hic, is, quis, qui ; meur, tuur, /üur, n®?er, vgfler ; nq/lras, vgfirat, and cujas. *

Three of them are fubftantives, ego, tu, /ui; the other fifteen are adjeétives.

Simple Pponoung.

Ego, I. Sing. AVom. ego, I. . Gen. mei, of me.

Plur. Nom. nos, tve.

Gen. noftrùm or noftri, of ug.

Dat. mihi, to me. Acc. me, me.

IDat. nobis, to ut.

Acc. nos, ur.

p^ac.

JVoc.

Abl. me, with me.

Abl. nobis, with u£. Tu, thou.

Sing.

Plur.

f N. vos, ye or yòu, G. veftrûm or -tri, of you; D. vobis, to you, 4. vos, you, V. vos, 0 ye or you, 4. vobis, with you.

M. tu, thou,

G. tui, of thee, l). tibi, to thee, 4. te, thee,

or you.

V. tu, 0 thou, 4. te, with thee,

Sui, of hin/elf, of her/elf, of it/eff. Plur.

Sing.

AV.

G. fui, of himfeff, of herfelf, of it/ef, G. fui, of thenyelvet, D. fibi, to him/eff, io her/eff, &c.

4. fe, him/eff, &c.

D. fibi, to them/elves, A. fe, them/elver, V. —

•

4. fe, with hinfeff, &c.

4, fe, wlth thenyelvet.

Obf. 1. Ego wants the vocative, becaufe one cannot call upoa himfelf, except as a fecond perfom : thus we cannot fay, 0 ego, O I ; 0 nos, O we.

Obf. 2. Mibi in the dative is fometimes by the poets contraétea into mâ.

Obf. 3. The genitive plural of ego was anciently ngfrorum and noßrarum ; of tu, veßrorum and vg?rarum, which were afterwards con traéted into noßrám and veflrám.

, We commonly ufe nofiràm and vgffrám after partitives, numerals, comparatives, or fuperlatives ; and noßri and vgfiri after other words.

The Englifh fubftantive pronouns, he, /ìe, it, are ex preffed in I,atin by thefe pronominal adjeétives, ille, jfe, hic, or is ; as, Ille, for the mafc. illa, for the fem. illud, for the neut.

that : or, ille, he ; illa, fhe ; illud, it, or that } thus, \

S1 M p le ProNouns.

Sing.

Plur.

N. ille, illa, G, illius, illius, D. illi, illi,

illud, illius, illi,

A. illum, illam,

illud,

V. ille,

illa,

illud,

4. illo,

illâ,

illo.

N. illi, illæ, illa, G. illorum, illarum, illorum, D. illis, illis, illis, A. illos, illas, illa, J^. illi, illæ, illa, 4. illis, illis, illis.

Ip/e, he himfelf, ip/a, fhe herfelf, ip/ùm, itfelf; and ifle, §ffa, jiud, that, are declined like ille ; only ip/e has ipfum in the nom. acc. and voc. fing. neut. Ip/e is often joined to ego, tu, /ui; and has ip Latin the

fame force with /ejfin Englifh, when joined with a pof feffive pronoun ; as, ego ip/e, I myfelf.

Hic, hæc, hoc, thir.

Sing. AV. hic, ' haec,

hoc,

G. hujus, hujus, hujus, D. huic, 4. hunc, J/. hic, 4. hoc,

huic, hanc, hæc, hac,

huic, hoc, hoc, hoc.

N. hi,

Plur. hæ,

haec,

G. horum, harum, horum, I). his, 4 hos, J/. hi, 4. his,

his, has, hæ, his,

his, hæc, hæc, his.

Is, ea, id ; he, /be, it ; or that. Sing. IN. is,

ea,

G. ejus,

ejus,

D. ei,

ei, eam,

ei,

4. eum,

Plur.

id,

AV. G. D. 4.

ii, eæ, ea, eorum, earum, eorum, iis, or eis, &c. eos, eas, ea,

V. ———

4. eo, , , eâ, eo. 4. iis, or eis, &c. Quis, quae, quod, or quid ? which, what ? Or Quis ? who or what man ? quae ? who ? or what woman ? quodor quid?' what ? or what thing ? thus, Sing. *

Efur.

1V. quis, quæ, quod or quid, N. qui, quae, quæ, G. cujus,cujus, cujus, 6. quorum,quarum,quorum, JO. cui, cui, cui, D. queis or quibus, &c. A. quem,quam,quodorquid, A. quos, quas, quæ, p^.

4. quo,

qua,

quo.

A. queis, or quibus, &c« '

S1M p le PRoNou Ns.

Qui, quæ, quod, who, which, that ; Or vir qui, the maa vhò or that ; fœmina quæ, the woman who or that ; nego tium quod, the thing which or that : genit. vir cujus, the man who/è or of whom ; mulier cujus, the woman who/è, or of whom ; negotium cujus, the thing of which, feldom who/e, &c. thus, Sing. N. qui, quæ, G. cujus, cujus,

quod, cujus,

D. cui,

cui,

Plur.

4. quem, quam, quod,

N. qui, quæ, quæ, G. qtioium,quarum,quorum, D. queis or quibus, &c. 4. quos, quas, quæ,

4. quo,

4. queis or quibus, &c.

cui,

qua,

quo.

The other pronouns are derivatives, coming from ego, tu, and /ui. Meus, my or mine ; tuur, thy or thine ; /uus, his own, her own, its own, their own, are declined like

bonus, -a, -um ; and noffer, our ; vg/fer, your, like pulcher, -chra, -chrum, of the firft and fecond declenfion.

N./irat, of our country ; vg/iras, of your country ; cujas,

of what or which country, are declined like felix, of the third declenfion : gen. ngffrätis, dat, ngffräti, &c. Pronouns as well as nouns, that fignify things, which cannot be addreffed, or called upon, want the vocative.

Meus hath mi, and fometimes meus, in the voc. fing. mafc.

The relative qui has frequently q%iin the ablative, and that, which is remarkable, in all genders and numbers.

£gi is fometimes ufed for quis : and inftead of cujus the genit. of quis Twe find an adje&tive pronoun cujus, -a, -um.

Simple pronouns, with refpe& to their fignification, are divided into the following claffes : 1. Demet firatives, which point out any perfon orthing prefent, or, as if prefent : Ego, tu, bic, jffe, and fométimes ille, is, ip/è. 2. Relatives, which refer to fomething going before : ille, ipfe, jffe, bic, is, qui

É %vey, which fignify poffeffion :

meus, tuus, /uus, no/fer, vefter. 4. Patrials or Gentiler, which fignify one's country : noftras, ve/3.

tra** cigar.

;

Compound Pronouns.

5. Interrogativer, by which we afk a queftion : qui ? etja; ? When they do not afk a queftion, they are called Indefinites, like other words of the fame nature.

6. Reciprocaly, which again call back or reprcfcnt the fame objeét to the mind : fui, and /uus. com pou N d Prono U n S.

Pronouns are compoundcd varioufy : 1. With other pronouns ; as, fihic, fibaec, jfboc, jfHue, or Auc. Acc. J?hunc, ifbanc, jfboc, or fibuc. Abl. J/ihoc, filac, i/fhoc Nom. and acc. plur. neut. jffbaec, ofjfe and bic. So illic, of ille and bic. 2. With fome other parts of fpeech ; as, hujufmódi, cujufrädi, &c. mecum, tecum, /ecum, nobifcum, vobifcum, quocum or quîcum and quibu/ um : eccum, eccam ; eccos, eccas, and fometimes ecca, in tbe nom. fing. of ecce and is.

So ellum, of ecce and ille.

3. With fome fyllable added : as, tvte, of tu and te, ufed only in the nom. egomet, tutemet, fuimet, through all the cafes, thus, meimet, tuimet, &c. of ego, tu, fui, and met. Inftead of tumct in the nom. wc , fay, tutemet : biccine, bæccine, &c. in all the cafes that cnd in e ; of hic

and cine : Meapte, tuapte, /wapte, n%rapte, vgfrapte, in thc ablat. fem. and fometimes meopte, tuopte, &c. of meur, &c. and pte : bicce, baecce, hocce ; buju/te, bice, bj/ce, bg/ce ; of bic and ce : whence buju/cembdi, eju/cemädi, cujufcemîdi. So IDEM, the fame, compoundcd of iv and dem, which is thus declined : Sing. I^V. idem,

eädem,

Plur.

ídem,

IN. iidem,

eædem,

eädem,

G. ejufdem, ejufdem, ejufdcm,

G. eorundem, earundem,eorundem,

D. eidem, eidem, eidem, 4. eundem, candem, idem, P. idem, eadem, idem.

D. 4. J/. 4.

A. eódem, eâdem,

eödem.

eifdem or iifdem, &c. eofdem, eafdcm, eadem, iidem, eædem, cadem, eifdem or iifdem, &c.

The pronouns which we find moft frequently compoundcd, are quis and qui.

$uis in compofition is fometimes the firft, fometimes the laft, and fometimes likewife the middle part of the word compounded : but

qui is always the firft. 1. The compounds of quis, in which it is put firft, are, qugfiar, who ? qui/?iam, qui/juam, any one ; qui/que, every one ; quifquis, who foever ; which are thus declined: Nom.

Gen.

Dat.

Quifnam, quænam, quodnam or quidnam ; cujufnam, cuinam, Quifpiam, quæpiam, quodpiam or quidpiam ; cujufpiam, cuipiam, Quifquam, quaequam, quodquamor quidquam ; cujufquam, cuiquam, Quifque, quæque, quodque or quidque ; cujufque, cuique,

quifquis, —

quidquid or quicquid ; cujufcujus, cuicui.

ß2

Verb.

And fo in other cafes, according to the fimple quis. But vifui, has not the feminine at all, and the neuter only in the nom inative and accufativc. 32ui/juam has alfo quicquam, for quidquamae. Accufative, quenquam, withdut the fcminine. The plural is fcarcely ufed.

2. The compounds of quis, in which quis is put laft, have qua in the nominativè fing. fem. and in the nominative and accufative plur. neut. as, aliquis, fome ; ecquis, who ? of ec and quis ; alfo nequis, /iquis, numquis, which for thc moft part are read feparately, thus, ne quis ; fi quis, num quis. They are thus declined: INom.

Aliquis, aliqua,

aliquod or aliquid,

£cquis, ecqua or ecquæ, ecquod or ecquid, Si quis, fi qua, Ne quis, ne qua,

fi quod or fi quid, ne quod or ne quid,

Cen.

Dat.

alicujus,

alicui,

£ccujus,

cccui,

fi cujus, ne cujus,

fi cui,

ne cui.

Num quis, num qua, num quod ornum quid, num cujus, num cui. 3. The compounds which have quis in the middle, are ecqui/iam,

who ? unufquifque, gen. uniufcujufque, every one. The formcr is ufed only in the nom. fing. and the £; wants the plural. 4. The compounds of qui are quicunque, whofoever ; quidam, fome;

fuilibet, quivis, any one, whom you pleafe ; which are thus declined: AWom.

Gen.

I)at.

Quicunque quæcunque,quodcunque, Quidam,

quædam,

cujufcunque,cuicunque, quoddam or quiddam, cujufdam, cuidam,

4Quilibet, quælibet, quodlibet or quidlibet, cujuflibet, cuilibet, 9uivis,

quævis,

quodvis or quidvis, cujufvis,

cuivis.

Obf. 1. All thefe compounds have feldom or never queis, but quibus, in their dat. and abl plur. ; thus, aliquibus, &c. Obf. 2. Quis, and its compounds in comic writers, have fome times quis in the feminine gender. Obf. 3. Quidam hath quendam, quandam, quoddam, or quiddam, in the .acc. fing. and quorundam, quarundam, quorundam, in the gen. plur. n being put inftead of m, for the better found.

Obf 4. ®uod, with its compounds, aliquod, quodvir, quoddam, &c. are ufed when they agree with a fubftantive in the fame cafe ; quid, with its compounds, aliquid, quidvis, &c. for thc moft part have either no fubftantive cxpreffed, or govern one in the genitive. For this reafon they are by fome reckoned fubftantives. VERB.

A verb is a word which expreffes what is affirmed of

things ; as, The boy readt. The fun /iner. The man laver. Or, A verò is that part of/?cech which /ignifies to be, to do, or fa

/ifer,

VeRB.

it is called Perù or Word, by way of eminence, becaufe it is the moft effential word in a fentence, without which the other parts of fpeech can form no complete fenfe. Thus, tbe diligent boy read, bis

2effon with care, is a perfect fentence ; but if we take away the affir vivation, or the word reads, it is rendered imperfe&t, or rather be comes no fentence at all ; thus, tbe diligen* boy his leffon witb care.

A verb therefore may be thus diftinguifhed from any other part of fpeech : Whatever word expreffes an affirmation or affertion is a verb ; or thus, Whatever word, with a fubftantive noun or pro noun before or aftcr it, makes full fenfe, is a verb ; as, fione, fall, I valk, walk thou. Here fali amd valè are verbs, becaufe thcy contain

an affirmation ; but when we fay, a long walk, a dangerous fall, there is no affirmation expreffed ; and the fame words walk and /all. become fubftantives or nouns.

Wc often find likewife im Latim

the fame word ufed as a verb, and alfo as fome other part qf thus, amor, -öris, love, a fubftantive, and amor, I am loved,

££; a verb.

Verbs, with refpe&i to their fignification, are divided into three different claffes, Aâive, Paffve, and Neuter ; becaufe we confidei things either as a&ing, or being a&ed upon ; or as neither a&ting, nor being a&ed upon ; but fimply exifting, or exifting in a certain ftate or condition; as in a ftate of motion or reft, &fc.

1. An Aäive verb expreffes an a&ion, and neceffarily

fuppofes an agent, and an objeét a&ted upon, as, amäre, to love ; amo te, I love thee.

2. A verb Paffive expreffes a paffion or fuffering, or the receiving of an a&tion ; and neceffarily implies än obje& a&ted upon, and an agent, by which it is a&ted upon;Tas, amäri, to be loved ; tu amärit a me, thou art loved by me. 3. A Neuter verb properly expre{fes neither a&ion nor

paffion, but fimply the being, ftate, or condition of things; as, dormio, I fleep ; fedeo, I fit. The verb Aciive is alfo called Tranfitive, when the ac tion paffetb over to the obje&t, or hath an effe& on fome other thing ; as, fcribo litëras, I write letters ; but when -

the aétion is confined within the agent, and paffeth not over to any obje&, it is called Intranfitive ; as, ambiilo, I walk ; curro, I run, which are likewife called Neuter J^erbs.

Many verbs in Latin and Englifh are ufed both in a

tranfitive and in an intranfitive or neuter fenfe ; as, ßßäre,

Verb.

to ftop ; incipäre, to begin ; duräre, to endure, or to hard. en, &c.

Verbs which fimply fignify being, are likewife called Subflantive verbs ; as, effe or exiflere, to be, or to exift. The notion of exiftence is implied in the fignification of every verb ; thus, I love, may be refolved into, I am Joving.

When the meaning of a verb is expreffed without any affirmation, or in fuch a form as to be joined to a fubftan tive noun, partaking thereby of the nature of an adje&ive, it is called a Participle ; as, amanr, loving ; amatur, loved. But when it has the form of a fubftantive, it is called a

Gerund, or a Supine ; as, amandum, loving ; amatum, to }ove ; amatu, to love, or to be loved.

A verb is varied or declined by Voices, Modes, Ten/es, Numbers, and Perfons. There are two voices ; the Aéîive and Pa/. five. The modes are four ; Indicative, Subjunéîive, Imperative, and Infinitive. The tenfes are five ; the Pre/ent, the Preter •

imperfeét, the Preter-perfeéi, the Preter-pluperfeéf, and the Future.

The numbers are two ; Singular and Plural. The perfons are three ; Fir/?, Second, Third. 1. Paice expreffes the different circumftances in which we con fider an obje&, whether as a&ting, or being a&ted upon. The Aá

ive voice fignifies a&tion ; as, ämo, I love : the Paffve, fuffering, or be ing the obje&t of an a&tion ; as, amor, I am lovcd. 2. Modes or Mood, are the various manners of expreffing the figni fìcation of the verb.

The Indicative declares or affirms pofitively ; as, amo, I love; amábo, I fhall love : or afks a queftion ; as, an tu amas ? doft thou Jove ?

The Subjun&ive is ufually joined to fome other verb, and cannot make a fuli meaning by itfelf; as, / me obsëcret, redibo, if be intreat me, l will return. m.

Ter.

The Imperative commands, exhorts, or iatreats ; as, ama, love

t Inou.

Vers.

The Infinitive fimply expreffes the fignification of the verb, with cout limiting it to any perfon or number ; as, amare, to love. 3. Tenfes or Timé exprefs the time when any thing is fuppofed to be, to a&, er to fuffer.

Time in general is divided into three parts, the prefent, paft, and future.

Paft time is expreffed three different ways. When we fpeak of a thing, which was doing, but not finifhed at fome former time, we

ufe the Preter-imperfeâ, or paft time not completed ; as, ßriäiam, I was writing.

When we fpeak of a thing now finifhed, we ufe the Preter-per ./eâ, or paft time completed ; as, fcrip/i, I wrote, or have written. When we fpeak of a thing finifhed at or before fome paf* time, we ufe the Preter-pluperfeâ, or paft time more than completed ; as, feripsêram, I had written.

Future time is expreffed two different ways. A thing may be confidered, either as fimply about to be done, or as a&ually finifh ed, at fome future time ; as, /éribam, I fhall write, or I fhall [tbcn] be writing; fcripsêro, I fhall have written.

4. Number marks bow many we fuppofe to be, to a&, or to fuffer. 5. Per/on fhews to what - the meaming of the verb is applied, whether to the perfon fpeaking, to the perfon addreffed, or to fomc other perfon or thing. Verbs have two numbers and three perfons, to agree with fub ftantive nouns and pronouns in thefe refpe&ts : for a verb properly

hath neither numbers nor perfons, but certain terminations an {wering to the perfom and number of its nominative. A verb is properly faid to be conjugated, when all its parta are properly clafTed, or, as it were, yoked together, according to Voice, Mode, Tenfe, Number, and Perfon.

The Latins have four different ways of varying verbs, called the Fir/?, the Second, the Third, and the Fourth Conjugation. The Conjugations are thus diftinguifhed: The Firft has a long before re of the Infinitive ; the Se cond has e long, theThird has e fhort, and the Fourth has i long, before re of the Infinitive. . Except dare, to give, which has à fhort ; and alfo its compounds ; thus, Circumdäre, to furround ; circundämur, -dätis, -däbam, -däbo, &c.

The different conjugations are likewife diftinguifhed from one another by the different terminations of the fol

lowing tenfes :

F-2

Verb. A c t i v e

W o 1 c e.

Indicative Mode. Prefent Tenfe,

Singular. Per/ans. I.

Plural.

Perfonr. 3•

o f i. -o,

-as,

§J 2. -eo,

-es,

-at ; -et ;

&5 } 3. -o, £; -io,

-is, -is,

-it ; -it ;

1. -ábam, 2. -ébam,

-äbas, -ébas,

-ämus, -ätis, -ant. -émus, -étis, -ent. -imus, .itis, -unt. -imus, -itis, -iunt.

Imperfe&t. -äbat ; -ébat ;

3. -êbam, -ébas, -ébat ; 4. -iébam, -iébas, -iébat ;

-äbämus, -êbâmus,

-äbätis, -äbant. -êbâtis, -ébant.

-ëbämus, -êbâtis, -ébant. -iébämus, -iëbätis, ,iëbant.

Future.

1. -âbo, -ábis, -ábit ; 2, -ébo, -ébis, -ébit ;

-ábimus, -ébimus, 3. -am, -es, . -et ; -émus, 4. -iam, -ies, -iet ; -iémus, Subjunäive Mode. Prgfent Ten/e. I. -em, -es -et ; -émus, 2. -eâm, -eas, -eat ; -eámus, 3. -am, -as, -at 3 -ämus, 4. -iam, -ias, -iat ; -iámus, Imperfe&t. 1. 2. 3. 4.

-ärem, -äres, -äret ; -erem, -eres, -āret ; -Érem, -ères, -êret ; -irem, -ires, -iret ;

-ärëmus, .£r£mus, -êrêmus, -irémus,

-ábitis, -ábunt. -ébitis, -ébunt. -étis, , -ent. -iétis, -ient.

-étis, -eátis, -átis, -iátis,

-ent. -eant. -ant. -iant.

•ärëtis, -ārātis, -êrêtis, -irātis,

-ärent. -?rent. -êrent. -irent.

Imperative Mode. 2

V. -a or -âto,

-âto ;

-äte or -ätöte,

2. -e or -£to,

-£to ;

3. -e or -ito, 4. •i or -jto,

-ito ; -ito ;

-£te or -£tóte, -ento. -ite or -itóte, -unto,

-anto.

•ite or -itóte, -iunt8.

Vaa».

PASS 1 V E voi c E.

Indiâative Mode.

1. -or, 2. -eor, 3. -or, 4. -ior,

-äris or -äre, -ëris or -êre, -ëris or -êre, -iris or -ire,

Prefent -ätur; -êtur; -itur; -itur;

Temfe.

-ämur,

-amini,

-antur.

-êmur,

-êmini,

-entur.

-imur, -imur,

-imini, -imini,

-untur. -iuntur.

Imperfe&t. I.-àbar, -äbäris or-äbäre, -äbätur ; 2.-ébar, -ébäris or-ëbäre, -ébátur ; 3.-ébar, -ébáris or-ëbäre, -ëbätur ; 4.-iébar,-iébáris, -iebäre,-iébátur;

-äbämur, -ebämur, -ëbämur, -iébámur,

-äbämini, -ābantur. -ébámini, -ébantur. -ébámini, -êbantur. -iébámini, -icbantur.

Puture.

1. -äbor, -âbëris or-abêre, -äbitur; -äbimur, -ábimini, -ábuntur. 2. -ébor, -êbêris or-ebëre, -ébitur; -êbimur, -êbimini, -ébuntur. 3. -ar, -ëris or -êre, -étur ; -êmur, -émini, -entur. 4. -iar, -iéris or -iére, -iétur; -iémur, -ièmini, -ientur.

subjun&ive Mode. Prefent Tenfe. r.-er, -āris or -āre,

-ātur;

2. -ear, -eäris or -eäre, -eätur ;

3.-ar, -äris or -äre, -ätur; 4. -iar, -iäris or-iäre, -iätur ;

-āmur,

-?mini,

-entur.

-eämur, -eämini -eantur, -ämü*, -amini, -antur. -iämur, -iámini, -iantur.

Imperfe&t. I. -arer, -areris or-arere, -aretur ; . -aremur, -aremîni, -arentur. 2.-erer, -ereris or -erere, -erctur ;

-eremur, -eremîni, ^-erentur.

3. -êrer, -äreris or-ërere, -éretur ; -ëremur, -êremini, -êrentur. 4. -irer, -ireris or -irere, -iretur ; -iremur, -iremìni, -irentur.

Imperative Mode. 2.

1. -âre or -âtor,

2. -êre or -étor, 3• -êre oy^ -ítor, 4. -ure or -itor,

3•

-âtor ; -étor ;

-ámini, -émini,

-éntor.

-itor ;

-imini,

-untor.

-1tor ;

-lnn1n1,

-1untor.

-ântor.

Obferve, Verbs in io of the third conjugation have iunt in the third perfon plur. of the prefent indic. a&tive, and iuntur in the paffive ; and fo in the imperative, iunto and iuntor. In the imperfeét and fu

ture of the indicative they have always the terminations of the fourth conjugation, ièbam and iam ; ièbar aud iar, &c,

Verb.

The terminations of the other tenfes are the fame

through all the Conjugations. Thus, ACTIVE WOi CE.

Indicative Mode.

Sing. I.

Plur. 3.

.2: 3• -imus, -iftis, -êrunt or-êre, -ërämus,-ërätis, -êrant. I•

Perf. -i,

-ifti, -it ; Pliì. -êram, -êras, -érat;

Subjunäive Mode.

Perf. -&rim, -êris, -êrit ; -êrimus,

-éritis, -issétis, -éiitis,

Plù. -iffem, -iffes, -iffet ; -issémus, Fut. .èro, -êris, -érit ; -êrimus,

-érint. -iffent. -êrint.

Thefe Tenfes, in the Paffive Voice, are formed by the

Participle Perfe&t, and the auxiliary verb /um, which is alfo ufèd to exprefs the Future of the Infinitive A&ive. SUM is an irregular verb, and thus conjugated :

Pre/. Indic.

Principal Parts. Pe£f. Indic.. Pre/. Infin.

Sum,

ui,

effe, ' To be.

Indicative Mode. Prefent Tenfe.

Sing.

am.

Plur.

§ 1. Sum, I am, Sümus, We are, 52. Es, Thou art, or you are. Eftis, re or you arg, È 3. Eft, He is ;

Sunt, They are. Imperfe&. war.

1. Eram, I war,

Erämus, We were,

2. Eras,Thou wafi,oryou were, Erätis, 7re vere, 3. Erat, He war, Perfeét. 1. Fui, I have beem, 2.

Euifti, Thou haf? been,

3, Fuit, He haih wen ;

Erant, They were. have been, or war.

Fuimus, We have been, Fuiftis, 7^e have been,

Euërunt,or-êre,They have been.,

VeRB.

Plu-perfe&. 1. Fuêram, I had been,

had been.

Euêrämus, JVe had been,

2. Fueras, Thou had/l been, Fueratis, 7^e had been, 3. Fuerat, He had been ; Fuerant, They had beem. Future. /hall or will. 1. Ero, I/ball be, Erimus, We /hall be, 2. Eris, Thou /%al be, Eritis, re /hall be, 3. Erit, He /all be ; Erunt, They /all be. Subjunäive Mode. Prefent Tenfe. may or can. 1. Sim, I may be, Simus, We may be, 2. Sis, Thou may£/? be, Sitis, 7^e may be, 3. Sit, He may be ; Sint, They may be.

Imperfe&. might, could, would, or/bould. 1. Effem, I might be, Essémus, We might be, 2. Effes, Thou mighteff be, Effetis, re might be, 3. Effet, He might be ; Effent, They might be. . Perfe&. may have.

1. Fuêrim, I may have been, Fuêrîmus, We may have been, 2. Fueris,Thou maygffhavebeen,Fueritis, 7'e may have been, 3. Fuerit, He may have been ; Fuerint, They may have been.

Plu-perfe&t. might, could, would, or/hould have ; or bad. 1. Fuiffem, I might have been, Fuissémus, We might have been, 2. Fuiffes, Thou mightgff have Fuiffetis, 7'e might have been, beem,

3. Fuiffet, He might have been ; FuifTent, They might have been. Euture. /ball have.

1. Fuêro, I /hall have been,

Fuêrimus, We /ball have been,

2. Fueris,Thou/halt have been, Fueritis, re ßall have been, 3• Fuerit, He /hall have been ; Fuerint, They /hall have been. Imperative Mode. Efte vel eßöte, Be ye, Let him be ; Sunto, , ILet them be.

2. Es vel efto, Be thou,

3. Efto,

Infinitive Mode, Pre/. Effe, To be. Perf. Fuiffe, To hove been. JFut. Effe futurus, -a, -um, To be about to be.

Fuiffe futurus, -a, -um, To have been abou* fo **.

Fi ast CoNJUGAtion.

Participle. Puture. Fütürus, -a, -um, About to be. Obf. 1. The perfonal pronouns, which in Engli£h are, for the moft part, added to the verb, in Latin are commonly underftood ;

becaufe the feveral perfons are fufficiently diftinguifhed from one ÉÉÉÉÉ be not expreffed. The learner however at firfl may

another by the different terminations of the verb, though the per fons

be accuftomed to join them with the verb ; thus, ego fum, I am ; tu

•*, thou art, or you are ; ille eff, he is ; nos /umus, we are, &a. So ego 2imo, I love ; tu amas, thou lovef, or you Jove ; ille amat, he loveth or loves; nos amamur, we love ; &'c.

Obf. 2. In the fecond perfon fingular in Englifh, we commonly ufc the plural form, except in folemn difcourfe ; as, tu es, thou art, •r much oftener, you are ; tu eras, thou waft, or you were ; tu /is, thou

mayft bc, or you may be, &c. So-tu amat, thou lovef, or you love ; tu amabar, thou lovedft, or you lovcd, &c.

verbs are thus varied in the different Conjugations; FIRST CONJUGATION. Active Voi C e.

Principal Parts.

Pret, Indic. Pret, Infin. Amo,

amáre,

Perfeâ. amavi,

Supine. amatum, To lóúe.

Indicative Mode.

Prefent Tenfe. love, do love, or am loving. Sing. 1. Am-b.

1 love,

2. Am-as,

Thou lovg/?, or you love,

3. Am-at,

He loveth, or he loves ; J/e love,

Alur. 1. Am-ämus, 2. Am-atis,

3. Am-ant,

7re or you love, They love.

Imperfe&t. loved, did love, or was loving. I loved, $ing. 1. Am-äbam, Thou loved/, 2. Am-abas, -

3. Am-abat, Plur. 1. Am-abamus, 2. Am-abatis,

3. Am-abant,

He loved; JVe loved, 7'e or you loved,

They loved.

Firsr Conjugation.

Ferfe&. loved, have loved, orata /.…. Sing. 1. Am-ävi, 2. Am-avifti, 3. Am-avit,

Plur. i. Am-ávimus, 2. Am-aviftis,

I have loved, Thou haf? loved, He hath loved; }/e have loved, 7?e have loved,

3. Am-avérunt, v.-avêre, They have λω. Plu-perfeq. had. Sing. 1. Am-ävëram, 2. Am-averas, 3. Am-averat,

Plur. 1. Am. averamus, 2. Am-averatis, 3. Am-averant,

I had loved,

Thou had/? loved, He had loved; }We had loved, ?^e had loved, They had loved.

Future. /hall or vill. Sing. 1. Am-äbo, 2. Am abis, 3. Am-abit, Plur. 1. Am-abimus, 2. Am.abitis, 3. Am-abunt,

I/al/ love,

Thou /3a/. love, He /jall love ; JVe /}al/ love, ?^e /hall love, They /hall love.

Subjunâive Mode.

Prefent Tenfe. may or cam. Sing. 1. Am-em,

2. Am-etis,

1 may love, Thou may/? love, He may love ; JVe may love, 7'e may love,

3. Am-ent,

They may love.

2. Am-es, 3. Am-et,

Plur. 1. Am-£mus,

Imperfe&t. might, coula, would, or /boul4. $ing. I. Am-ärem, 2. Am-ares, 3. Am-aret,

Plur. i. Am-aremus, 2. Am-aretis, 3. Am-arent,

I might love, Thou might/2 love, He might love ; Ve might love, ?^e might love, They might love.

First Conjugation.

Perfe&.

may have. I may have loved, Thou may/? have loved, He may have loved ; JWe may have loved, 7'e may have loved, They may have loved.

Sing. 1. Am-ävërim, 2. Am-averis,

3. Am-averit, Plur. 1. Am-averìmus, 2. Am-averitis,

3. Am-averint,

Plu. perfe&. might, could, would, or /bould have; or had. Sing. 1. Am-aviffem, -I might have loved, Thou might/? have loved, He might have loved; JVe might have loved,

2. Am-aviffes,

3. Am-aviffet, Plur. i. Am-avifTemus, 2. Am-aviffetis,

?^e might have loved,

3. Am-aviffent, They might have loved. Future. /ball have. Sing. 1. Am-ävëro, I/hall have loved, 2. Am-averis, Thou /halt have loved, 3. Am-averit, He /ball have loved; Plur. 1. Am-averimus, JVe /ball have loved, 2. Am-averitis, 7^e /hall have loved, 3. Am-averint, They /hall have loved. Imperative Mode. ' Sing. 2 . Am-a, vel am- äto, Love thou, or do thou love, 3. Am-ato, Let him love ; w

Plur. 2. Am-äte, vel am-atóte, Love ye, or do ye love, 3. Am-anto, ILet them love. *. Infinitive Mode. Pres. Am-äre,

To love,

Perf. Am-aviffe,

To have loved, To be about to love, To have been about to love.

Put. Effe amaturus, -a, -um, Fuiffe amaturus,-a,-um,

Participle. Pre/ent, Am-ans,

JLoving.

Puture, Am-aturus, -a, -um,

About to love.

Gerunde.

AVom. Am-anJum, Gen. Am-andi, Dat. Am-ando, 4cc. Am-amdum, .Abl, Am-ando,

Loving, Qf loving, 2Fo loving,

ALoving, Vit& loving.

First Conjugation.

Supine. Pormer. Am-ätum,

To love, To love, or to be loved.

JLatter. Am-atu,

PASSIV e voi ce.

Pre/ent Indicative. Perfeâ Participle. Amor,

Infinitive.

amátus, Indicative Mode. PrefentTenfe.

amäri, to be loved.

am.

Sing. 1. Am-or, 2. Am-äris, vel -äre,

I am loved,

3. Am-atur, Plur. 1. Am-amur, 2. An-amini,

He is Ioved; JVe are loved, 7^e or you are loved,

3. Am-antur,

Thou art loved,

They are loved. Imperfe&t. was.

Sing. 1. Am-ábar,

I was loved,

2. Am-abärisvel-abare,Thou wg/? loved, 3. Am-abatur, Plur. 1. Am-abamur,

He war loved;

We were loved,

2. Am-abamini,

?^e vere loved,

3. Am-abantur, Perfe&t.

They were loved. am ; have been, or war.

Sing. I. Amatus fum, vel fui, I have heea Joved, 2. Amatus es, v. fuißi, Thou ba/? beem loved, 3. Amatus eft, v. fuit, He batb been loved; Plur. I. Amati fumus, v. fuimus, We have been foved, 2. Amati eftis, v. fuiftis, ?^e have been loved, 3. Amati funt, fuérunt, v. fuêre, They have been loved.

Plu-perfe&t.

had been, or war.

.Sing. I. Amatus eram vel fueram, 2. Amatus eras v. fueras, 3. Amatus erat v. fuerat,

I bad beem foved, Tbou baj? been toved, He had been loved; We bad bcem loved,

iPlur. 1. Amati eramus v. fueramus, 2. Amati eratis v. fueratis, ?^e bad been loved, 3. Amati erant v. fuerant, They bad been loved.

Future. fhall, or will be. Sing. 1. Am-äbor, I/lall be loved, 2. Am-abërisvel-abëre,Thou /halt be loved, 3. Am-abitur, He /hall be loved; G

First ConjugAtion.

74.

JVe /hall be loved, TreJball be loved, They /hall be loved.

' Plur. 1. Am-abimur, 2. Am-abimini, '

3. Am-abuntur,

Subjunâive Mode. may or cam be. I may be loved,

Prefent Tenfe.

Sing. 1. Am-er,

2. Am-£ris vel êre,

Thou may/? be loved,

3. Am-etur,

He may be loved; Ve may be loved, 7'e may be loved,

Plur. 1. Am-émur, 2. Am-emini,

They may be loved. Imperfe&. might, could, would, or /hould be.

3. Am-entur, Sing. 1. Am-ärer,

I might be loved,

2. Am.areris vel arêre, Thou might/? be loved, 2. Am-aremini,

He might be loved ; 1Ve might be loved, Te might be loved,

3. Am-arentur,

They might be loved.

3. Am-aretur, Plur. 1. Am-ärémur,

Perfe&t.

may have been.

Sing. 1. Amatus fim vel fuerim, I may have been loved, 2. Amatus fis v. fueris, Tbou may/? bave been loved, 3. Amatus fit v. fuerit, He may bave been loved; Σlur. ¥. Amati fimus v. fuerimus, We may have been loved, a. Amati fitis v. fueritis, ?^e may have been loved, 3. Amati fint v. fuerint, %rbey may bave been loved.

Plu-perfe&t. might, could, would, or /hould have been ; or had been.

»Sing. i. Amatus effem vel fuiffem, I might have been loved, Plur.

2. Amatus effes v. fuiffes, Thou migbtf have been loved, 3. Amatus effet v. fuiffet, He migbt bave been loved; I. Amati effemusv. fuiffemus, We migbt have been loved, 2. Amati effetis v. fuiffetis, re migbt have been loved, 3. Amati effent v. fuiffent, They migbt bave-been loved.

Future. /ball have been. Sing. 1. Amatus fuêro, 2. Amatus fueris, 3. Amatus fuerit,

Plur. I. Amati fuérimus, 2. Amati fueritis,

3. Amati fuerint,

Ifhall have been loved, Thou /.alt have been Ioved, He /ball have been lovcd ;

Ve /ball have boen loved, ?^e fiall have been loved,

??ey/$ali have been loved.

Second CoNju Gatron.

Imperative Mode. Sing. z. Am-ärevel am-âtor, Be thou loved, Let him be loved; Be ye loved,

3. Am-âtor, Plur. 2. Am-amini, 3. Am-antor,

Let them be loved.

Infinitive Mode. Frer.

Am-äre,

To be /oved,

Perf. Effev. fuifTe amatus, -a, -um, To have been Joved, To be about to lv loved. Fut. Am. ätum iri, Participle. Loved, Perf. Am-atus, -a, -um, Fut. Am-andus, -a, -um,

To be loved.

SECOND CONJUGATION. Activs voice.

docêre,

doétum,

döcui,

Döceo,

To teacâ.

Indicative Mode.

Sing. 1•

Pres.Doc-eo,

Plur. 2.

3•

'-es,

-et ;

-émus,

2•

·ëtis,

-ent.

Imp. Doc-ébam,-ebas,-ebat ; -ebämus, -ebatis, -ebant. -

Perf.I)oc-ui,

- - -

-uiftis,

-uifti,-uit ; -uimus,

-uerunf, v. -uere.

Plu. Doc-uéram,-ueras,-uerat;-uerämus, -ueratis, -uerant. Fut. Doc-ëbo, -ebis, -ebit ; -ebimus, -ebitis, -ebunt.

Subjunäive Mode. Pres.Doc-eam, -eas, -eat ;

-eämus,

-eatis,

-eant.

Imp. Doc-ërem, -eres, -eret ; -erémus, -eretis, -erent. Perf. Doc.uérim,-ueris,-uerit; -uerimus, -ueritis, -uerint. Plu. Doc-uiffem,-uiffes,-uiffet; -uissémus, .uiffetis, -uiffent. Fut.Doc-uéro, -ueris, -uerit; -uerimus, -ueritis, -uerint.

Imperative Mode. 2.

Pref. Doc-e vel.£to,

3•

-eto ;

2•

-ête vel •etote,

3•

-ento.

T h in D Conju & At16N.

Infinitive. Participles. Pre£Djc.are. Pr. Dóc-ens.

Supiner. Doc-endum, 1. Doc-tum.

Gerunds.

Perf. Doc-uiffe. Fut. Doc-türus, Doc-endi, Fut. Effe do&turus, -a, -um. Fuiffe do&turus, -a, -um.

2. Doc-tu.

Doc-endo, &c.

p Assive VO 1 C £.

Doceor,

To be taught.

docêri,

do&us,

Indicative Mode.

Sing.

Plur.

Pr. Doc-eor, -ëris, vel -êre,

•ctur;

•emur,

-__ -

•emini,

-ebäris,

•

Jm. Doc-ebar,

-cntuf. •

-ebatur ; -ebamur, -ebamini, -ebantur. •ve/-ebare,

PerfDoétus fum vel fui, doétus es, vel fuifli, &c. Alu. Do&us eram v. fueram, doétus eras v. fueras, &c. Fut. Doc-ebor,

£., -ebítur ;

-ebimur, -ebimini, -ebuntur.

Subjunäive Mode. Pr. Doc-car, Im. Doc-erer,

£s, £iis,

-eatur;

-eamur,

-eamini,

-eantur.

-eretur; -eremur, -cremini, -erentur:

Perf. Do&us fim vel fuerim, doétus fis ve! fueris, &c. Plu. Do&us effem v. fuiffem, doétus effcs v. fuiffes, &c. Fut. Doótus fuero, doétus fueris, do&us fuerit, doéti fuerimus, &c.

Imperative Mode. 3•

3•

2•

Pre*. Doc.ère vel.étor, -etor ; Infinitive.

-emini, -entor. Participles. Pres. IDoc-eri, Perf. Doc-tus, -a, -um. Perf. Effe vel fuìffe do&us, -a, -um, Fut. Doc endus, -a, -um. Fut. Do&tum iri. THIRD CONJUGATION. Active volce.

Légo,

légi,

leétum,

légère,

To read.

Indicative Mode.

Sing. I.

Pr. Leg-o,

Plur, 2.

3•

-is,

-it ;

-imus,

-itis,

3•

-unt.

I.eg-ebam,-ebas, -ebat ; -ebamus, -ebatis,-ebant;

Thiab Confugarios. Per. Lég-i,

-ifti,

.it ;

-imus,

-iftis, -êrunt, -ere.

Plu. Leg-êram, -eras, -erat ; -eramus,-eratis,-erant. Fut. Leg-am, -es -et ; -emus, -etis, -ent.

Subjunäive Mode. Pres.Leg-am, -as, -at ; -amus, -atis, -ant. Im. Leg-êrem, -eres, -eret ; -ërémus, -eretis, -erent. Per. Leg-êrim, -eris, .-erit ; -erimus, -eritis, -erint.

Plu. Leg-iffem, -iffes Fut, leg-éro,

-iffet ; -iffemus, -iffetis, -iffent.

-eris, -erit ; -erimus, -eritis, -erint. Imperative Mode. 3•

Pres. Leg-e vel -ito, -ito; -íte vel -ítóte, -unto. Infinitive. Participles. Gerunds. Supiner. Prev.Leg-êre, Pr. Leg-ens. Leg-endum. 1. I.ec-turì. Perf. Leg-iffe, Fut. Lec-türus. Leg-endi. z. Lec.tu. Fut. Effe le&türus, -a, -um. Leg-endo, &c. Fuiffe le&urus, -a, -um. P A s S i VE VOi c e.

Légor,

1égi,

le&tus,

To be read.

Indicative Mode.

Sing. Pr. Leg-or

r. Leg-or,

Plur. -ëris, vel -êre,

ítur ; -

-ímur

-ebaris, 1m. Leg-êbar, vel -ebare, ebaturr :; *

-imini

• ii vi i s

untqr •

qr.

-ebamini.» -ebamtor, -eb

-ebantur. tu

Per. Le&tus fum vel fui, le&tus cs vel fuifti, &c. Plu. Le&tus eram vel fueram, le&tus eras vel fueras, &c. -ëris, r vel -êre, •etur :* -cmur * -cmini a Fut. Legar, -

entur

Subjunâive Mode. Pr. Leg-ar,

-áris, vel-áre,

•atur ;

-amur,

-eréris,-erer en*et** r* •; -eremur, Im. Leg-êrcr, vel -erére, - eretur -

-antur.

•am1n1, " - e* ■*

-eremini,

erentur

Perf. Le&tus fim vel fuerim, leétus fis ve! fueris, &c. Plu. Leétus effem v. fuiffem, leétus effes v. fuiffes, &c. Fut. Le&tus fuero, leétus fueris, le&tus fuerit, &c.

Imperative Mode.

Pres. Legêre vel.itor,

-itor ; G 2

•imini,

-untor.

FouRtH CoNJUGArion.

Participles. Perf. Lec-tus, -a, -um.

Infinitive.

Pres. Leg-i.

Perf. Effe v. fuiffe le&us, -a, -um. Fut. Leg-endus,-a,-um. Fut.

Le&tum iri. FOURTH CONJUGATION. acti v e voi C e.

Audio, audivi, auditum, audire, To hear. Indicative Mode.

Sing. I.

Plur. 3•

3•

Pr. Aud-io, -is, -it; -imus, -itis, -iunt. Hm. Aud-iébam,-iebas, -iebat;-iebamus, -iebatis, -iebant. -ivêrunt, Per. Aud-ivi .ivifti, -ivit ; ivimus, -iviflis, v -ivêre. Pl. Aud-ivêram, -iveras, -iverat; -iveramus, -iveratis, -iverant. Fu. Audiam, -ies, -iet ; -iemus, -ictis, -ient.

Subjun&ive Mode. Pr. Aud-iam, Jae. Aud-irem,

-ias,

-iat ;

-iamus,

-iatis,

-ires,

-iret ;

-irémus,

-irctis,

Per.Aud-iverim, -iveris,-iverit ; -iverímus,

* -iant. -irent.

-iveritis, -jverint.

Al. Aud-iviffem, -iviffes,-iviffet ;-iviffemus, -iviffetis, -jviffent. Au. Aud-ivero, -iveris, -iverit; -iverimus, -iveritis, -iverint.

Imperative Mode. 3.

Pr. Aud-ire.

3•

Pret. Aud-i, v. -ito, -ito ; Infinitive. Participlex.

-ite, v. -itóte,

-iunto.

Supines.

Gerunds.

Pr. Aud-iens. Aud-iendum. 1. Auid-itum.

Per. Audiviffe. Fu. Aud-iturus. Aud-iendi.

Fut Effe auditurus, -a, um,

2. Aud.itu.

Aud.iendo, &c.

Fuiffe auditurus, -a, -um. PASSIVE VOI C E.

Audior,

auditus,

audiri,

To be heard.

Indicative Mode. -

Sing.

Plur.

°r. Aud-ior,

ās,

Ia. Aud-iébar,

£iir, -icbatur; -iebamur,-iebamini,-iebantur;

-itur ;

-imur,

-imjni,

-iuntur.

£*/ Augítus fum vel fui, Auditus es . fuifti, &c. */* &uditus eram v. fueram, Aìåíïéï fueras, &a. Fw? -i. -iéris, λt, Aud-iar, vel -icre, -ictur ; -iemur, -iemini, -;enttir, :,.

_ _ *

`FoRMAtion of Verbs.

79r

Subjunäive Mode. -iaris, Pr. Aud-iar,

-iatur ;

vel -iare, -ireris, Jm. Aud-irer, vel -irere, -iretur;

-iamur, -iamini, -iantur.

"• •

-iremur, -iremini, -irentur.

Aer/. Auditus fim vel fuerim, auditus fis v. fueris, &c. Plu. Auditus effem v. fuiffem, auditus effes v. fuiffes, &c. Fut. Auditus fuero, auditus fueris, &c.

Imperative Mode. 2.

-itor ;

3•

Pr. Aud-ire, vel -itor,

-imini,

-iuntor.

Participles.

Infinitive.

Per. Aud-itus,

Pr. Aud.iri.

a, -um.

Per. Effe v fuiffe aud-itus,-a,-um. Fut. Aud-iendus,-a,-um. Fu. Aud-itum iri. FoRMATioN of Verbs.

There are four principal pai ts of a verb, from which all the reft are formed ; namely, o of the prefent, i of the perfe&t, um ofthe fupine, and re of the infinitive, 1. From o are for med am and em.

2. From i ; ram, rim, ro, //e, and //em. 3. * U, us, and rur, are formed from um. 4. All other parts from re do come ; as, bam, bo, rem ; a, e, and i ; mt and dur ; dum, do, and di ; as, AM-o, -em ; AM-Avi, -eram, -erim, -iffem, -ero, -iffe ; AMat-uM, -u, -urus, -us; AM-ARE, -abam, -abo, -arem, -a, -ans, -andum, di, do ; -andus.

Doc-eo, -eam ; Doc-ur, -ueram, &c. ; Doct-uM, -u, -urus, -us ; IDoc-ere, -ebam, -ebo, -erem, -e, -ens, -endum, di, do, -endus. Leg-o, -am; LEG-I, -eram, &c ; LecT-UM, -u, -urus, -us : Leg eRe, -ebam, -ërem, -e, -ens, - endum, &c. AuD-io, -iam ; AUD-Ivi, -iveram, &c. ; AUD1T-UM, -u, -urus, -us ; AuD-iRE, -iebam, -irem, -i, -iens, -iendum, di, do,-iendus.—So

verbs of the third conjugation in io ; as, CAP-1o, -iam ; Cep-1, -eram, &c. ; CAPT-UM, -u, &c. ; CAP-ERE,-iebam, -ërem,-e, -iens, -iendum, di, do, -iendus.

The paffive voice is formed from the a&ive, by adding r to o, or changing m into r.

A verb is commonly faid to be conjugated, when only its principal parts are mentioned, becaufe from them all the reft are derived.

Signification of the different Tenses.

The firft perfon of the Prefent of the Indicative is cal1 ed the Theme or the Root of the verb, becau£e from it the

other three principal parts are formed. The letters of a verb which always remain the fame, are called Radical letters ; as, am, in am-o. The reft are called the Termination ; as, abamus, in am-abamur. All the letters which come before -äre, -êre, -āre, or

-jre, of the infinitive, are radical letters. By putting thefe before the terminations, all the parts of any regular verb may be readily formed, except the compound tenfes. Signification of tbe Teryer in the various Modes. The tenfes formed from the prefent of the indicative or infini

tive fignify in general the continuance of an a&tion or paffion, or reprefent them as prefent at fome particular time : the other ten

fes exprefs an aétion or paffion completed; but not always fo abfo lutely, as entirely to exclude the continuance of the fame a&ion or paffion ; thus, Amo, I love, do love, or am loving ; amabam, I lovcd, did love, or was loving, &c. Amavi, I loved, did love, or have loved, tbat is, have done with Joving, &c.

In like manner, in the paffive voice ; Amor, I am lowed, I am in ioving, or in being loved, &c.

Paft time in the paffive voice is expreffed feveral different ways, by means of thc auxiliary verb fum, and the participle perfe&; thus, Indicative Mode.

Perfeét. Amatus /um, I am or have been loved, or ofiener, I was loved. Amatus fui, I have been loved, or I was loved. Plu-perfe&. Amatus eram, I was or had been loved. 4matus fueram, I had been loved. Subjun&?ive Mode.

Pcrfc&t. 4matus /im, I may be or may have been loved. 4matus fuerim, I may have been Joved. Plu-perfect. Amatus effem, I might, could, would, or fhould be •, have been loved.

Future.

4matus fuiffem, I might, could, would, or fhould. havc been loved ; or, Ihad been loved. Amatus fuero, I fhall have been loved.

The verb /um is alfo employed to exprefs future time in the in dicative mode, both a&ive'and paffive ; thus, 4naturus /um, I am about to love, I am to Jove, I am going to love, or I will love. We chiefy ufe this form, when fome pur pofe or intention is fìgnified. 4matus ero, I fhali be loved.

Signification of the different Tenses.

Obf. 1. The participles amatus and amaturur are put before the

auxiliary verb, becaufe we commonly find them fo placed in the claffics.

Obf. z In thefe com.pound tenfes the learner (hould be taught t9 vary the participle like an adjective noun, according to the gen der amid numiber of the different'fubftantives to which it is applicd; thus, amatus gf, he is or was loved, when applied to a man ; amata e/?, fhe was loved, when applied to a woman ; amatum efi, it was

loved, when applied to a thing; amati /unt, they were loved, when applied to men, &c. The conne&ting of fyntax, fo far as is necef fary, with the inflexion of nouns and verbs, feems to be the moft proper method of tcaching both.

Obf. 3. The paft time and participle perfeét in Englifh are takem in different meanings, according to the different tenfcs in Latin which they are ufed to exprefs. T Thus, * 1 loved." when puf for amabam, is taken in a fenfe different from what it has when pút for

amavi : fo amor, and amatus fum, I am loved ; amabar, and amatus eram, I was loved; amer, and amatus fim, &c. In the one, loved is taken in a prefent, in the other, in a päf fenfe. This ambiguity arifes from the defeétive nature of the Englifh verb.

Obf. 4. The tenfes of the fubjunétive mode maybe varioufly ren dered, according to their conne&ion with the other parts of a fen tence. They are often expreffed in Englifh as the fame tenfes of the indicative, and fometimes one tenfe apparently put for another. Thus, Quafi intelligant, quali, /it, As if they underftood, what kind of perfon The is. Cic. In facinus juraffè putes, You would think, &c.' Ov. Eloquar an fileam ? Shall I fpeak out, or be filent ? Nec vös arguerim, Teucri, for arguam, Virg. Si quid te fugerit, ego perierim, for peribo, Ter.

Hunc tantum dolorem / /?erare potui, et perferre potero :

for potuiffem and po/em, Virg. Singula quid referam ? Why fhould I mention every thing ? Id. Prædicere, mibi, you fhould have told me before hand, Ter. At tu diáis, Albane, manerer, ought to have ftood

to your word, Virg. Citius crediderim, I fhould fooner believe, Juv. Hau/erit enfis, The fword would have deftroyed, Virg. Fuerint irati, Grant or fuppofe they were angry. Si id feciffet, If he did or fhould do that, Cic. The fame promifcüous ufe of the tenfes feems alfo to take place fometimes in the indicative and infinitive ; and the in dicative to be put for the fubjunctive ; as, Animus meminiffe Borret, luéìuque refùgit, for refúgit, Virg. Fuerat melius, for fuiffet, Id. Invidia

dilapfa erat, for /ui/et, Sall. _ Quamdiu in portum venis ? for veniffi, Plaut. $uam mox navigo Epbg/um, forTnavigabo, Id. Tu / bic Aer, aliter /entias, Ter. for, effes and /entires. Cato affirmat, /è vivo, illum non triumpbare, for triumpbaturum effe, Cic. Perfuadet Caßico, ut occuparet, for occupet, Cæf.

Obf. 5. The future of the fubjun&tive, and alfo of the indicative,

is often rendered by the prefent of the fubjun&ive in Englifh ; as, nifi hoc faciet or fecerit, unlefs he do this.

Ter.

Obf. 6. Inftead of the imperative we often ufe the prefent of the fubjun&tive ; as, valcar, farewell ; huc venias, come hither, &c. And

PReterites and Sup ines :

Sto, ßäti, /latum, to ftand. Its compounds have /liti, fiitum, and oftener fiätum ; as, pr«/?o, preffiti, praeflitum, or preffàtum, to excel. So ex-, ad-, con-, in-, ob-, per-, pro-, re /lo. Exc. 2. Lävo, lävi, lötum, lautum, lävätum, to wafh.

Póto, pötavi, pótum, or pötätum, to drink.

jiivo, júvi, jiitum, to help ; fut. part. juvaturus. So adjüvo. Exc. 3. Ciibo, cübui, cübitum, to ly. So ac-, ex-, oc-, re-cábo. The other compounds infert an m, and are of the third conjugation. Dómo, dómui, dómitum, to fubdue. So e-, per-dömo. Söno, sönui, sónitum, to found. So a/., circum-, con-, di/., ex-, in , per , prae-, re-*öno. -

Töno, tönui, tönitum, to thunder.

fuperin-, re tóno.

So at-, circum-, in-,

Horace has intonätus.

Väto, vätui, vêtitum, to forbid.

Cripo, crápui, crêpitum, to make a noife. So con-, in-, per., re- crêpo : di/kräpo has rather difcrípávi. Exc. 4. Frico, fricui, friäum, to rub. So af, circum-, con., de-, ef, in , per-, refrico. But fome of thefe have alfo atum.

Säco, säcui, feâum, to cut. So circum-, con-, de-, diß, ex-, in-, inter., per-, pre-, re , /ub-têco. NÄco, necui. or nëcavi, mácätum, to kill. So inter-, e nëco : but thefe have oftener e£ium ; eneäum, interneäum. Mico, micui, to glitter. So inter, pro-mico. Emi

co, has emicui, emicatum ; dimico, dimicâvi, dimicätum, rarely dimicui, to fight.

Exc. 5. Thefe three want both pret. and fup. läbo, to fall or faint ; nexo, to bind ; and plico, to fold. Plico compounded with a noum, or with the prepofitions re, /ub, has âvi, ätum ; as, duplico, duplicavi, duplicaium, to double. So multi-, fup-, replico. The other compounds ofplico have either àvi and åium, or ui and itum ; as, applico, applicui, applicitum, or àvi,

atum, to apply. So im-, com-, plico, Explico, to unfold, has commonlv explicui, explicitum ; but whén it fignifies to explain or interpret, explicävi, explicátum. -

Second Conjugation.

Verbs.of the fecond conjugation have ui and itum ; as -

babeo, habui, habitum, to havé,

PR et erites and Supines.

Neuter verbs which have ui want the fupine; as, äree, arui, to be dry.

But the neuter verbs which follow, together with their compounds, have the fupine, and are regularly conjugat ed : Väleo, to be in health ; and equi-, con-, e-, in-, prae väleo ; pláceo, to pleafe ; and com-, per-placeo ; difpliceo, to difpleafe : Cäreo, to want ; päreo, to appear, to obey ; and ap., com päreo : %áceo, to lie ; and ad-, circum-, inter-, ob-,

præ-, fub , /uperjäceo : Cäleo, to be warm ; and con-, in-, ab-, per , re-cäleo : núceo, to hurt ; dóleo, to be grieved, and con-, de-, in-, per dóleo : Coäleo, to grow together. Liceo, which in the aétive fignifies, to be valued, to be lawful ; and, what is fingular, in the paffive, to bid a price. Lä teo, to lurk, the compounds of which want the fupine, deli teo, inter-, fub-lateo ; as likewife do thofe of täceo, -cui, .cìtum, to be filent, con-, ob-, re-ticeo.

Thefe three a&tive verbs likewife want the fupine : Tj. meo, to fear ; sileo, to conceal ; arceo, to drive away : Eut the compounds of arceo have the fupine ; as, exerceo, exercui, exercitum, to exercife.

So co-erceo, to reftrain.

Exc. 1. The following verbs in BE0 and CEO : jübeo, juffi, juffum, to order. So fide jübeo, to bail or be furety for.

Sorbeo, forbui, forptum, to fup. So ab-, ex-, reforbeo. We alfo find abforpfi, ex/org/ : Ex/orptum, re/orptum, are not in ufe.

10öceo, dócui, doâum, to teach. So ad-, con-, de-, e-, per-, fub-döceo. Mifceo, mifcui, miflum, or mixtum, to mix. So ad-, com-, im-, inter-, per-, re-mifceo.

JMulceo, mulfi, mulfum, to ftroak. So ad-, circum-, com-, de-, per-, re-mulceo. Lüceo, luxi, to fhine. So al., circum-, col-, di., e-, il-, inter-, per-, or pel-, prae-, pro-, re-, /ub-, tranßlüceo. Exc. 2. The following verbs in DEO : Prandeo, prandi, pranfum, to dine. Video, vidi, vifum, to fee. So in-, per , prae-, pro-, re video,

Preterit es and Supines.

Sëdeo, sêdi, //um, to fit. So a/., con-, de-, di/'. in-, ob-, per-, poß, prae-, re-, /ub-sideo :

Circumsideo, or circumfëdeo,

Jupersädeo.' But de-, di/., per-, præ-, re-, /ub:/ideo, ieem to want the fupine. Strideo, fridi, to make a noife. Pendeo, pêpendi, pen/um, to hang. So de-, im-, pro-, /u-

perpendeo.

IMordeo, mömordi, mor/um, to bite. prae-, re mordeo.

So ad-, com-, de-, ob-,

' Spondeo, /ρόpondi, /pon/um, to promife. So de-, re/pon deo.

Tondeo, tötondi, tonfum, to clip. So at-, circum-, de-tondeo ; but the compounds do not double the firft fyllable in the preterite ; thus, attondi, &c.

IR7'eo, rjfi, rj/um, to laugh. So ar-, de-, ir-, /ub-rideo. Suädeo, /ujfi, /uä/um, to advife. So dis-, perfuàdeo. Ardeo, arfi, ar/um, to burn. So ex-, in-, ob-ardeo. Exc. 3. The following verbs in G EO : Augeo, auxi, auäum, to increa(e. So ad-, ex-augeo. . ILigeo, luxi, to mourn. So e-, pro-, /ub-lugeo. Frigeo, frixi, to be cold. So per-, refrigeo. Tergeo, terfi, terfum, to wipe. So abs-, circum-, de-, ex-, per tergeo.

Mulgeo, muJi, mul/um, or muläum, to milk. So e-, im mulgeo. Indulgeo, induJfi, indultum, to grant, to indulge. Urgeo, urfi, to prefs. So ad, ex-, in-, per-, /ub-, fuper urgeo. Fulgeo, fuffi, to fhine. So af-, circum-, con-, ef, inter-, prae-, re-, /uper fulgeo. Turgeo, turfi, to fwell. Algeo, affi, to be cold.

Exc. 4. The following verbs in IEO and LEO : to bind with twigs, to hoop a vef

„rie, vifvi, viëtum,

el.

Cieo, (civi) citum, to roufe.

So ac-, con-, ex-, in-,

cieo. Civi comes from cio ofthe fourth conjugation. Pleo, j?;vi, fetum, to weep.

So af, de fleo.

per

PR Et erit es and Su pis es

Compleo, complévi, complétum, to fill. So the other compounds of pleo ; de-, ex-, im-, adim-, op-, re-, /up-pleo. DÉleo, d levi, déletum, to deftroy, to blot out. Oleo, to smell, has ölui, ôlitum.

So likewife its com

pounds which have a fimilar fignification ; ob-, per-, red-, fub-öleo. But fuch of the compounds as have a different fignification make évi and étum ; thus, ex%leo, exìlevi,

exó/étum, to fade. So inάleo, to grow into ufe ; obróleo, to grow out of ufe ; Abóleo, to abolifh, has abîlëvi,

abólitum ; and adöleo, to grow up, to burn, adòlevi, adul ftzm.

Exc. 5. Several verbs in NEO, QUEO, REO, and SEO. .

IMâneo, manfi, manfum, to ftay. So per-, re-maneo. Neo, névi, nétum, to fpin. So per-neo.

Tëneo, tènui, tentum, to hold. So con-, de-, dir-, ob-, are-, /ù/^timeo. But attineo, pertineo, are not ufed in the fupine ; and feldom abßineo. Torqueo, torfi, tortum, to throw, Thus, com-, de-, dir-, ex-, in-, ob-, re-torqueo.

Hæreo, haefi, hafum, to ftick. Thus, ad-, com-, in-, ob-, fub-hæreo. Torreo, torrui, tgffum, to roaft. So extorreo. Cenfeo, cenfui, cen/um, to judge. So ac-, per-, re cen/eo, to review ; /uccenfeo, to be angry. Exc. 6. Verbs in VEO, have vi, tum ; as, mλveâ,

mávi, mötum, to move ; Föveo, fovi, fotum, to cherifh.

So con-, refoveo. So vôveo, to vow, or wifh, and de •voveo.

Fäveo, to favour ; hasgj£? ; and càveo, to be ware of, câvi, cautum. So præ-càveo.

Neuter verbs in veo, want the fupine ; as, påveo, pâ vi, to be afraid.

Perveo, to boil, makes ferbui. So de-, £f-, in-, per-, referveo. Commìveo, to wink, has conn7vi and commixi.

Exc. 7. The following verbs want both preterite and fupine : Laëfeo, to fuck milk , 17veo, to be black

Praeterites and Supines.

and blue ; fcàteo, to abound ; renideo, to fhine ; maereo, to be forrowful ; äveo, to defire ; polleo, to be able ; flà veo, to be yellow ; denfeo, to grow thick ; glabreo, to be fmooth or bare.

To thefe add calveo, to be bald ; ce

veo, to wag the tail ; hebeo, to be dull ; uveo, to be moift*; and fome others.

Tfiird Conjugation. Verbs of the third conjugation form their preterite

and fupine varioufly, according to the termination of -the prefent. IO.

1. Fàcio, fëci, fa£fum, to do, to make. So the com pounds which retain a : are-, cale-, made-, tepe-, bene-, male-, fati*fácio, &c. But thofe compounded with a prepofition which change a into i, have eâfum ; as, qf fîcio, affêci, affeéfum. So com-, de-, ef-, in-, inter-, j-, per-, præ-, pro-, re-, fufficio.

Some compounds offácio are of the firft conjugation ; as, Amplifìco, facrifico, terrifico, magnifico : gratificor, to gratify, or do a good turn, to give up ; ludificor, to mock.

3äcio, jeci, ja&fum, to throw. So ab-, ad-, circum-,

con-, de-, di/, e-, in-, inter-, ob-, pro-, re-, fub-, fuper-, fuperim-, trajicio ; in the fupine -e&fum. The compounds of fpècio and läcio, which them felves are not ufed, have exi and e£fum ; as, afpicio, a/. pexi, a/peâum, to behold. So circum-, con-, de-, di/-, in-, intro-, per-, pro-, re-, retro-, fu-fpicio. Allicio, allexi, alleâum, to allure. So il-, pel-licio, but elicio to draw out, has elicui, elicitum.

2. Födio, födi, foffum, to dig, to delve. So ad-, cir cum-, con-, gf-, in-, inter-, per-, prae-, re-, fuf-, tragffódio. Págio, fùgi, fugitum, to fly. So au-, (for ab-,) com-,

de-, dif*, ef-, per-, pro-, re-, fuf-, fubter-, tranßfügio. 3. Càpio, cêpi, captum, to take. So ac-, con-, de-, ex-,

in-, inter-» oc-, per-, prae-, re-, /j^cipio, (in the fupine -ceptum ;) and ante-cäpio.

PReterites and Suprn es.

Räpio, rápui, raptum, to pull or fnatch. So ab-, ar-, cor-, de-, di-, e-, præ-, pro-, fur-ripio ; ripui, -reptum. Säpio, fäpui, — to favour, to be wife. So confipio,

to be well in one's wits ; dgfipio, to be foolifh ; rgfipio, * to come to one's wits.

Cäpio, cupívi, cupitum, to defire.

So con-, diß, per

cìpio.

4. Pärio, pëpëri, paritum, or partum, to bring forth a child, to get. Its compounds are of the fourth con Jugation.

32μätio, quaff, quaffum, to fhake : but quaff is hardly ufed. Its compounds have cuffi, cuffum, as, concütio, concuffi, concuffum. So de-, dif-, ex-, in-, per-, re-, reper-, fuc-cútio. UO has ui, ütum ; as,

Arguo, argui, argütum, to fhew, to prove, or argue, to reprove. So co-, red-arguo, to confute.—So, Acuo, Exacuo, to ßarpen.

Statuo, to /t or place, to ordain : Con-, de-, in-, præ-, pro-, re-,

Induo, to put on cloatbs. — Exuo, to put off cloatbs.

fub-ftituo.

Imbuo, to wet or imbrue, to /eafòn Sternuo, to /heeze. or infiru&. Suo, to /ew or /itcb, to tac£ fogether : Minuo, to leffen : Com-, de-, di-, Af-, circum-, con-, dif-, in-, im-minuo. præ-, re-fuo.

Spuo, to /?it : Con-, de-, ex-, in- ?Tribuo, to give, to divide : At-. fpuo.

con-, dif-, re-tribuo.

Exc. I. Fluo, fluxi, fluxum, to flow. So af-, circum-, con-, de-, dif-, ef-, in-, inter-, per-, præter-, pro-, re-, fubter-, fuper-, tranßfluo. Struo, ßruxi, /fru&um, to put in order, to build. So ad-, circum-, con-, de-, ex-, in-, ob-, prae-, fub-, fuperfruo. Exc. 2. Luo, lui, /uitum, to pay, to wafh away, to fuffer punifhment. Its compounds have ùtum ; as, ab duo, ui, ütum, to wafh away, to purify. •So al-, circum-, col-, de-, di-, e-, inter-, per-, pol-, pro-, fub-luo. Ruo, rui, ruitum, to rufh, to fall. Its compounds have ùtum ; as, diruo, dirui, dirìtum, to overthrow. So

e-, ob-, pro-, fub-ruo. Corruo, and irruo want the fupine; • as likewife do mëtuo, to fear ; pluo, to rain ; ingruo, {9 H z

PRsterites and Supines.

affail ; congruo, to agree ; rgfpuo, to reje&t ; ammuo, to af fent ; and the other compounds of the obfolete verb muo ; abnuo, to refufe ; immuo, to nod orbeckon with the

head 5 renuo, to deny. Refpuo, refpui, to reje&t, to flight. BO has bi, bítum ; as, IBíbo, bibi, bibitum, to drink. So ad-, com-, e-, im-,

per-, præ-bûo.

Exc. 1. Scribo, fcripfi, fcriptum, to write. So ad-, circum-, con-, de-, ex-, in-, inter-, per-, p%-, præ-, pro-, re-, fub-, fuper-, fupra-, tranßfcrìbo. INàbo, mupfi, nuptum, to veil, to be married. So de-,

e-, in-, ob-nübo. Inftead of nupfi, we often find nupta tam.

/ Exc. 2. The compounds of cubo in this conjugation

infert an m before the laft fyllable ; as, accumbo, accì bui, accäbitum, to fit down at table. So con-, de-, diß, in-, oc-, pro-, re-, fuc-, fuperim-cumbo.

Thefe two verbs want the fupine ; fèâbo, féâbi, to fcratch ; lambo, lambi, to lick. So ad-, circum-, de-, prae-lambo.

Glübo and deglubo, to ftrip, to flay, want both preter* ite and fupine. -

CO.

1. Dico, dixi, diéfum, to fay. So ab-, ad-, com-, com tra-, e-, im-, inter-, prae-, pro-dico. Düco, duxi, duâum, to lead. So ab-, ad-, circum-,

con-, de-, di-, e-, in-, intro-, ob-, per-, præ-, pro-, re-, fub-, tra-, or tranßdüco.

Vinco, vici, viéfum, to overcome. So com-, de-, e-s

per-, re-vimco.

Parco, pêperci, parfum, feldom parfi, parjîtum, to fpare,

So com-parco, or com-perco, which is feldom ufed. Ico, ici, iâum, to ftrike. SCO has vi, tum ; as,

. N®o, növi, nötum, to know ; fut. part. nofeiturus. So Dignofcg, to diffingui/3; ignofco, Crefco, togrow : Coii-, de-, ex-, re-, to pardon; affbinter-, per-,prænofco.

and without tbe /upine, ac-, in-, per-, pro-, fac-, fuper-ςrefco, *

PRete Rites and Supines.

Quiefco, to refi ; ac-, con-, inter-, re-quiefco.

to vote, to commit ; affo prae-, r£ fcifco ; defcifco, to revolt.

Scifco, to ordain ; ad-, or afcifco, Suefco, to be accufomed ; af-, con-, to tale to, to affociate ; confcifco,

de-, in-fuefco.

Exc. 1. Agnofco, agnóvi, agnitum, to own ; cognof co, cognóvi, cognitum, to know. So recognofco, to re • Uaeau.

Pafco, pâvi, paftum, to feed. So com-, de-pafco. Exc. 2. The following verb* want the fupine. Difco, didici, to learm. So ad-, con-, de-, e-, per-, præ-difco. Pofco, pöpofci, to demand. So ap-, de-, ex-, re-pofco.

Compefco, compefcui, to /fop or rg/?rain. So difpefco, difpefcui, to feparate.

Exc. 3. Glifco, to grow ; fatifco, to be weary ; and 1ikewife inceptive verbs want both preterite and fupine ; as, arefco, to become dry. But thefe verbs borrow the preterite and fupine from their primitives ; as, ardefco,

to grow hot, arfi, arfum, from ardeo. I)O has di, fum ; as, Scando, fcandi, /ca/um, to climb ; ἐdo, ödi, £/um, to eat. O»

Afcendo, fo mount.

Defcendo, to go down : Con-, e-, ex-, in-, tran-fcendo.

Accendo, to kindle : In-, fuc-cendo.

Cüdo, to forge, to ftamp Mando, to cbew : Præ-, or coin ; Ex-, in-, . re-mando. per-, pro-, re-cüdo. Prehendo, to take bold Defendo, to defend. of: Ap-, com-, de Offendo, to frike aprehendo. gain/?, to offend.

Exc. 1. divido, divjfi, divìfum, to divide. Rädo, ràfi, räfum, to fhave. So ab., circum , cor-, de-, &, inter-, præ-, /ub-rädo. Claudo, claufi, clau/um, to clofe. So circum-, con-, di/., ex-, in-, inter-, oc-, præ-, re-, /?-cltido.

Plaudo, plaufi, plaufum, to clap hands for joy. So ap-, circum-plaudo : alfo com-, di/-, ex-, /up-plödo.

Lüdo, lüfi, lii/um, to play. So ab-, al-, col-, de-, e-, il-, inter-, ob-, præ-, pro-, re-lüdo. Trüdo, trijfi, tri/um, to thruft. ob-, pro-, re-trüdo.

So ah/., con-, de-, ex-, in-j

PRete Rites and Supines.

Laedo, lefi, lefum, to hurt. So al, col-, e-, il-lido. Ródo, rjfi, rófum, to gnaw. So ab-, ar-, circum-, cor-, de-, e-, ob-, per , præ-rödo. Vado, to go, wants both preterite and fupine : but its compounds have /i, /um ; as, invädo, invêfi, invä/um, to in vade, or fall upon. So circum-, e-, /uper-vädo. C£do, ceffi, ceffum, to yield. So ab/-, ac-, ante-, con-, de-,

di/, ex-, in-, inter-, prae-, pro-, re-, retro-, /?-, /uc-cedo. Exc. 2. Pando, pandi, pa/um, and fometimes pan/um, to open, to fpread So di/., ex-, op-, prae-, re-pando. Comödo, comëdi, coméfum, or comgfium, to eat. But ädo itfelf and the reft of its compounds have always éffum ; as, ad, amb., ex-, per-, fub-, /uper-ädo.

Fundo, füdi, fù/um, to pour fourth. So af, circum-, con-, de-, dif-, ef, in-, inter-, of, per-, pro-, re-, /uf, /uper-, fuperin-, tran/fundo.

Scindo, /cidi, /.iffum, to cut.

So af., circum-, con-, ex-,

inter-, per-, prae-, pro-, re-, tran:fcindo.

Findo, fidi, fi/um, to cleave. So con-, dif, in findo. Exc. 3. Tundo, tütüdi, tunfum, and fometimes tij/um, to beat. The compounds have tüdi, tüfum ; as, contundo, con tüdi, contijfum, to bruife. So ex-, ob-, per-, re-tundo.

Cädo, cęcidi, cäfum, to fall. The compounds want the fupine ; as, ac-, con-, de-, ex-, inter-, pro-, fuc-cido : except incido, incidi, incà/um, to fall in ; recido, recidi, recj/um, to fall back ; and occido, occidi, occàfum, to fall down. Cedo, cécidi, cafum, to cut, to kill, The compounds

change e into i long ; as, accido, accidi, acci/um, to cut about. So al/º, con-, circum-, de-, ex-, in-, inter-, oc-, per-, præ-, re-, /uccido. Tendo, tätendi, ten/um, or tentum, to ftretch out. So at-, con-, de-, di/^, ex-, ob-, præ-, pro-tendo. But the compounds have rather tentum, except offendo, which has commonly 0/lenfum. PÈdo, päpfdi, peditum, to break wind backwards. So op-p£do.

Pendo, pêpendi, per/um, to weigh, So ap-, de-, di/, ex-, ini-, per-, re-, /u/pendo.

PRete Rites and Supines.

Exc. 4. The compounds of do have didi, and ditum ; as, abdo, abdidi, abditum, to hide. So ad-, con-, de-, di-, e-, ob-, per-, pro-, red, fub-, trädo : alfo decon-, recon. d) : and coad-, fuperad do : and deper-, difper do. To thefe add crédo, crédidi, crëditum, to believe ; vendo, vendidi, venditum,

to fell. Ab/condo, to hide, has abfcondi, abfconditum, rarely ab/condidi. Exc. 5. Thefe three want the fupine ; /rido, flridi, to creak ; rüdo, rüdi, to bray like an afs ; and fido, vidi, to fink down. The compounds of fido borrow the preter

ite and fupine from sädeo ; as, consido, consedi, con/e//um, to fit down. So q/^, circum-, de-, in-, vb-, per-, re-, /ub sido.

Note. Several compounds of verbs in do and deo, in fome refpe&ts refemble ome amother, and therefore fhould be carefully diftinguifhed ; as, concîdo, concèdo, concido ; confido and consideo ; con/cindo, confcendo, &c. GO, GUO has xi, 8um ; as,

Rägo, rexi, reäum, to rule, to govern ; dirigo,-exi,-eâum, to dire&t ; arrigo, & erigo, -exi, -e&um, to raife up ; corrigo, to corre& ; porrigo, to ftretch out ; fubrigo, to raife up. So (`ingo, cinxi, cin&um, to gird, fo

emungo, to wipe, to cbeat.

furround: Ac-, dif-, circum-, in-, Plango, to beat, to lament. præ-, re-, fuc-cingo. Stingo, or Stinguo, to daß out, to

Fligo, to da/ or beat upon : Af-, con-, in-, fligo : alfo profligo,

extinguę : Di-, ex-, in-, inter-,

præ-, re-ftinguo. to rout, of the fir/, conj. Tëgo, to cover : Circum-, con-, de-, Jungo, to join ; abjungo, to /epain-, ob-, per-, præ-, pro-, re-, rate : Ad-, con-, de-, dif-, in-, fub-, fuper-têgo. inter-, fe-, fub-jungo. Tingo, or Tinguo, to dip or dye :

Lingo, to lick : de-, e-lingo ; and Con-, in-tingo. pollingo, to anoint a dead body. Ungo, or unguo, to anoint ; ex-, in-, Mungo, to wipe or clean ibe no/e :

per-, fuper-ungo.

Exc. 1. Surgo, to rife, has /urrexi, /urreäum. circum-, con-, de-, ex-, in-, re-/urgo.

So q/.,

Pergo, perrexi, perreâum, to go forward. Stringo, flrinxi, ßriäum, to bind, to ftraim, to lop. So ad-, con , de-, di/', ob-, per-, præ , re-, fub:/fringo.

Fingo, finxi, fiäum, to feign. So af-, con-, gf, re fingo. Pingo, pinxi, piäum, to paint. So ap-, de pingo.

PRete & ites and Supines.

Exc. 2. Frango, frégi, fra&um, to break. So con-, de-, dif, ef-, in-, per-, præ-, re-, fuf-fringo.

Ago, égi, a&tum, to do, to drive. - So ab-, ad-, ex-, red-, fub-, tranf, tranfadigo: and circum-, per-ägo ; cógo, for cQagO.

Ä. three compounds ofägo want the fupine : fatägo, fa tégi, to be bu/y about a thing; prodigo, prodegi, to lavi/h, or ./pend riotou/ly ; dégo for deägo ; dégi, to live or dwell. Ambigo, to doubt, a!/o wants the preterite. Lègo, légi, leétum, to gather, io read. So al-, per-, prae-,

re-, fub-lêgo : al/o col-, de-, e-, recol-, fe-ligo, which change e into i.

Diligo, to love, has dilexi, dile&um. So negligo, to negleâ ; and intelligo, to underffand ; but negligo bas /ome times neglégi, Sall. jug. 4o. Exc. 2. Tango, tétigi, taétum, io touch. So at-, con-, ob-, per-tingo. Pungo, püpügi, pun&tum, to }rick. The compounds have punxi ; at, compungo, compunxi, compun&tum. So dif-, ex-, inter-pungo : but repungo has repunxi or repüpügi. Pango, panxi, pa&um, to fx, to drive in, to compo/e : or

pépigi, which comes from the ab/olete verò pägo, to bargain, for which we t fe pacifcor. The compounds of pango, have pégi ; at compingo, compégi, compa&um, to put together. So im-, op-, fup-pingo. -

Exc. 4^ Spargo, fparfi, fparfum, to /pread. So ad-, circum-, con-, di., in-, inter-, per-, pro-, re-fpergo. Mergo, merfi, merfum, to dip, or plunge. So de-, e-, im-, fub-mergo. Tergo, terfi, terfum, to wipe or clean.

So abf, de-, ex-,

per-tergo.

Figo, fixi, fixum, to fix or fylen. of, per-, præ, re-, fuf-, tranf-figo.

So af-, con-, de-, in-,

Frigo, frixi, frixum, or frictum, to fry. Exc. 5. Thefe three want the fupinè : clango, clamsci, to found a trumpet ; mingo or minguo, ninxi, to fnow ; ango, anxi, to vex. Vergo, to incline or lie towards, wants both.

preterite and fupine. So e-, de-, in-vergo.. H0, 70. 1. Träho, traxi, tra&tum, to draw. So abf, at-, circum-,

cQn-» de-, dif-, ex-, per-, pro-, re-, fub-träho.

Pa*r*x*y*s and Supines.

Vého, vexi, ve&tum, to carry. So a-, ad-, circum-, con-, de-, e-, in-, per-, præ-, praeter-, pro-, re-, íub-, fuper-, tranf-vého.

. 2. Mejo, or mingo, minxi, mi$tum, to make water, So immejo. LO.

1. Cölo, cölui, cultum, to adorn, to inhabit, to honour, to

till. So ac-, circum-, ex-, in-, per-, prae-, re cölo : and like wi/e occülo, occului, occultum, to hide. Consülo, confului, confultum, to advj/£, to con/ult. Alo, alui, alitum, or contra£led altum, to nouri/b. Mölo, molui, molitum, to grind. So com-, e-, per-mölo.

The compounds of cello, whicfi it/J^ir not in u/e, want the fupine ; as, ante-, ex-, præ-cello, -cellui, to excel. Percello, to a/loni/h, has percüli, perculfum. Pello, pépüli, pulfum, to thruf So ap-, af., com-, de-, dif-, ex-, im-, per-, pro-, re-pello ; appüli, &c. Fallo, féfelli, falfum, to deceive.

But refello, refelli, to

confute, wants the /upine. 3. Vello, velli, or vulfi, vulfum, to pul/or pinch. S^ a-, con-, e-, inter-, prae, re-vello. But de-, di-, per-vello, have rather velli.

Sallo, falli, falfum, to falt. Pfallo, pfalli, to play on a mufical in/lrument. Tollo, to lift up, to take away, in a manner peculiar to itfelf, makes /jfiiili and /ublätum ; Exto//o, extìli, elátum ; but attollo, to take up, has neither preterite nor fupine. 1M0 *.as ui, itum ; as,

Gimo, gémui, gemitum, to groan. So ag-, circum-, con-, in-, re-gemo. Frémo, frémui, fremitum, to rage or roar.

So af-, cir

cum-, con-, in., per fremo.

Vömo, evömo, ui, -itum, to vomet or /pev, to ca/? up. Exc. 1. Démo, dempfi, demptum, to take away.

Prömo, prompfi, promptum, to bring out. So de-, ex prömo.

Sümo, fumpfi, fumptum, to take.

So ab-, af-, con-, de•,

in-, prae-, re-, tran-sümo.

Cömo, compfi, comptiim, to deck or dre/$.

Thefe verbt are affo ufed without the p ; at, demfi, dem• tum ; fumfi, fumtum, &c.

Preteaites and Supinrs.

Exc. 2. Emo, émi, emptum, to buy. So ad-, dir-, ex, inter-, per-, red-imo and co-ëmo. Prémo, preffi, preffum, to pre/}. So ap-, com-, de-, ex-, im-, op-, per-, re-, fup-primo.

Trémo, trémui, to tremble, wants the /upine. So at-, cir cum-, con-, in-trémo. ΛVO.

1. Póno, pöfui, pösitum, to put or place. So ap-, ante-, circum-, com-, de-, dif-, ex-, im-, inter , op-, poft-, præ-, pro-, re-, fe-, fup-, fuper-, fuperim-, tranf-póno. Gigno, génui, génitum, to beget. So con-, e-, in-, per-, pro-, re-gigno.

Cáno, cécini, cantum, to fing* But the compoundi have cinui and cenfum ; as, accino, accinui, accentum, to fing in concert. So con-, in-, præ-, fuc-cino ; oc-cino and oc cäno ; re-cìno and re-cäno.

Temno, tempfi, temptum, to de/?j/e. So contemno: But the preterite and /upine of the /imple verb are /carcely ufed. 2. Sperno, fprévi, fprêtum, to di/dain or /light. So de fpem no. Sterno, fträvi, fträtum, to lay flat, to //row. So ad-, con-, in-, præ-, pro-, fub-fterno. Sino, sivi, or fii, situm, to permit. So desino, desivi, gfener defii, desitum, to leave off. -

Lino, livi, or lévi, litum, to anoint or daub.

So al-,

circum-, col-, de-, il-, inter-, ob-, per-, præ-, re-, fub-, fubter-, fuper-, fuperil-lino.

Cerno, crévi, /eldom crëtum, to /ee, to decree, to enter upon an inheritance.

So de-, dif, ex-, in-, fe-cerno.

PO, QUO. Verbs in po have p/ì and ptum ; as, Carpo, carp/i, carp £um, to pluck or pull, to crop, to blame. So con-, de-, di/', ex- , præ-cerpo. Clêpo, to /feat. Scalpo, to /ratch or engrave. So Repo, to creep : Ad-, cor-,de-,di-, _ circum-, ex-fcalpo. £-: ir-, intro-, ob-, per-, pro-, Sculpo, to grave or carve. So ex-, fub-repo. in-fculpo. Scrpo, to creep as a /erpent.

Exc.

Stripo, frípui, Aerípitum, to make a noife. So

ad-, circum-, in-, infer-,'ob., per;/?ripe.

PRete Rites and SU prnes.

Exc. 2. Rumpo, rüpi, ruptum, to break.

So ab-, cor-,

di-, e-, inter-, intro-, ir-, ob-, per-, prae-, pro-rumpo.

There are only two fimple verbs ending in ©UO, viz.

Cöquo, coxi, co&fum, to boil. So con-, de-, dif-, ex-, im-, per-, re-cöquo.

JLimquo, 17qui, — to leave. The compounds have li&7um ; as, relinquo, reliqui, reliëìum, to forfake. So de-, and dere-linquo. JRO.

1. Quaero makes quae*7vi, quaerìtum, to feek. So ac-, an-, con-, di^, ex-, im-, per-, re-quiro. Téro, trivi, tritum, to wear, to bruife.

So at-, com-,

de-, dif-, ex-, in-, ob-, per-, pro-, fub-têro. Verro, verri, verfum, to fweep, brufh, or make clean. So a-, con-, de-, e-, præ-, re-verro.

Uro, uff, g/fum, to burn. So ad-, amb-, comb-, de-, ex-, in-, per-, fub-ùro.

Géro, ggffi, ggffum, to carry. So ag-, con-, di-, in-, pro-, re-, /ug-gëro. 2. Curro, cäcurri, curfum, to run. So ac-, con-, de-, di^, ex-, in-, oc-, per-, prae-, pro-curro, which fometimes double the firft fyllable, and fometimes not ; as, accur

Circum-, re-, /uc-, tran^curro,

ri, or accìcurri, &c.

hardly ever redouble the firft fyllable.

3. Sáro, révi, sätum, to fow.

The compounds

which fignify planting or /owing, have sévi, iitum ; as, com rëro, con révi, conjitum, to plant together.

So af^,

circum-, de-, diß, in-, inter-, ob-, pro-, re-, fub-, tran fèro.

Sëro, to knit, had anciently rërui, fertum, which its

compounds ftill retain ; as, aßêro, affèrui, affertum, to claim. So con-, circum-, de-, di^, ediß, ex-, im-, intrr -

Jte^o.

4. Füro, to be mad, wants both preterite and fu pine. 1

Ρreter ires and Su P ines.

SO has *7vi, j?tum ; as,

Arcg/3, arceßìvi, arceßitum, to call or fend for. So capeffo, to take ; faceffo, to do, to go away ; laceffo, to pro voke.

to go to fee, to vifit. So Exc. 1. V?/?, vj/f, to attack, to feize. in-, re-vifo. Inceffo, inceffi, Exc. 2. Dep/o, dep/ui, depffum, to knead. So con-, per-dep/o. -

Pinffâ, pinfui, or pityfi, pinfum, piffum, or pin$itum, to bake.

$TO.

1. Fle£fo has flexi, flexum, to bow. So circum-, de-, in-, re-, retro fle£fo. Ple£to, plexi, and plexui, plexum, to plait. ple£fo. Ne&fo, nexi, and mexui, mexum, to tie or knit. com-, circum-, im-, fub-me&fo.

So im So am-,

Pe£fo, pexi, and pexui, pexum, to drefs or comb. So de-, ex-, re-pe£fo.

2. Mëto, meffui, meffum, to reap, mow, or cut down. So de-, e-, præ-mêto.

3. Péto, pët7vi, pàtìtum, to feek, to purfue. So ap-, com-, ex-, im-, op-, re-, fup-pëto.

Mitto, mìfi, miffum, to fend. So a-, ad-, com-, cir cum-, de-, di-, e-, im-, inter-, intro-, o-, per-, prae-, praeter-, pro-, re-, fub-, fuper-, tran/ mitto. Verto, verti, verfum, to turn. So a-, ad-, animad-, Ante-, circum-, con-, de-, di-, e-, in-, inter-, ob-, per-, præ-, praeter-, re-, fub-, tranfverto. to fnore. So deferto. Sterto, /lertui, 4. Sjfo, an aétive verb, to ftop, has fiiti, fátum : but -

/3/fo, a neuter verb, to ftand ftill, has ßäti, /?atum, like/lo. The compounds have /fiti, and /fitüm ; as, affo, qffiti, qffitum, to ftand by. So ab-, circum-, com-, de-, ex-, in-,

inter-, ob-, per-, re-, fub ffo. But the compounds are feldom ufed in the fupine.

PR E T E R It Es

and Su P 1 N Es.

JVO, XO.

99 •

There are three verbs in vo, which are thus conju gated : V7vo, vixi, viétum, to live. So ad-, con-, per-, pro-, re-,I./uper-v7vo. •

Solvo, /é/vi, //itum, to loofe. So ab-, di^, ex-, per-, re-/o/vo. Volvo, volvi, volütum, to roll.

So ad-, circum-, con-,

de-, e-, in-, ob-, per-, pro-, re-, fub-volvo. 2. Texo, the only verb of this conjugation ending in xo, has texui, textum, to weave.

So at-, circum-, con-, de-,

in-, inter-, ob-, per-, præ-, pro-, re-, /ub-texo. Fourth Conjugatiom. Verbs of the fourth conjugation make the preterite in 7vi, and the fupine in itum ; as, Mümio, mùm7vi, mümitum, to fortify. Exc. 1. Singultio, /ingultávi, fingultum, to fob. Sepêlio, /épêlivi, fepultum, to bury. - Vêmio, vëmi, ventum, to come.

So ad-, ante-, circum-,

com-, contra-, de-, e-, im-, inter-, intro-, ob-, per-, p9ff-; præ-, re-, fub-, fùper-vënio. Vêmeo, vénii,

to be fold.

Sälio, fälui, and fàlii, faltum, to leap. The com ' pounds have commonly iilui, fometimes filii or filivi,

and fultum ; as, tram filio, tramjilui, tramjilii, and tranji livi, tranfultum, to leap over. So ab-, af-, circum-, con-, de-, diß, ex-, in-, re-, fub-, fuper-jilio. Exc. 2. Amicio has amicui, ami&fum, feldom amixi, to cover or clothe.

Vincio, vinxi, vin&fum, to tie.

So circum-, de-, e-, re

vimcio.

Sancio, famxi, fanéfum ; and fanc7vi, fancìtum, to eftab lifh or ratify.

„Exc. 3. Cambio, campfi, campfum, to change money.

' I)E PoN EN t VERBs.

1 C2

In the Second Conjugation, IMereor, to de/erve. Tueor, to defend.

Polliceor, to promjfe. Iliceor, to bid at an auction.

In the Third Conjugation, Ample&tor, comple&tor, to embrace.

Revertor, fo return,

In the Fourth Conjugation, Blandior, to /ooth.

Partior, to divide.

}

Sortior, to draw or ca/? lots. Molior, to attempt fometbing difficult. Largior, to give liberal!y. Mentior, to lie.

There are no exceptions in the Fir/? Conjugation.

ExcEPTIONS in the Second Conjugation. Reor, rätur, to think.

Miráreor, mi/ertus, or not contra&ted miferitus, to pity. Fäteor, faffus, to confefs. The compounds of fäteor have feffus ; as, profiteor, profeffus, to profefs. teor, to confefs, to own or acknowledge.

So confí

fe.

EXCEPTIONS in the Third Conjugation.

Läbor, lapfus, to flide. So al, col-, de-, di-, e-, il-, inter-, per-, præter-, pro-, re-, fub-, /ubter-, /uper-, tran/-läbor. Ulcifcor, ultus, to revenge. Utor, ù/us, to ufe. So ab-, de-âtor. Löquor, löquitur, or locütus, to fpeak. So al-, col., circum-, e-, inter-, ob-, præ-, pro-löquor. Sequor-, sëquutur, or sìcutur, to follow. So a/., con-, ex-, in , ob-, per, pro-, re-, /ub rêquor. Quęror, qugflus, to complain. So con-, inter-, præ-

};

$í.

jRei,

iraf,

{$ing

4.J;£!

queror.

Nitor, ni/us or nixus, to endeavour, to lean upon. So an-, con-, e-, in-, ob-, re-, /ub-nitor : but the compounds have oftener nixus. Päcj/cor, pa?us, to bargain. So de-pacifcor. Grädior, greffus, to go. So ag-, ante, circum-, con-, de-, di , e-, in-, intro-, pre-, præter-, pro-, re-, retro-, /ug-, Juper-

: T

tran/grëdior. -^ Profij/.or, profeéfus, to go a journey, -

AManci/cor, maäur, to get;

•. i , .\m, **,

J>? *o]

* S.

$tm.

%*,

io3

IRREculAR Verbs.

So per-pätior.

Pätior, paffus, to fuffer.

Apifcor, aptus, to get. So adipifcor, adeptur, and indipj/. cor, indeptus. Comminifcor, commentur, to devife or invent. Fruor, fruitus, or fruäus, to enjoy. So perfruor. Obliví/íor, oblitus, to forget. Expergì/cor, experreâur, to awake. IMörior, mortuus, to die. So com-, de-, e-, im-, inter-, -

prae mörior.

Nafcor, nätur, to be born. So ad-, circum-, de-, e., in-, inter-, re-, /ub-nafcor. Orior, ortus, öriri, to 1ife. So ab-, ad, co-, ex-, ob-, fub örior.

The three laft form the future participle in itārus ; thus, mörätürus, nafcitürus, öritürus.

EXCEPTIONS in the Fourth Conjugation. Métior, menfus, to mea/ure. So ad-, com-, di-, e-, prae-, re-mêtior.

Ordior, orfus, to begin.

So ex-, red ordior.

IExpérior, expertus, to try.

Oppërior, oppertus, to wait or tarry for one. The following verbs want the participle perfe&t. Prævertor, præverti, to get ba/re, vefcor, vefci, to feed. Liquor, liqui, to melt or be diffolved. to outrum. Diffitcor, diffiteri, to deny. Reminifcor, reminifci, to remember. Divertor, diverti, to turn afide, to

* Mëdeor, mederi, to beal.

Irafcor, irafci, to be angry.

take lodging.

Defëtifcor, defëtifci, to be weary,

Ringor, ringi, to grin like a dog.

or faint.

The verbs which do not fall under any of the foregoing rules are called Irregular.

IRRegular Verbs. The irregular verbs, are commonly reckoned eight ;

fum, eo, queo, völo, nölo, mälo, féro, and fio, with their com pounds. . . .

But properly there are only fix ; nolo and malo being compounds of volo.

Sum has already been conjugated.: After theº fame manner are

formed its compoünds, ad-, ab-, de-, inter-, præ-, ob-,/ub-, fper/ùm ; and ip/ùm, which wants the prcterite,

IrregulAR Verbs.

Ac4

Pro/am, to do good, has ad where fium begins with e; as, Ind. Pr Pro-fum," prod-es, prod.efi; pro-sümus, &e. In. Prod- éram, prod-eras, prod-erat; prod-eramus,&., Sub. Im Prod-effem,prod-effes,prod-effet ; prod-effemus,&., Imperat. Prod-efto, prod-efte. Jffinit. Pre/ Prodiêß.

Poffum is compounded of pätis, abie, and Jum ;

and is

thus conjugated : Poffum, pötui, poffe, To be abl. -

Indicative Mode.

r. Poffum, potes, poteft ; pofsümus, poteftis, poffunt.

Pot-êram, Seras, -erat ; -eramus, Per. Pot-ui, -uifii, -uit ; -uimus,

-eratis, lerant. -uiftis,

-uerunt, -Ulere,

Plu. Pot-uêram,-ueras,-uerat 3 *ueramus, -ueratis, -uerant. Fut.Pot-éro, -eris, -erit ; -erimus, -eritis, -erunt. Subjunäive Mode. Pr. Pof-fim, Jm. Pof-fem,

-fìt ;

-fis, -fes,

-fet ;

Per. Pot-uérim, -ueris, -uerit; Plu. Pot-uiffem, -uiffes, -uiffet ; Aut. Pot-uéro, -ueris, -uerit ;

~simus, -fitis, -sémus, -fetis, -uerimus, -ueritis, -uiffemus, -uiffetis, •uerimus, -ueritis,

-fint. -fcnt.

-uerint. -uifTent. -uerint. .

Infinitive.

Pret. Poffe. Per. Potuiß. The rg/? vanting. Eo, ivi, itum, ire, Togo. Indicative Mod. Ar. Eo, Imp. lbam, Aer. Ivi,

is, ibas,

it; ibat ;

imus,

itis,

eunt.

ibamus, ibatis,

iï.

ivifti, Plu. Iveram, iyeras,

ivit ; ivimus, ivimis, iverunt, ivere, iverat ; jyeramus, iveratis, iverant.

Fut. Ibo,

ibit ;

ibis,

ibimus,

ibitis.

ibunt.

Subjunâive Mod. eat ; $eamus, iret ; iremus,

Pr. Eam, eas, eatis, eant. Im. Irem, ires, iretis, irent.' £r. Iverim, iveris, iverit ; ÎVerimus, iveritis, verìt.

Plu. £viffem, ivifTe, iviffet ; ivifTemus, iviffetis, ivifTent. Fut. Ivero, ' iverí, iverit $ iverimus, iveritis, iverint. -

-, -. _ * *: • •

• •

* .

IRREGULAR VERBs.

Imperative. I,

ite,

1 c5

Infinitive. Pres. Ine.

Pret, {i;., ito ; {§., eunto. £; íít. Effe iturus, a, um, Fuiffe iturus.

Participlex. A'r. Iens,

Gen. euntis.

Fut. Iturus, -a,--um.

Gerunds.

Supiner.

IEundum. Eundi.

i. Itum. 2. Itu.

Eundo, &c.

The compounds of eo are conjugated after the fame manner ; ad-, ab-, ex-, ob-, red-, /ub-, per-, co , in-, prae, ante-, prodeo : So likewife veneo, -ii, (of venum a fale, and eo) to be fold. But ambio, to furround, is a regular verb of the fourth conjugation. In the tenfes formed from the perfe&t, the compounds are ufually contra&ted ; as, adii, adijli or adiffi, adiäram, .

•

adiêrim, &c. -•

Eo, like other neuter verbs, is often rendered in Englifh under a

paffive form ; thus, it, he is going ; fvit, he is gone ; ivêrat, he was gone ; iverit, he may be gone, or fhall be gone, So vinit, he is com ing ; vênit, he is come ; vênêrat, he was come, &c. In the paffive voice thefe verbs for the moft part are only ufed imperfonally; as,

itur ab illo, he is going; ventum efi ab illis, they are comc. We find fome of the compounds of eo, however, ufed perfonally ; as pericula

adeuntur, are undergone, Cic. Libri /ibyllini aditi /unt, were looked in to. Liv. Flumen pedibus tran/ìri poteß, Cæf. Inimicitia /ubeantur. Cic. gUEO, I caa, and NEQUEO, I cannot, are conjugated the fame way as eo ; only they want the impcrative and the gerunds; and the participles are feldom ufed.

Völo, vólui, velle, To will, or to be wiling. Indicative Mod. Ar. Vo1-o,

vis, vult; Im. Vol-ebam, -ebas, -ebat ; Per. Vol-ui, -uifti, -uit ;

volüm,us, -vultis, -volunt. -ebamus, -ebatis, -ebant.

Pl. Vol-ueram,-ueras,-uerat ;

-ueramus, -ueratis,-uerant,

Pu. Vol-am,

-emus, r

-es,

•et;

-uimus,

-uiftis,

-etis,

-uerunt, -uere.

-£nt.

IrRegulAr. VE RB&

1c6 a

Subjunäive Mode. velis, velles, Aer. Vol-uerim, -ueris, Plu.Voluiffem, -uiffes, Fut.Vol-uero, -ueris,

Pr. Velim, Jm. Vellem,

velit ; vellet ; -uerit ; -uiffet ; -uerit ;

velimus, vellémus, -uerimus, -uiffemus, -uerimus,

velitis,

velinik.

velletis, -ueritis, -uiffetis, -ueritis,

vellent. -uerint. -uiffent. -uerint*.

Infinitive. Participle. Perf. Voluiffe. Pres. Volens. The rg/? mot u/èd. Nölo, nolui, molle. To be unwilling.

Pret. Velle.

Indicative Mode. P,. Nólo, non-vis, non-vult ; nolumus, non-vultis, Im. Nol-ebam, -ebas, -ebat ; -ebamus, -ebatis, Per. Nol-ui,

-uifli,

-uit;

-uimus,

Plu.Nol-ueram, -ueras, -uerat ; Fut. Nolam, -noles, -nolet ;

nolunt. -ebant.

:;:;;t,

-uiftis,

-ueramus, -ueratis, nolemus, nolctis,

-uerant,

-nolent.

Subjunäive Mode. nolles, nollet ;

nolimus, molitis, nollemus, nolletis,

nolint. nollent.

Per. Nol-uerim, -ueris, -uerit ; Alu. Nol-uiffem, -uiffes, -uiffct ;

-uerimus, -ueritis, -uiffemus, -uiffetis,

-uerint. -uiffent.

-ueris, -uerit ; . -uerimus, . -ueritis,

-uerint.

2r. Nolim, Im. Nollem,

Æut. Nol-ucro,

nolis,

nolit ;

Imperative. Pr.

Noli,

Infinitive. nolite,

Pr. Nolle.

Participle. Pr. Nokens.

Nolito ; lnolitote. Per. NoluifTe. The rgff vanting. Málo, malui, malle, To be more willing. Indicative Mode. mavis, Im. Mal-ebam, -cbas, Aer. Mal-ui, -uifti,

Pr. Mal-o,

- --

mavult; -ebat ; -uit ; •

malümus, mavultis, malunt. -ebamus, -ebatis, -ebant. '. -uerunt'. -uimus, -uiftis, -ucr€ t. - --

Plu. Mal-ueram, -ueras,

-uerat ;

-ueramus, -ueratis,

Fut. Mal-am, , -es, ,

-et, &c.

This is /carcely in ufe.

-uerant.

Subjunäive Mode. Pr. Malim,

malis,

malit ;

malimus,

malitis,

malint.

malles, mallet ; mallemus, malletis, mallent. Per. Mal-uerim, -ueris, -uerit ; -uerimus, -ueritis, -uerint.

Im. Mallem,

Plu Mal-uifTem, -uiffes, -uiffet; -uiffemus, -uiffetis, -uiffenf, Fut. Mal-uero, -ueris, -uerit; -uerimus, -ueritis, -uerint;

I* Resu lAa Verbs.

Infinitive Mode. Perf. MaluifTe.

Arer. Malle.

no7

The rg/? not u/ed.

Féro, tüli, lätum, ferre, To bring or/uffer. Active voice.

Indicative Mode. Im. Fer-ebam, -ebas, Per. Tuli, tulifti,

fert ; ferimus, fertis, ferunt. -ebat ; -ebamus, -ebatis, -ebant. tulit ; tulimus, tuliftis, tulerunt, -ere.

JPlu. Tul-eram, -eras, Fut. Feram, feres,

-erat ;

-eramus, -eratis,

feret ;

feremus, feretis, ferent.

Pr. Fëro,

fers,

-erant.

Subjunäive Mode. Pr. Feram, feras, ferat ; Im. Ferrem, ferres, ferret ; Per. Tul-erim, -eris, -erit; Plu. Tul-iffem, -iffes, -iffet ; Fut. Tul-ero, -eris, -erit ;

feramus, feratis, ferant. ferremus, ferretis, ferrent. -erimus, -eritis, -erint. -iffemus, -i{fetis, -ifTent. -erimus, -eritis, -erint,

Imperative. Ar.

Anfinitive.

3£,

Fer, , $ ferte, Ferto, ferto :

Ar. Ferre. ferunto. Aeer. TufifTe. v,

Fut. EfTe laturus, a, um.

FuifTe laturus, a, usu.

Participles. Pres, Ferens.

Supiner.

Gerumdr. •

Ferendum.

1. Latum.

Ferendi.

2. Latu.

Fut. Laturus, -a, -um.

Ferendo, &c. p Assive voi c e.

Feror, latus, ferri, To be brought. Indicative Mode. Pr. Feror,

ferris,

fertur ;

vel ferre, Im. Fer-ebar, -ebaris, -ebatur ; vel -ebare,

ferimur,

ferimini,

feruntur,

-ebamur, -ebamini, -ebantur.

Aer. Latus fum, &c. latus fui, &c. Plu. Latus eram, &c. latus fueram, &c. ferêris, Rut. Ferar, vel ferére, feretur ; feremur,

feremini,

ferentur.

IrRegulA* Veras.

ro8

Subjunäive Mode. Pr. Ferar, feraris, v. ferarc,

feratur: eratur;

r ferreris, v. ferrcre, Am. Ferrer,

ferretur ;: ferremur, • ferremini, ferre • ferrentur.

feramur,• feramini,• ferantur. -

Per. Latus fim, &c. latus fuerim, &c. Plu. Latus effcm, &c. latus fuiffem, &c. Fut. Latus fuero, &c.

Imperative Mode.

Pro/. Ferre vel fertor, fertor ; ferimini, feruntor. Infinitive. Participles. Pre/. Ferri. Perf. Latus, -a, -um. Perf. i ffe ve/ fuifTe latus, -a, -um. Fut. Ferendus, -a, -um. Fut.

Latum iri.

In like manner are conjugated the compounds off;ro ; as, affëro, attäli, allatum ; auféro, abfuli, ablatum ; différo, dfiuli, dilatum , conféro, contuli, c llatum : inféro, intuli, illatum ; offéro, obtuli, oblatum ; efféro, extali. elatum. So circum-, per-, tran/-, de-,pro-, ante-, pra:fèro. In fome writers we find adfero, adtiili, adlatum ; conlatum, inlatum, obfero, &c. for offero, &c.

Obf. 1. Mofi part of the above verbs are made irregular by con tra&ion.

Thus, nolo is contraéted for non volo, malo, for magis volo ;

fero, fert, fert, &c. for feris.ferit, &c. ferêris, &c.

Feror, f.rris, v. ferre,fertur ; for

Obf 2. The imperatives of dico, d;co, and fäcio are contra&ted in the fame manner with fer : thus we fay, dic, duc, fac, inflead of dice, dice, /äce. But thefe often occur likewife in the regular form. * Fio, fa&tus, fiéri, To be made or, done, to become Indicative Mode.

Pr. Fio,

fis,

fit ;

fimus,

fitis,

fiunt.

Im. Fiebam, fiebas, fiebat ; fiebamus, fiebatis, fiebant. Per Fa&us fum, &c. fa&us fui, &c.

Plu Fa&tus eram, &c. fa&tus fueram, &c. JFut. Fiam,

fies,

fiet ;

fiemus,

fietis,

fient.

fiamus, fiatis,

fiant.

Subjunäive Mode.

fiat ;

Pr. Fiam,

fias,

Im. Fiëiem,

fieres, fieret ;

fieremüs, fieretis, fierent.

Per. Fa&us fim, &c. fa&us fuerim, &c.

£lu. £a£tus effem, &c. fa&tus fuiffem, &c. Put. Fa&us fuero, &c.

Defective Verbs.

1c9

Imperative. Iafinitive. Fieri. p;;.,, uto*. ;$ fite, È.,funto. Pr. Per. Effe v. fuiffe fa&us, a, um.

V Fi, Ar.

Fut. Fa&tum iri.

Participlex. Per. Fa&us, Fut. Faciendus,

Supine.

-a,

-um.

-a,

-um.

Fa&u.

The compounds of fäcio, which retain a, have alfo fio in the paf five, and fac in the imperative aétive ; as, calefacio, to warm, calefi», calefac ; but thofe which change a into i, form the paffive regularly, and have fice in the imperative ;. as, conficio, confice ; conficior, conféc tus, confici. We find, however, confit, it is done, and confieri ; defit, it is wanting ; infit, he begins. - To Irregular verbs may properly be fubjoined what are com monly called Neu Ter-passive /erbr, which, like fio, form the pre terite tenfes according to the paffive voice, and the rcft in the ac

tive. Thefe are, sóleo, /olitus, folere, to ufe ; audeo, aufus, audere, to dare ; gaudeo, gavifus, gaudëre, to rejoice ; fido, ffis, fidêre, to truft : So con fido, to truft ; and diffido, to diftruft ; which alfo have confidi & dif fidi. Some add mæreo, meffus, merere, to be fad; but mafius is gener àlly reckoncd an adjeétive. We likewife fayjüratus fùm and ceratu, fumi, for juravi and cœnavi, but thefe may alfo be taken in a paffive fenfe.

To thefe may be referred verbs, wholly a&ive in their termifia ation, and paffive in their fignification ; as, vapiilo, -avi, -atum, to be

beaten or whipped ; veneo, to be fold ; exülo, to be bani{hed, &c.

IDEFECTIvE vERBS. Verbs are called Defeâive, which are not ufed in cer tain tenfes, numbers, and perfons. Thefe three, odi, cæpi, and memini, are only ufed in the

preterite tenfes ; and therefore are called Preteritive Verbr; though they have fometimes likewife a prefent fignifica tion : thus,

Odi, I hate, or have hated, oderam, oderim, odiffem, odero,

•diffe. Participles, o/us, g/urus : exo/us, pero/ur. Capi, I begin or have begum, caperam, -erim, -iffem, -ero, -£//e. T Supine capta. Participles captur, capturus. IMemini, I remember, or have remembered, memineram,

-erim, -iffem, -ero, -iffe : Imperative, memento, mementote. ', Inftead of odi, we fometimes fay ofus fum ; and always exofus, per sfa fùm, and not exodi, perodi, We fay opus capit fieri, or ceptum g*. R.

1 1o

IM PERsoN AL VERBs.

To thefe fome add mávi, becaufe it frequently hath the fignifica tion of the prefent, I know, as well as, I bave Anown, though it comes from no/co, which is complete.

Furo, to be mad, dor, to be given, and for, to fpeak, as

alfo der and fer, are not ufed in the firft perfon fingular ; thus, we fay, darir, datur ; but never dor. Of verbs which want many of their chief parts, the fol lowing moft frequently occur: Aio, I fay, inquam, l fay, forem, I fhould be ; aufim, contra&ted for aufus fim, I dare ; faxim, I'll fee to it, or l will do it ; ave and /alve, fave you, hail, good morrow ; cedo, tell thou, or give me ;

quaefo, I pray. And. Pr. Aio, ' Im. Aiebam,

ais,

ait :

-ebas, -ebat : aias,

Jmperat. Ai. Ind. Pr. Inquam, -quis,

aiat :

£.

-ebant.

aiatis,

aiant.

Particip. Pres. Aiens.

-quit :

-quimus,

-quìtis, -quiunt. inquiebant.

Imperat. Inque, inquito. Sub.

-ebatis, -

inquiebat : Aer. inquifti, Fut.—— inquies, inquiet: zz.

-ebamus,

aifti,

Aer. Sub. Per.

aiunt.

Förem, fores, foret :

—

Particip. Pr. Inquiens. foremus, foretis, forent.

Inf. Fore, ?o be bereqfter, or to be about to be, the fame with effe /uturus. Sub. Pr. Aufim, JPer.Faxim, Aut. Faxo,

aufis, faxis, faxis,

aufit :

faxit :

—

faxit :

—

faxitis,

faxint. faxint.

Note. Faxim and faxo are ufed inßead of fecerim and fecero. Imper. Ave vel aveto ; plur. avétc vel avetote. . Inf. avere. Salve v. falveto ; — falvete v. falvetote. — falvcre. Jndic. Fut. —

Salvebis.

Imperat. /econd per/. /ing. Cedo, p/ur. cedite, Indic. Pref. firf? perf. /ing. Quaefo, plur. quaesümus. Moft of the other Defeétive verbs are but fingle words, and rare, }y to be found, but among the poets ; as, ipfit, he begins ; dfit, it is

wanting. Some are compounded of a verb and the conjunétion /;; as, fit, for./ vis ; /ultis, for/i vultis ; /oder, for / audes ; capfis, for czpe ./i vir.

IMPERsoNAL VERBs. A verb is called Imperfonai, which has only the termin ations of the third perfon fingular, but doés not admit any pe/n or nominative before it.

IM PERsoN A l V Ε R 2 §.

11t

Imperfonal verbs in Englifh, have before them the neu ter pronoun it, which is not confidered as a perfon ; thus, deleäat, it delights ; dëcet, it becomes ; ccntingit, it happens; evênit, it happens : 2d Conj.

3d Conj.

l)ëcct, Decebat, Decuit,

Contingit, Contingcbat, Coutigit,

1/? Coj. Ind. Pr. I)ele&tat, Am. IDclectabat, Per. Dclc&tavit,

4fb Conj. Evênit,

Eveniebat, Evênit, Evenerat,

Plu. Dele&taverat, Decuerat,

Contigerat,

Æ,t. Dele&tabit,

Continget. Contingat, Contingéret, Contigerit, ContigifTct, Contigcrit.

Eveniret, Evenerit, EvenifTet, Evcnerit,

Sub. Pr. Dele&tet, Jm. Delc&taret, Per. Delc&taverit,

Decebit, J)eceat, 1)ecêret, I)ecuerit,

Plu. DeJe&taviffet, Decuifíet,

Eveniet.

Evcniat,

Put. Dele&averit, Jnf. Pr. Dele&täre,

Decuerit. Decêre,

Con:ingêre,

Evenire,

Per. Dele&tavifTe.

Dccuiffe.

Contigiffe.

Eveniffe.

Moft Latin verbs may be ufed imperfonally in the paf.

five voice, efpecially Neuter and Intranfitive verbs, wfiich otherwife have no paffive ; as, pugnätur, favātur, curritur, venitur ; from pugno, to fight ; faveo, to favour ; curro, to sun ; vento, to come :

!od. Pr. Pugnätur, * Im. Pugnabatur,

Per. Pugnatum eft, Plu. Pugnatum erat, • Fut. Pugnabitur. $ub. Pr. Pugnetur, Jm. Pugnaretur, Aer. Pugnatum fit,

Favétur, Favebatur,

Currìtur, Venitur, Currebatur, Veniebatur,

Fautum eft, Curfum eft, Ventum cft, Fautum crat, Curfum erat, Ventum erat, JFavebitur.

Curretur.

Venietur.

Favcatur, Faveretur,

Curratur, Curreretur,

Veniatur, Veniretur,

Fautum fit,

Curfum fit,

Ventum fit,

Alu. Pugnatum effet, Fautum effet, Curfum cffet, Ventum efTet, *

Fut. Pugnatum fue- Fautum fue- Curfum fue- Ventum fue rit.

rit.

Inf. Pr. Pugnari, Faveri, Curri, Veniri, Pugnatum effe, Fautum effe, Curfum effe, Ventum effe, Pugnatum iri. Fautum iri. Curfum iri. Ventum iri. obf. r. Imperfonal verbs are fcareely ufed in the imperative, but jnftead of it we take the fubjun&tive ; as, deleäet, let it delight, &c.;

nor in the fupines, participles, or gerunds, except a few ; as, pafïï tens, -dum, dus, &c. Induci ad pudendum et pigendum, Cic. In the pre terite tenfes of the paffive voice, the participle pcrfe&t is always put in the neuter gender. -

f* 1^2

IRE DU N p AN r VE RBs..

Obs. 2. Grammarians reckom only ten real Imperfonal verbs, and all in the fecond conjugation ; dicet, it becomes ; pænitet, it repents ; oportet, it behoves ; misêret, it pities ; piget, it irketh ; pädet, it fhameth ; Jicet, it is lawful ; libet or lübet, it pleafeth ; tædet, it wearieth ; /iquet,

it appears. Of which the following have a double preterite ; miferet, mjferuit, or mifertum g? , piget, pigjt,gr pigitum efi ; pudet, puduit, or pu ditum e/? ; licet, licuit, or licitum g*; libet, libuit, or libitum £/? ; taedet, tae

&it, tafum efi, oftencr pertæ/um eff. But many other verbs are ufed imperfonally in all the conjugations :

In the firft, júvat, /?e&#at, vacat, /iat, conßat, præfat, rgfiat, &c. In the fccond, dppâret, attinet, pertinet, debet, dölet, nöcet, lätet, liquet,

pätet, pläcet, di/plicet, sëdet, sölet, &'c.

Hn th£ third, Aecidit, incipit, desinit, /ifficit, &c. fn the fourth, Convênit, expèdit, &c.

Alfo irregular verbs, E/?, ob£/?, prodj?, poteß, interg/?./iperef? ; fit, prae térit, nequit, fubit, eon/èrt, rgfert, &e. Obf. 3. Under imperfonal verbs may be comprehended thofe

xwhich exprefs the operations or appearances of nature ; as, Fulgi;rat, fulminat, tönat, grandinat, gê'at, pluit, niugit, lucgfcit, advefperafcit, &c. Obf. 4. Imperfonal verbs are applied to any perfon or number, by putting that which ftands before ether verbs, after the imper

fonals, ia the cafes which they govern ; as, placet mibi, tibi, illi, it pleafes me, thee, him ; or I pleafe, thou pleafcft, &c. pugnatur a me, a te, ab illo, I fight, thou fightefl, he fighteth, &c. So Curritar, venitur a me, a te, &'c. I run, thou runncft, &c. Favetur tibi a me, Thou art favored by me, or I favor thce, &c. -

Obs. 5. Verbs are ufed perfonally or imperfonally, according to tbe particular meaming which they exprefs, or the different import of the words with which they are joined : thus we can fay, ego pla ceo fibi, I pleafe you ; but we cannot fay, /, places audire, if you pleafe to hcar, but fi placet tibi audìre. So, we can fay, multa bomini contin gunt, many things happen to a mam : but inftead of ego configi gff. domi, we muft eit her fay, rae co//igit gffè domi, or mihi contigit effe domi, I

happcn* d to be at horae. The proper and clegant ufe of imperfon ad verbs @an on'y be acquired by praéticc. REDUNDANT VERBS.

Thofe are called Reduudant Verbs, which have different forms

to cxprefs the fame fenfe : thus, affèntio and affentior, to agree ; /abri co and fabricor, to frame ; mereo aud mercor, to deferve, &c. Thefe

verbs, however, under the paffive form have likewife a paffivc fìg nification.

Several verbs are ufed in different conjugations. 1. Some are ufually of the firft conjugation, and rarely of the third ; as, iuvo, lavas, laváre: and /avo, lavis, favêre, to wafh.

RE bus DANt VERBs.

1 13

2. Some are ufually of the fecond, and rarely of the third; as, Ferveo, ferves, and fervo, fervis, to hoil.

Fulgeo, fulges, and fulgo, fulgis, io fbine. Strideo, [trides, and ftrido, [tridis, to make a nojfe. Tueor, tuéris, and tuor, tuëris, to dfend.

To thefe add tergeo, terges ; and tergo, tergit, to wipe, which arc cqually common.

3. 3ome are commonly of the third conjugation, and rarcly of the fourth ; as, Fodio, fodis, fodêre, and fodio, fodis, fodire, fo dig. Sallo, fallis, fallêre, and fallio, fallis, fallire, to /ilt. ArcefTo, -is, arceffere, and arceffio, arcefsire, to fend fòr. Morior, morëris, mori, and morior, moriris, moriri, io die. So Orior, oréris, and orior, oriris, oriri, to rjè.

Potior, potêris, and potior, potiris, potiri, to efjoy. There is likewife a verb, which is ufually of the fccond conjuga tion, and more rarely of the fourth, namely, cieo, cies, ciEre ; and cic, cis, cire, to roufe ; whence accire and accitus.

To thefe we may add the verb ED0, to eat, which, though regu

farly formed, alfo agrees in feveral of its parts with /um ; thus, Ihd. P ref. Edo, edis or es, edit or gff,—editis or giis.--Imp. Ede or.es, edito or gfio ; edite or effe ; editote or g/ot-.

Sub. Imperf. Ederem or </em, edere, òr g/.s, &c. Inf. Pref. Edere or effe.

Paffive Ind. Pref. Editur or effur. It may not be improper here to fubjoin a lifl of thofe verbs whic!. refemble one another in forme of tlieir parts, though they differ in

fignification. Of thefe fome agree in the prefent, fone in the pre terite, and others in the fupine.

1. The following agree in the prefenr, but are differ ently conjugated : *

Aggéro, -as, to. beap up. Appello, -as, to call. Compello, -as, to addrgf;. Collìgo, -as, to bind. Confterno, -as, to qffonjß. Efféro, -as, to enrage. Fundo, -as, to found.

• Aggéro, -is, fo lring fogether. Appello, -is, to arrive. Compello, -is, to drive togetber,

Colligo, -is, to gather together. Confterno, -is, to /?retv. Efféro, -fers, to bring c;t. Fundo, -is, to pour ost.

Mando, -as, to command. 0bséro, -as, to lock.

Mando, -is, to cherzv.

Obséro, -is, fo be/èt. Völo, vis, io vili.

Völo, -as, to fiy.

Of this clafs fome have a different quantity ; as, • cölo, -as, to ßrain. £)ico, -as, fo dedicate.

Cölo, -is, to till.

Dico, -is, to fky. K2

OBsoLET E CoNJ U G atioN.

1 14

Edüco, -as, to traia up. Légo, -as, to find. Vädo, -as, ta wade.

Edúco, -is, to lead fòrth. I.ëgo, -is, to read. Vädo, -is, to go.

z. The following verbs agi ee in the preterite : Aceo, acui, to be four. Crefco, crévi, to grow.

Frigeo, frixi, to öe coll. Fulgeo, fulfi, to ßine. . Lüceo, luxi, to jàine. Päveo, pâvi, to be ayrwid.

~Pendco, pépcndi, to bang.

Acuo, acui, to ßarpem. Cerno, crévi, to /.e. Frigo, frixi, to fry. Fulcio, fulfi, to prop. I.ügeo, luxi, to mourn. Pafco, pávi, to feed. Pendo, pépendi, to weigô.

3. The following agrce in the fupine : Grefco, crêtum, to grow. Mäneo, manfum, to ßay. $to, flatum, to ßand. Succenfeo, -cenfum, to be angry.

Cerno, cretum, to lebold. Mando, manfum, to cbcw.

'Tëneo, tentum, fo hohi.

Siflo, ftatum, to ßop. Succendo,-cenfum, to kinde. 'Tendo, tentum, to /fretch out.

Verro, verfum, to /.verp. Virco, vi&uia, to overcomve.

Verto, verfum, to turm. Vivo, viétum, to live.

TÉE oBSoLETE CONJUGATION.

Tfis cbiegy occurs in old writers, and only in particular conju gations and tenfcs.

1. T he ancient Latins made the imperfe&t of tbe indicative ac tive of the fourth conjugation in IBAM, without the e ; as, audí Jam, f.ibam ; for audiebam,/ciebam.

2. in the future of the indicative of the-fourth conjugation, they u{ed IB0 in the aétive, and ibor in the paffive voice ; as, dormibo, dor m;i'or, for dormiam, dormiar.

3. The prefent of the fubjunétive anciently ended in IM ; as, eJia, for edam ; duim for dem.

4. The perfe&t of the fubjunétive aétive fometimes occurs in S8IM, and thc future in SS0, as, levqffim, levaffo, for levaverim, levavero ;

c.ipfim, capfo, for ceperim, cepero : Hence the future of the infinitiv wäs formcd in ASSERE ; as, levaffere, for levaturus effe. 5. In the fecond perfon of the prefent of the imperative paffive, we find MINO in the fingular, and minar in the plural ; as, fùmino, -

for fare ; and progrëdiminor for progrédimini.

6. Thc fyllable £ R was frequently added to the prefent of the infinitive paffive ; as, farier, for fari ; dicier, for dici.

7. The participles of the future time a&ive, and perfe& paffive, when joined with the verb cffe, were fometimes wfed as indeclinable: thus, credo inimicos diéturum gffe, for diéìuros, Cic. Gobortes ad me miffüa» fucias, for miffas, Cic. ad Attic. viii, r2.

DE R. ivAtios And CoM Posrrion of Verbs.

115

DERIVATION AND COMPOSITION OF VERBS. I. Verbs are derived eithcr from nouns or from other verbs.

Verbs derived from nouns are called Denominative ; as, Cano, to fup ; laudo, to praife ; fraudo, to defraud ; lapido, to throw (lones ; opèror, to work; /rumentor, to forage ; lignor, to gather fuel, &c. from cæna, laus, fraus, &c. But when they exprefs imitation or refcm

blance, they are called Imitative ; as, Patriffo, graecor, bubulo, cornicor, {*c. I imitate or refemble my father, a Græciam, a crow, &c. from pater, Graecus, cornix.

of thofe derived from other verbs, the following chiefly deferve attention ; namely, Aerequentatives, Inceptives, and Defiderative.

1. FREQUENTATI/RS exprefs frequency of a&ion, and are ah of the firft conjugation. They are formed from the la£t fupine,

by changing ätu into ito, in verbs of the firft conjugation ; and by changing u into o, in verbs of the other three conjugations ; as,

clamo, to cry, clamito, to cry frequently: terreo, territo ; verto, verf. ; dormio, dormito.

In like manner, Deponent verbs form Frequentatives in or ; as,

minor, to threaten ; minitor, to threaten frequently. Some are formed in an irregular manner ; as, mato from no, ny cito from no/.o; Aeitor, or rather /ej/citor, from /cio ; pavito, from paveo; feäor, from /equor ; loquitor, from loquor. so quaerito, fundito, agi;o fuito, &c.

From Frequentative verbs are alfo formed other frequentatives ; as, curro, curfo, curfito ; pello, pulfo, pulsito, or by contra&tion pulto ; capio, capto, captito ; cano, canto, cantito ; défendo, defen/o, defer/ito ; dico, diéìo, di&fito ; gero, ggffo, geffito; jacio, jaéîo, jaäito ; venio, ventito ; mu*io, muffo, (for mutito) mi/$ito, &c.

Verbs of this kind do not always exprefs frequency of a&ion. VMany of them have much the fame fenfe with their primitives, or exprefs the meaning more ftrongly. 2. INCEPTIYE Werbs mark the beginning or continued increafe

of any thing. They are formcd from the fecond perfon fing. of the prefeht of the indicative, by adding co : as, caleo, t9 be hot, cales, ca

jj.o, to grow hot. So in the other conjugations, labo/co, from labo ; fremifo, from tremo ; obdormi/co, from obdormio. Hißo, from bio, is con tra&ted for biafco. Inceptives are likewife formed from fubftantives and adje&ives ; as, puera/o, from puer ; dulafco, from dulcis ; juvengfo, from juvenis.

Aliinceptives are Neuter verbs, and of the third conjugation.

They want both the preterite and fupinc; unlef, very rarely, when ahey borrow them from their primitives. 3. DESIDERATI/E /erba fignify a defire or intention of doing a thing, They are formed from the latter fupine, by adding rio and {hortening the u ; as, cænaturio, I dcfire to fup, from sanatu, They -

m 16

FArt 1c1p le. -

are all of the fourth conjugation, and want both preterite and ftf pine, except thefe tbree, eiiirio, to defire to eat ; partúrio, to be in travail ; nuptürio, to defire to be married. There are a few verbs in LI.O, which are called Diminutive ; as,

cantillo, forbillo, -are, I fing, I fup a little. - To thefe fome add albico and candico, -are, to be or to grow whitifh ; alfo nigrico, fodico, and

vellico. Some verbs in SSO are called Interfive ; as, Capeffo, faceffo, peteffo or petiffo, i take, I do, I feek earneftly. Verbs'are compounded with nouns, with other verbs, with ad verbs, and chiefly with prepofitions. Many of the fimple verbs are -

not in ufe ; as, Füto, fèndo, fpecio, gruo, {5*c. The component parts

ufually remain entire. Somctimes a lcttcr is added ; as, prodeo, for pro-eo : or taken away ; as, a/porto, omitto, trado, pgjèro, pergo, debeo, praebeo, &c. for al/?orto, obmitto, tran/io, perjuro, perrego, dehibeo, præbibeo,

&c. So demo, promo, /umo, of de, pro, /ub, and emo, which anciently fignified to take or to take away. Often the vowel or dipthong of the fimple verb, and the laft confonant of the prepofition, is chang ed ; as, damno, eondemno ; calca, conculco ; laedo, collido ; audio, obëdio, &c.

Affèro, aufäro, collaudo, implico, &c. for adfero, affero, conlaudo, implico, &c. PARTICIPLE.

A Participle is a kind cf adje&ive formed from a verb, which in its fignification implies time. It is fo calfed, becaufe it partakes both of an adjeétive and of a

verb, having in Latin gender and declenfiom from the one, time and fignification from the other, and number from both.

Participles in Latin are declined like adje&ives ; and their fig nification is various, according to the nature of the verbs from which they come : only participles in dus are always paffive, and import not fo much future time, as obligation or neceffity.

Latin verbs have four Participles, the prefent and fu ture a&tive ; as, Amanr, loving ; amatürus, about to love :

and the perfeét and future paffive ; as, amatus, loved; amandur, to be loved.

The I.atins have not a participle perfe& in the a&ive, nor a participle prefent in the paffive voice'; which defe& mufi be fup

plied by a circumlocution. Thus, to exprefs the perfe& participîe a&ive in Englifh, we ufe a conjunétion, and the piu-perfé& of the fubjun&ive in Latin, or fome other tenfe, accoráing to its connec tion with the other words of a fentence ; as, he having loved, quum amavi//et, &c.

Neuter verbs have commorly but two Participles ; as, Sedent, //urus ; /lans,J?aturus.

PART 1 cip le.

1 17

From fome Neuter verbs are formed Participles of the pcrfe& tenfe ; as, Erratur, fjfinatur, juratus, laboratus, vigilatar, cg//atur, /udatus, triumpbatus, regnatus, decur/us, desitus, emcritus, emerfus, obitur, placitur,

Jucceffus, occáfus, &c. and alfo of the future in dus : as, jurandus, vigi Iandus, regnandus, carendus, dormiendus, erubefcendus, &c. Neuter paffive

verbs are equally various

J^eneo, has no participle : Fido, only

fidens and fifus ; /oleo, /òlens and/olitus ; vapülo, vapulans and vapulaturus , Gaudeo, gaudens, gavj/us, and gavj/urus ; Audeo, audent, aufur, aufurus, au

dendus. 4u/us is ufed both in am a&tive and paffive fenfc ; as, dufi omnes immane nefas, au/oque potiti.

Virg.

Deponent and Commom verbs have commonly four Participles ; as, Loquens, fpeaking; locutürus, about to fpeak ; locutus, having fpoken ; Ioguendus, to be fpoken : Digaans, vouchfafing ; dignaturus, about to youchfafe ; dignatus, having vouchfafed, being vouchfafcd, or having been vouchfafed ; dignandi, to be vouchfafed. Many Participles of the perfe&t tenfe from Deponent verbs have both àm aétive and paffive fenfe ; as, Abominatus, conatus, confjus, adortus, amplexus, blandi tus, largítus, mentitur, oblitus, t;flatur, veneratus, &c.

There are fevera! Participles compounded with in fignifying not, the verbs of which do not admit of fuch compofition ; as, In/ciens, in/pêrans, indicens, for non dicens, inopinans and wecopinans, immërens ; Illa

fus, imprar/us, incon/ultus, incuffoditur, immetatur, impunitus, imparatus, in comitutus, incomptus, indemnatur, indotatur, incorruptus, interritur, and imper territus, intgfatur, inaufus, inopinatus, inultus, incenfu, for non cenfus, not regiftered ; infeéìus, for non faâus, invifus, for non vifus, indiäus, for non diéìus, &c. There is a different incenfus froma incendo : infèâus from inficio ; invi/us from invideo ; indiäus from indico, &c.

lf from the fignification of a Participle we take away

time, it becomes an adje&ive, and admits the degrees of comparifon ; as, Amans, loving, amantior, amantiffimus ; doéìus, learned, dv&iior, doâiffimus :

or a fubßantive ; as, Præfeäus, a commander or governor ; confo nans, f. fc. litera, a confonant ; continens, f. fc. terra, a continent ; con

fluens, m. a place where two rivers run together ; oriens, m. fc. /o/, the caft ; occidens, m. the weft ; diâum, a faying; fcriptum, &c.

There are many words in ATUS, ITUS, and UTUS, which al though refembling participles are reckoned adjeétives, becaufe they come from nouns, and not from vcrbs ; as, alatus, barbatus, cordatus, caudatur, crjffatus, auritus, pellitus turritus ; qffutus, cornutus, nafutus, &c.

winged, bearded, difcreet, &c. But auratus, aeratus, argentatus, ferra tus, plumbatus, gypfatus, calocatus, clypeatus, galeatur, tunicatus, larvatus, palliatus, lympbatur, purpuratus, praetextatus, &c. covered with gold;

brafs, filver, &c. are accounted participles, becaufe they are fuppo*

fed tó come from obfolete verbs. So fierhaps calamifrátur, frizzïcâ crifped or cu: led, crinitus, having long hair,peritu, &g.

1 18

Geru Nds and Su P 1 N £ s.

Thereare a kind of verbal adje&ives in BUNDUS, formed from

the imperfe& of the indicative, which very much refemble Parti ciples in their fignificatiom, but generally cxprefs the meaning of the verb more fully, or denote an abundance or great deal of the a&tion ; as, vitabundus, the fame with valde vitunt, avoiding much ; Sull. %wg. 6o. and 1o1 ; Liv. xxv. 13. So errabundus, ludibundus, popu ?abundus, moribunduw, &c. GERUNDS AND SUPINES.

GERUNDS are Participial words, which bear the fig nification of the verb from which they are formed ; and are declined like a neuter noun of the fecond declenfiom,

through all the cafes of the fingular number, except the vocative.

There are, both in Latin and Englifh, fubftantives derived from the verb, which fo much refemble the Gerund in their fignification, that frequently they may be fubftitutcd in its place. They are generally ufed, however, in a more urJetermined fenfe than the Gerund, and in Englifh have the article always prefixed to then. 'I'hus, with the gerund, Dele&?or legendo Ciceronem, I am delighted with

reading Cicero.

But with the fubftantive, Dele&ior leéìione Ciceronia, I

am delighted with the reading of Cicero. The Gerund and Future Participie of verbs in io, and fome oth

ers, often take u inftead of e ; as, fuofundum, di, do, dus ; experiundum, potiundum, gerundum, petundum, dicundum, &c. for faciendum, &c.

SUPINES have much the fame fignification with Ge runds ; and may be indifferently applied to any perfon or number. They agree in termination with nouns of the

fourth declenfion, having only the accufative and ablative cafes.

The former Supine is commonly ufed in an a&ive, and the lat ter in a paffive fenfe, but fometimes the contrary ; as, coá.m nos vapulatum dudum conduéìus fui, i. e. ut vapularem, v. verberarer, to be beat en, Plaut.

ADVERB.

An Adverb is an indeclinable part of fpeech, added to a verb, adje&tive, or other adverb, to exprefs fome circum ftance, quality, or manner of their fignification. All Adverbs may be divided intotwo cJaffes, namely,

thofe which denote Circum/lance ; and thofe which denote Quality, Manner, &c.

I. Adverbs denoting Circumstanee are ehiefiy thofe of P/ace, Time, and Ordér.

Adverss.

1 19

1. Adverbs of Place are fivefold, namely fuch as fig mify,

Ibi, Intus, Foris,

AViibin. JVitbout.

Horfum, Hitberward. Illorfum, Thitberward. Surfum, Uptvard. Deorfum, IDownward. Antrorfum, Forward. Retrorfum, Backward, Dextrorfum, Toward, the rigla Siniftrorfum, Toward, tbe left.

Ubique, Nufquam,

Every where. No vbere.

Unde ?

1. Motion or rgf in a place. Ubi ?

JVbere ? Here.

Hic, Illic,

Ifthic,

Tbere.

Alicu:bi, Some wbere. Alibi, Effe where. Ubivis, Any wbere. Ibidem, In tbe fame place. 2. Motion to a place.

Quo ? Huc, Illuc, Ifthuc,

JVbitber ? Hitber.

3 -

Intro, Feras, Eò, Aliò,

Tbitber. In.

Out.

To that place. To anotber place. Aliquò, To fome place. Eódem, To tbe fame place. 3. Motion towards a place.

Quorfum ?

Whitberward ?

Verfus,

Towards.

4. Motion from a place. Hinc, Illinc, Ifthinc, Inde, Aliunde, Alicunde, Sicunde,

Utrinque, Superne, Inferne, * Coelitus,

A^bence ? Hence. Tbence.

From elfe wbere. From /omne place. Iffrom ony place. On both fides. Prom above. Erom below. Prom beaven.

Funditus, F, om tbe ground. 5. Motion througb or by a playe. Quâ ? }Vbicb way ? Hâc, “Tbis way. Illac Ifthíc,

Aliâ,

3 %at way. Another way.

2. Adverbs of Time are threefold, namely, fuch as fig nify, r. Some particular time, eitberprçfènt,Protînus, Illico, paff, future, or;indefinite. Cras,

Infantly. Siraightway. To-mo rovv.

Nunc,

Now.

Hodie,

To day.

Poftridie,

“Tben.

Perendie, Mondum,

“rbe day after. Two dayi bence, INot yet.

Quando ?

A/bem ?

Tunc

Ë' Heri,

Ę;

??ßerday. { Heret fore.

Pridie, 'The day before. Nudiustertius,Tbree days ago, Nuper, Lately. jamjam, f) Prafently. Mox, Immediate'y.

Statim,

By and by.

È-? Aliquando,

Sometimes.

Interdum,

Semper, Nunquam,

JEver.

Intérim,

In the meam tim&

Quotidie,

„Daily.

Never.

Adverbs.

f2o

IDiu,

2. Continuance of time. Long.

Aliquoties,

Por/everat tiwet.

Quamdiu ?

How long ?

Viciffim, Alternätim,

Tamdiu, Jamdiu,

So long. 'g

Rurfus, Itërum,

Again.

É¤?

Long ago.

8ubinde, Identidem,

Ever and anam, now

Jampridem,

}

By turn* $y

3. V.ijua. or repetition of time. Semel, Quoties ? How often ? Bis, Sæpe, Qften. Ter, Rarò, Seldom. Quater, Toties, Se often.

and tben. Once. Twice. 'I'brice.

Æour timer, &'c.

3. Adverbs of Order. Inde, I)einde, I)ehinc, Porro,

After tbat. Hencefortb.

Deinceps,

So forth.

IDenuo,

Anew.

Denique,

Finaliy. Laffiy. Primò, -ùm, Firfi. Secundò,-ùm, Secondy. Tertiò, -ùm, Tbirdly. Quartò, -ùm, Fourtb!y, &c.

Tben.

Poftrémò,

IMoreover.

II. Adverbs denoting QUALITY, MANNER, &c. are either Abfolute or Comparative. Thofe called Ab/olute denote, 1. QUALITY, fimply ; as bene, well ; malè, ill ; for fiter, bravely : and innumerable others that come from adje&ive nouns or participles.

2. CERTAINTY ; as, profeâô, certè, fanè, planè, ne, utique, ita, etiam, truly, veriiy, yes ; quidni, why not? om nino, certainly.

3. CONTINGENCE ; as fortò, forfan, fortaffis, fors, haply, perhaps, by chance, peradventure.

4. NEGATION ; as, non, haud, not ; nequáquam, not at all ; neutiquam, by no means ; minime, nothinglefs. 5•

5 aS, ne, nOt.

6. SWEARIN G ;&c. as, hercle, pol, edäpol, mecaffor, pol, edÃpol, b Hercules, by Pollux, 3//or, by

7. EXPLAINING; as, utpöte, videlicet, fcilicet, nimi rum, nempe, to wit, namely.

8. SEPARATION ; as, /eorfum, apart ; /eparatim, fep arately ; /igillatim, one by one ; viritim, man by man ; op pidatim, town by town, &c.

9. JOINING TOGETHER ; as, fimul, unâ, pariter, £ogether ; generaliter, generally ; univerfaliter, univérfally ; pórümque, for the moft part.

Adverbs.

12 m

1o. INDICATION or POINTING out; as, ea, ecce, lo, behold. -

1 1. INTERROGATION ; as, cur, quare, quamobrem, why, wherefore ? num, an, whether ? quomodo, qui, how ? To which add, Ubi, quo, quorfum, unde, quâ, quando, quam diu, quotier. Thofe which are called Comparative denote, 1. EXCESS ; as, Valde, maximè, magnopäre, maximopere, /ummopere, admödum, oppidò, perquam, longè, greatly, very -

much, exceedingly ; nimis, nimium, too much ; prorfùs, penitur, omnino, altogether, wholly ; magis, more ; melià, better ; pgjár, sworfe ; fortiär, more bravely : and optimè, beft ; pgffimè, worft ; fortiffimè, moft bravely ; and innume rable others of the comparative and fuperlative degreer. 2. DEFECT ; as, Ferme, ferè, propemödum, penè, al moft ; parum, little ; paulo, paululum, very little. 3. PREFERENCE ; as, potiùs, fatiùr, rather ; potiffi mám, præcipuè, præfertim, chiefly, efpecially ; imo, yes, nay, nay rather. 4. LIKENESS or EQUALITY ; as, ita, /c, adeò, fo; ut, uti, ficut, ficüti, velut, veliti, ceu, tanquam, quafi, as, as if; quemadmödum, even as ; fatis, enough ; itidem, in like man ner ; juxta, alike, equally. 5. ' UNLIKENESS or INEQUALITY ; as, aliter, fècus, otherwife ; aliöqui or alioquin, elfe ; nedum, much more or much lefs.

6. ABATEMEN T ; as, /enfim, paulatim, pedetentim, by degrees, piecemeal ; vix, fcarcely ; egre, hardly, with dif ficulty. 7.

ÉxcLUsiON,

as, tantùm, folùm, mòdo, tantummodo,

duntaxat, demum, only. De RivAtion, CoM PARisoN, and

CoMPosirios,

of AD

VERBS.

Adverbs are derived, 1. from Subftantives, and end commonly in TIM or TUS; as, Parfim, partly, by parts ; nominatim, by name ; generatim, by kinds, generally ; fpeciatim, vicatim, gregatiir : radicitur, from the rgot, &c. 2. Fromi adjeétives : and thefe are by far the -,-

Adverbs.

122

mom numerous. Such as come from Adjeétives of the firft and fe cond declenfion ufually end in E ; as, liberè, freely ; plenè, fally :

some in o, UM, and TÉR; as, falsâ, tantum, graviter : A few in A, ITUS and IM ; as, reââ, antiquitùs, privatim. Some are ufed two or three ways ; as, primum, v. -δ ; purè, -iter ; certè, -δ ; cautè, -tim ;

buman?, -iter, -itus, publicè, publicituì, &c. Adverbs from Adje&ives of the third declenfion cómmonly end in TER, feldom in E; as, turpiter, feliciter, acriter, pariter; facile, repente : one in O, omnino.

qtfie neuter of Adje&ive§is fometimes taken Adverbially ; as, recens natus, for recenter ; perfidum ridens, for perfidè, Hor. multa relu&ans, for, aultum or valde, Virg. So in Englifh we fay, to /peak loud, bigb, &c. for loud y, bigby, &c. In many cafes a Subßantive is underflood ; as, primò, fc. loco, optatò advenis, fc. tempore ; bâc, fc. viâ, &c. 3. From each of the pronominal adje&ives, ille, jfe, bic, is, idem, &c. are formed adverbs, which exprcfs all the circumftances of

place ; as from ille, illic, illuc, illorfum, illinc, and illac. So from quis, Lbi, quo, quorfum, unde, and quà. Alfo of time ; thus, quando, quamdiu, and quotiet.

4.TFrom verbs and participles; as, eæfim, with the edge ; pun&fim, with the point ; firi&iim, clofely ; from caedo, pungo, fringo : amanter, properanter, dubitanter ; djtináé, emendatè ; meritò, inopinato, &c. But théfe laft are thought tó be in the ablative, having ex underftood, which is alfo fometimes expreffcd. 5. From prepofitions ; as, intus, intro, from in ; clancwlum, frcm clam ; /ultus, from fub, &c.

Adverbs derived from adjeéîives are commonly, com pared like their primitives. The pgfitive generally ends in e, or ter ; as, durè, facilè, acriter : The comparative, in ius ; as, duriùs, faciliùs, acriùs : The /uperlative, in ime ; as, durißimè, facillimè, acerrîmè. Ifthe comparifon of the adje&ive be irregular or defeétive, the comparifon of the adverb is fo too ; as, benè, meliùs, optimè ; malè, pejifs, peffimè ; parùm, minùs, minimè, & um ; multùm, plus, plu fimùm ; prope, propiùs, proximè ; ocyùs, ocyffime ; priùs, primo, -ùm ; nuper, nuperrime ; novè, & noviter, noviffimè ; meritò, me ritiffimò; &e. Thofe adverbs alfo are compared whofe primitivcs *are obfolete ; at, fæpè, fæpiùs, fæpiffimè ; penitùs, penitiùs, penitif fimè ; fatis, fatiùs ; fecus,feciùs ; &c. Magis, maxime ; ard potius,

potiffimum, want the pofitive. * Adverbs are varioufly compounded of all the different parts of fpeech ; tbus, poftridie, magnopère, maximopere, fummopere, tanto pere, multimödis, omnimödis, quomödo, quare ; of poflero die ; inagno opere, &'c. I}icet, fcilicet, videlicet, ofire, fcire,videre licct; illico, o/in loco ; quorfum, of quo verfum ; commínus, hand to hand, of cum or con and manus; eminus, at a djfance, gf e, amd manus ; quor

• fun, o/ quo verfum ; denuo anezw, gf de novo ; quin, why not, but, of

qui ne ; cur, of cui rei ; pcdetentim, fep %y fep, a, it vere pedem rendendo ; perendie./r perempto die ; nimirum, orne, i e. non mi -

123

Prepositio*.

rum ; antea, poftea, præterea, &c. of ante amd ea, &'c. Ubivis, quo vis, undelibet, quoufque, ficut, ficüti, velut, velüti, defüper, infuper, quamobrem, &c. of ubi, and vis, &c. nudiuflertius, of nunc dies ter tius ; identidem, ofidem et idem ; impræfentiarum, i. e. in tempore rerum præfentium, &c.

Obf. 1. The Adverb is not an effential part of fpeech. It only ferves to exprefs fhortly, in one word, what muft otherwife havc required two or more ; as, /pienter, wifely, for cum /apientia ; hic, for in boc loco ; /emper, for in omni tempore ; /emel, for unâ vice ; bis, for dua bus vicibus ; Mehercule, for Hercules me juvet, &'c.

Obf. 2. Some adverbs of time, place, and order, are frequently ufed the one for the other : as, ubi, where or when ; inde, from that ' place, from that time, after that, next ; baäänus, hithcrto, thus far, with refpe&t to place, time, or ordcr, &c. v.

Obf. 3. Some adverbs of time are either pu/f, prgfent, or future ; as jam, already, now, by and by ; olim, long ago, fome time, hereafter. Some adverbs of plâce are êqually various ; thus, e/e peregrè, to be abroad ; ire peregrè, to go abroàd; redire peregrè, to rcturn from abroad.

Obf. 4. Interrogative adverbs of time and place doubled, or compounded with cunque, anfwer to the Engli£h adje&ion /o ever ;

as, ubiubi, or ubicungue, wherefoever ; quoquâ, quòcunqe, whitherfoever, &c. The fame holds alfo in other interrogative words ; as, quotquot, or quotcunque, how many foever ; quant/juantur, or quant/eunque, how gr&at focver ; utut, or utcunque, however or howfoevcr, &c. FREPOSITION,

A Prepofition is an indeclinable word which fhews the Felation of one thing to another. There are twènty-eight Prepofitions in Latin which Š° the accufative ; that is, have an accufative after them.

Ad,

fnfra,

Aeneatb.

Apud,

4#.

Juxta,

INigh to.

Ante, Adverfus, Adverfum,

Before,

Ob, Propter,

Contra, Cis, £itra,

3 4gaity?, towards. ;:? Again/?. Præter, Penes, $ On this /ide. Po(l, -

Eor.

Eor, hard by.

É?

I8y, Eefides, except.

£?

In the power o

Circa, _ . Circum,

About

Erga,

Towardr. }Vitbout.

Secundum,

According to.

Supra,

Above.

Between, among,

Trans, Ultra,

On the farther /ide. Beyond,

Extra, Hnter, batra,

14 *•

{{^ifhit.

Pone, Secus,

JBebimd.

JBy, along.

{24

PReposition.

The Prepofitions which goverm the ablative are fifteen ; namely, A,

De,

Q/, concerning.

From, or by.

É;,

Abfque,

yVithout.

Cum,

}VitB. JVithout the know-

Pro, Præ, Palam,

Eefore.

Sine,

JVithout.

Temus,

Up to, as far at.

$, Clam

ledge of

am,

Coram,

£*£ %. tbe pre-

3 Q/, out of. Por. *

•

JVith the knowledge off.

Thefe four govern fometimes the accufative, and fome times the ablative :

In, In, into.

Sub, Under.

Super, Above.

Subter, Be

neath.

Obf. 1. Prepofitions are fo called, becaufe they are generally glaced ígáre the word with which they are joined. Some, however, are put after ; as, cum, when joined with me, te, /e, and fometiines

with quo, qui, and quibus : thus, mecum, tecum, &c. Tenus is always placed after ; as, memto tenus, up to the chin. So likewife are verfus and u/que ; and ward, in Englifh ; as, toward, eoy/ward, &c. Obf. 2. Prepofitions, both in Englifh and I.atin, are often com

pounded with other parts of fpeech, particularly with verbs ; as, fubire, to undergo. In Englifh they are frequently put after verbs ; as, to go in, to go out, fo look to, &c.

Prepofitions are alfo fcr::ctime$ eompotanded together ; as, Ex ad. verfus eum locum, Cic. Ex adverfum Atbenas, C. Nep. In ante diem quartum Kalendarum Decembris djfiulit, i. e. ufque in eum diem, Cic. Sup plicatio indiéia £/? ex ante diem quintum Idus O&ob. i. e. ab eo die, Liv. Ex

ante pridie Idus Septembris, Plin. But prepofitions compounded to

gether commonly become adverbs ór conjun&tions ; as, propälam, protinus, in/uper, &c.

Obf. 3. Prepofitions in compofition ufually retain their primitive fignification : as, adeo, to go to: prapono, to place beföre. But from this there are feveral exceptiohs. ' 1. In joined with adje&ives generally denotes privation; as, infidus, unfaithful : but when join ed with verbs, increafes their fignification ; as, indüro, to harden greatly. In fome words in has two contrary fenfes ; as, invöcätur,

$allcdupon, or not called upon. So infrinátus, immitätür, ip/ùetus, jppetfus, inhumatus, interitatus, &c. 2. Per commonly increafes the

fignification ;

as, Percärus, percäder, percämis, percuriófus, perdifficilis,

£erelegans, pergrätus, pergrävis, perbg/?itälis, perillyiris, perlatus, &c. very dear, very fwift, &c. T 3. Päae föimetimés ináreafés ; as, Præclárus, prædives, prædulcis,£Τ; præpinguis, prævalidus : prævaleo, præpolleo :

and alfo Ex ; as, Èx:/3wo, exaggêre, exaugeo, excalefacio, extenuo, exbiläro; v

Interjection.

1 25

but £x fometimes denotes privation ; as, Exfanguis, bloodlefs, pale ; excors, examinis, -mo, &c. 4. SuB often diminifhes ; as, Subalbidus, /ubabfurdus, fubamârus, fubdulcis, fubgrandis, fubgrävis, fubniger, &c, a little

white or whitifh, &c. De oftem (ìgnifiés downwärd ; as, Dec;do, decurro, degrävo, defficio, deläbor : fometimes increafes ; as, Deämo, de

miror ; and fometimes expreffes privation ; as, Demens, decólor, de Jformis, &c.

Obf. 4. There are five or fix fyllables, namely, am, di, or dif, re, /£, com, which are commonly called In/eparable Prepo/itionr, becaufe they are only to be found in compound words: hówever they gen erally add fomething to the fignification of the words with which they are compounded ; thus, Am, round about. fAmbio, to /urround. Di, Dis,

3 4/under,

Re, Se, Com,

again. afide or apart. together.

Divello, | Difträho, { Relêgo,

to pull afunder. to draxv o/under. to read again. Sepöno, to lay afide. Concrcfco, to grow together;.

INTERJECTION.

An Interje&ion is an indeclinable word thrown in be t«ween the pärts of a fentence, to exprefs fome paflion or emotion of the mind.

Some Interje&ions are natural founds, and common to all lan guages ; as, Ob ! Ab !

Interje&ions exprefs in one word a whole fentence, and thus fit ly reprefent the quicknefs of the paffions. The different paffions have commonly different words to exprefs them ; thus,

. JOY ; as, evax ! hey, brave, io ! . GRIEF; as, ab, bei, beu, ebeu ! ah, alas, woes me!

. WONDER; as, papae ! O ftrange ? val ! hah ! PRAISE ; as, euge ! well done !

. AvERSiON ; a5, apäge ! away, begone, avaunt,off, fy, tufh ! . EXCLAIMING ; as, Ob, prob ! O ! . SURPRISE or FEAR ; as, atat i ha, aha ! IMPRECATION ; as, væ ? wo, pox on't ! . LAUGHTER ; as, ba, ha, be /

18. SILENCING ; as, au, /?, pax ? filence, hufh, 'ft ! 1 1. CALLING; as, ebo, ebãdum, io, bo ? fo, ho, ho, O !

12. DERISION ; as, lui / away with ! r 3. ATTENTION ; as, bem / ha !

Some Interje&ions denote fevcral different paffions : thus,.Pa}; is ufed to exprefs joy, and forrow, and wonder, &c. Adje&ive$ of thé neuter gender are fometimes ufed for interjec tions; as, Malum / with a mifchi ef! Infandum ! O {hame ! fy, fy : JMi,:rum, O wretched ! Nefas ? O the villany ! L2

i 26

CoNJUNcTioN. *

CONJUNCTION.

A Conjun&iom is an indeclinable word, which ferves to join fentences together. -

Thus, 1'ou and I, and tbe boy, read /irgil, is one fentence, made up of thefe three, by the conjunétion and twice employed ; I read /ir gil ; 1'ou read J^irgil ; Tbe boy read. /irgil. In like manner, * You and I read Virgil, but the boy reads Ovid," is onc fentence, made up of three, by the conjunétions and and but, Conjuin&tions, according to their different meaning, are divided into the following clafTes : 1. COPULATIVE; as, et, ac, atque, que, and ; etiam, quoque, item, -

alfo ; cum, tum, both, and. Alfo their contraries, nec, neque, neu, neve, neither, nor.

•2. DISJUNCTIVE; as, aut, ve, vcl, feu, five, either, or. 3. CONCESSIVE ; as, etfi, etiamfi, tametfi, licet, qaanquam, quamvir; though, although, albeit. 4. ADVERSATIVE ; as, /ed, verum, autem, at, a/?, atqui, but ; ta

7nen, attämen, verantamen, verumenimvèro, yet, notwithftanding, never thelefs.

5. CAUSAI, ; as, nam, namque, enim, for; quia, quippe, quoniam, bc caufe ; quòd, that, becaufe.

6. ILLATIVE or RATIONAL ; as, ergo, ideo, igitur, idcirco, itoque, thcrefore ; quapropter, quocirca, wherefore ; proinde, therefore ; £um, quwm, feeing, fince ; quandoquidem, forasmuch as. 7. FINAL or PERFECTIVE ; as, ut, uti, that, to the end that.

8. CONDITiONAL; as, fi, fin, if; dum, modo, dummádo, providcg, upon condition that ; fiquidem, if indeed.

9. EXCEPTIVE or RESTRICTIVE ; as, ni, nffi, unlefs, except. 1o. DIMINUTl VE ; as, /altem, certe, at lcaft.

1 1. SUSPENSIVE or DUBITATiVE ; as, an, anne, num, whether ; %e, annon, whether, not ; necne, or, not.

12. EXPLETIVE ; as auiem, vero, now, truly ; quidem, equidem, irt deed.

13. ORDINATIVE ; as, deinde, thereafter; denique, finally ; iuiper, noreover ; caetárum, moreover, but, howevcr.

14. DECLARATIVE; as, videlicet, /cilicet, nempe, nimiram, &c. to wit, nameiy.

Obf. 1. The fame words, as they are taken in different views,are laoth adverbs and conjux 7ions. Thus, an, aane, &c. are ejther interroga zìve adverbs : as, An /èribit ? Does he write ? or //per/ive conjun&ioris ; as, Ni/io am /èribat, I know not if he writes.

Obf. 2 Some conjunctions, according to their natnral order, {tand firft in a fentence ; as, 4c, atque, nec, neque, aut, vel, five, at, /ed, verum, nam, quandoquidem, quoci, ca, quare, fin, fiquidem, præterquam, &c. :

fome ftand in the fecond place ; as, AÉtem, vero, quoque, quidem, enim : and foinc may indifferently be put either firf of féconâ ; as, Etiam, equidem, licet, quamvis, quanquam, tamem, attamen, namque, quod, quia, quo niam, quj©®e, utpote, ut, uti, ergo, ideo, igitur, idcirco, itaque, puoinde, prçg*

Syntax or Conftru&tion of Words in Sentences,

127

rga, fi, ni, njfi, &c. Hence arofe the divifion of them into Prepofitive, Subjunâive, and Common. To the fubjun&ive may be added thefe

three, que, ve, ne, which are always joined to fome othcr word, and are called Enclitics, becaufe, when put after long fyllables, they máke the accent incline to the foregoing fyllable ; as in the foilowing verfe,

Indo&tufque pilæ, difcive, trochive, quiefcit. Horat. But when thcfe enclitic conjun&ions come after a fhort vowel, they do not affe&t its pronunciation ; thus, Arbuteos fœtus montanäque fraga legebant.

Qvid.

SENTENCES.

A ses resce is any

thought of the mind expreffed by

two or more words put together ; as, I read. The boy reads Virgil. That part of grammar which teaches to put words -

rightly together in fentences, is called Syntax or Con/lruc ftom.

Words in fentences have a twofold relation to one an

other ; namely, that of Concord or Agreement ; and that of Government or Influence.

Concord, is when one word agrees with another in fome accidents ; as, in gender, number, peffon, or cafe. Government, is when one word requires another to be put in a certain cafe, or mode. General principles of SyntAx. 1. In every fentence, there muft be a verb and a nom, inative expre{fed or underftood. 2. Every adje&ive muft have a fubftantive expreffedor underftood.

3. All the cafes of Latin nouns, except the nominative and vocative, muft be governed by fome other word. 4. The genitive is governed by a fubftantive noun ex preffed or underftood. 5. The dative is governed by adje&ives and verbs. 6. The accufative is governed by an a&tive verb, or by a prepofition ; or is placed before the infinitive,

AGRE ement of Words in Sentences.

128

7. The vocative ftands by itfelf, or has an interje&iom joined with it. 8. The ablative is governed by a prepofition expreffed -

or underftood.

9. The infinitive is governed by fome verbor adje&ive. All Sentences are either Simple or CoM pound. Syntax therefore may be divided into two parts, according to the general divifion of fentences. -

SIMPLE SENTENCES.

A Simple Sentence is that which has but one nominative ; and one finite verb, ubat is, a verb in the indicative, fubjun&tive, or im perative mode. In a fimple fentence, there is only one Subjeâ and one Attribute. '

The Subject is the word which marks the perfon or thing fpok cn o£.

The Atraubutr expreffes what we affirm concerning the fub

The boy reads his le/on : Here, “ the boy,” is the Sub

Jje&t ; as,

jeâ of difcourfe, or the perfon fpoken of ; * reads his lef. fom,” is the Attribute, or what we affirm concerning the fubje&. The diligent boy reads his leffon carefully at 7iome. Here we have ftill the fame fubjeét, ** the boy,'° marked by the chara&ter of ** diligent,” added to it ; and the fame attribute, ** reads his leffon,** with the circumftances of

manner and place fubjoined, * carefully,'° ** at home.” •

CONCORD.

The following words agree together in fentences, 1. A fubftantive with a fubftantive. 2. An adje&ive with a fubftantive. 3. A verb with a nominative. 1. Agreement of one Subßantive with another.

Ruie 1. Subftantives fignifying the fame thing, agree in cafe ; as, Cicero orätor, Cicero the Orator; Cicerónis oratóris, Of Cicero the Or ator. Urbs Athène, The city Athens; Urbi, Atbänärum, Of the city Athens.

2. Aegreement of an Adjeâive with a Sub/îantive. 2. An Adjeétive agrees wiuh a Subftantive, in gender; sumber, and cafe ; as,

AGRE eMent of Words in Sentences. Bonus vir, a good man ;

Boni viri, good men.

JFamina caffa, a chafte woman ;

Fæminæ cafae, chaße women.

Dulce pomum, a fweet apple ; Dulcia poma, fweet apples. And fo through all the cafes and degrees of comparifon.

129

This rule applies alfo to Adje&tive pronouns and Participles ; as, AMeus liber, my book ; ager colendus, a field to be tilled.

Obf. 1. The fubftantive is frequently underftood, or its place fupplied by an infinitive ; and then the adje&ive is put in the neuter gender ; as, tri/fe, fc. negotium, a fad thing, Virg. ; Tuum /cire, the fame with, tua /cientia, thy knowledge, Perf. We fometimes however find the fub

ftantive underftood in the feminine ; as, Non po/leriores fe ram, fup. partes, Ter. Obf. 2. An adje&ive often fupplies the place of a fub

ftantive ; as, Certur amicus, A fure friend : Bona ferina, Good venifon : Summum bonum, The chief good : Homo

being underftood to amicus, caro to ferina, and negotium to bonum.

Obf. 3. Thefe adjeétives, primus, mediur, ultimur, extre. mus, infimus, imus, fummur, /upremur, reliquus, cætera, ufually fignify the firff part, the middle part, &c. of any thing ; as, Media nox, the middle part efthe night ; Summa arbor, the

higheft part of a tree.

Obf. 4. Whether the adje&ive or fubftantive ought to be placed firft in Latin, no certain rule can be given. Only if the fubftantive be a monofyllable, and the adjec tive a polyfyllable, the fubftantive is elegantly put firft ;

as, vir clariffimus, res preffantiffima, &c. 3. Agreement of a Perb with a Nominative.

3. A verb agrees with the Nominative before it in number and perfon ; as, Ægo lego, I read;

AVos legimur, We read.

Tu fcribis, Thou writef or you write ; Vos fcribitis, Ye or you write. Aræceptor docet, The mafter teaches ; Præceptores docent, Mafters teach. And fo through all the modes, tenfes, and numbers. Obf. I. Ego and now are of the firft perfon ; tu and vos of the fec ond perfon ; ille and all other words, of the third. The nominative

of the firft and fecond perfon in I.atin is feldom expreffed, unlefs for the fake of empbafis or diftin&ion ; as, Tu es patronus, tu pater, Ter. Tu legis, ego /cribo. Obf. 2. An infinitive, or fome part of a fentence, often fupplies the place of a nominative ; as, Mentiri efi turpe, to lie is bafe ; Diu non perlitatum tenuit diéïatorem ; The facrifice not bcing attcnded

132

Governm enir of SubstAntivE s.

mihi effe beato, I may be happy ; or, licet mihi gffe beatum, me being underftood ; thus, licet mihi (me) e//e beatum. The dative before effe is often to be fupplied ; as, Licet effe bea tum, One maybe happy, fcil. alicui or homini. Obf. 5. The poets ufe certain forms ofexpreffion, which -

are not to be imitated in profe ; tbus, Retulit Ajax 7ovis

effe pronäpos, for Se effe pronepotem ; Ovid. Cum pateris /apient emendatu/que vocari, for te vocari /apientem, &c. Horat. Ep. 1. 16. Acceptum refero verfibus effe nocent ; Ovid. Tu tumque putavit jam bonus effe focer ; Lucan. GOVERNMENT. I. 'The Governm fnt of SubstAntives.

VI. One Subftantive governs another in the genitive,

/when the latter Subflantive fignjfiet a different thing from the former ;) as, Amor Dei, The love of God; ILex naturae, The law of nature. Domus Caesăris, The houfe of Cæfar, or Cæfar's houfe.

Obf. 1. When one fubftantive is governed by another

in the genitive, it expreffes in general the relation of pro perty dr poffeffion, and therefore is often elegantly turned into a poffeffive adje&tive ; as Domus patris, or paterna, a father's houfe ; Filius heri or herilis, a mafter's fon : and among the poets, Labor Herculeus, for Herculis ; Eryfi, 1'vandrius, for Evandri.

Obf. 2. When the fubftantive noun in the genitive fig nifies a perfon, it may be taken either in an a&ive orTa paffive fenfe ; thus, Amor Dei, The love of God, either means the love of God towards us, or our love towards

him : So Caritas patris, fignifies either, The affe&ion of a father to his children, or theirs to him. But often the fubftantive can only be taken either in an a&tive or in a

paffive fenfe ; thus, Timor Dei, always implies Deus timetur; and Providentia Dei, Deus providet. Obf. 3. Both the former and latter fubftantive are fometimes to be underftood ; as, Heáöris Andromache, fcil.

uxor ; /entum £/? ad vefle, fcil. aedem or templum ; Ventum eff tria millia, fcil. paffuum, three miles. Obf. 4. We find the dative often ufed after a verb foe

the genitive, particularly among the poets ; as, Ei corpus porrigitur, His body is extended; Virg.

Gowern Ment or SubstAntives.

133

Obf. 5. Some fubftantives are joined with eertain pre pofitions ; at, Amicitia, inimicitia, pax, cum aliquo ; Amor in, vel erga, aliquem ; Gaudium de re ; Cura de

aliquo ; Mentio illius, vel de illo ; Quies ab armis ; Fu mus ex incendiis, &c.

Obf. 6. The genitive in Latin is often rendered in

Englifh by feveral other particles befides of; as, Defenfùs Averni, the defcent to Avernus ; Prudentia juris, skill in the law.

SUBSTANTIVE PRONOUNS are governed in the genitive like fubftantive nouns : as, pars mei, a part of me. So alfo adje&ive pronouns when ufed as fubftantives, or having a noun underftood ; as, Liber ejus, illius, bujus, &c. The book of him, or his book, fc. bominis : The book of her, or her book, fc. fæminæ. JLibri eorum, v. earum, Their books. Cujus liber, the book of whom,

or whofe book ; Quorum libri, whofe books, &c. But we always fay, neus liber, not mei ; pater noffer, not noßri : /uum jus, not /ui. ' When a paffive fenfe is expreffed, we ufe mei, tui, fiii, nofiri, vgfri, mg/?rum, veßrum ; but we ufe thcir poffeffives, when am a&tive fenfe is expreffed ; as, Amor mei, The love of me, that is, The love where

with I am loved ; amor meus, my love, that is, the love wherewith 1 love. - We find however the pofTefTives fometimes ufed pafTively, and their primitives taken aétively ; as, Odium tuum, Hatred of thee, Ter. Labor mei, My labour, Plaut. The poffeffives meus, tuus, fuus, nofter, vgfier, have fometimes nouns, pronouns, and participles after them in the genitive ; as, Peéfus tuum hominis fimplicis, Cic. 2. Phil. Nofter duorum cventus, Liv. Tuum ipfius ftudium, Cic. Mea fcripta timentis, &c. Hor. Solius meum peccatum corrigi non poteft, Cic. Id maxime quemque decet, quod eft cujufque fuum maximae. Id. The reciprocals SUI and SUUS are ufed, when the a&ion of the verb is refle&ed, as it were, upon its nominative; ar, Cato interfe cit fe ; Miles defendit fuam vitam ; Dicit fe fcripturum effe. We find however i, or ille fometimes ufed in examples of this kind ; ar, Deum agnofcimus ex operibus ejus, Cic. Perfuadent Rauracis, ut una cum iis proficifcantur, for una fecum. Ca/. _*

VII. If the latter Subftantive have an Adje&ive of praife or difpraife joined with it, they may be put in the genitive or ablative ; as, Vir fummae prudentiæ, or fummâ prudentiâ, A man ofgreat xvj/îom. Euer probæ indolis, or probâ indole, A boy of a good difpofition. M.

134

Gove RN M ent of Substantives.

Obf. r. The ablative here is not properly governed by the fore* going fubftantive, but by fome prepofìtion underftood ; as, cum, de, ex, in, &c, Thus, /ir/ummâ prudentiâ, is the fame with vir cum /um ma prudentia.

Qbf. 2. In fome phrafes the genitive is only ufed ; ar, Magni for mica laboris, Tbe laborious ant : Vir imi fubfellii, homo minimi pretii, a per/on oftbe lowg/? rank. Non multi cibi hofpitem accipies, fed mul ti joci, Cic. Ager trium jugerum. In others only the ablative ; ar, Es bono animo, Be of good courage. Mira fum alacritate ad litigan dum, Cic.

Capite aperto eft, His bead is bare ; obvoluto, covered.

Capite et fupercilio femper eft rafis, Id. Mulier magno natu, Liv. Sometimes both are ufed in the fame fentence ; ar, Adolefcens ex

imiâ fpe, fummæ virtutis, Cic. The ablative more frequently occurs in profe than the genitive. Obf. 3. Sometimes the adje&ive agrees in cafe with the former

fubftantive, and then the latter fubftantive is put in the ablative : thus, we fay cither, J^ir præfiantis ingenii, or præfanti ingenio ; or /ir præftans ingenio, and

fometimes praefians

ingenii.

Among the poets the

latter fubftantive is frequently put in the accufative by a Greek conftru&ion, fecundum, or quod ad being underflood by the figure commonly called Synecdäcbe ; as, Miles fraétus membra, i e. fraétus feeundum, or quod ad membra, or habens membra fra&a. Os hume

rofque dco fimilis. /irg.

4jeâive, taken at Subffantiver.

VIII. An Adje&ive in the rieuter gender

without a

fubftantive governs the genitive ; as, NMultum pecuniæ, Mucb money.

Quid rei eft ? JVÎat i, tbe matter ?

Obf. 1. This manner of expreffion is more elegant than Multa pecunia, and therefore is much ufed by the beft writers ; as, Plus elo quentiæ, minus fapientiæ, tantum fidei, id negotii ; Quicquid erat patrum, reos diceres, Liv.

Obf 2. The adjeétives which thus govern the geritive like fub

ftantivcs, gencraliy fignify quantity;

as, multum, plus, plurimum, tantum, quantum, minus, minimum, &c. To which add, hoc, illud, iftud, id, quid, aliquid, quidvis, quiddam, &c. Plus and quid almofl always govern the genitive, and therefore by forme are thought to be fubflantives.

Obf. 3. Nibil, and thcfe neuter pronouns, quid, aliquid, &c. ele gantly govern neuter adje&ives of the firft and fecond declenfion in the genitive ; as, nihil finceri, no fincerity ; but feldom govern ih

this manner adjeétives of the third dccfenfion, particulärly thofe which end in iì and e ; as, Nequid hgffile timerent, not bgffilii : We find however

quicquid civilis, I,iv. 5. 3.

Qbf. 4. Pliiral adje&ives ófthe neuter gender alfo govcrn the genitive, commoniy the genitive plura] ; as, Anguffa viarum, Opaca

Govern M ent of Adjectives. -

I 35

beorum, Telluris operta, loca being underftood. So Amara curarum, acuta belli, /.. negotia, Horat. An adjeétive indeed of any gender

may have a genitive after it, with a fubftantivo underftood; as, Amicus Cæfaris, Patria Ulyflis, &c.

Opus and Ufur. IX. Opus and U/ur, fignifying need, require the abla tive ; as, Efi opus pecuniâ,There is need of momey ; U/u, viribus, Need offlrength. Obf. 1. Opus and ufus are fubftantive nouns, and do not govern

the ablative of themfelves, but by fome prepofition, as pro or the like, nnderftood. They fometimcs alfo, although more rarely, goverm thc genitive; at, Le&ionis opus eft, ®gin&. Operæ ufus eft, Liv.

Obf. 2. Opus is oftem conftrued like an indeclinable adjeétive; ar,

I)ux nobis opus cft, We need a general, Cic. Dices nummos mihi opus effe. Id.

Nobis exempla opus funt. Id.

Obf. 3. Opus is elegantly joined with the perfe& participle ; as, Opus maturato, Need of hafte ; Opus confulto, Necd of deliberation ; ggia /a&io u/u, g/ ? Ter. The participle has fometimes a fubftantive j6ined with it ; as, Mihi opus fuit Hirtio convento, It behoved me to meet with Hirtius, Cic.

Obf. 4. Opus is fomctimes joined with the infinitive, or the fub junétive with ut ; as, Siquid forte fit, quod opus fit fciri, Gic. Nunc tibi opus eft, ægram ut te adfimules, Plaut. lt is oftem placed ab/o-

lutely, i. e. without depending on any other word ; as, fic opus eft, fì opus fit, &c. -

II. GoveRN MeNT of ADJectives;

1. Adje&ives governing the Genitive.

X. Verbal adje&ives, or fuch as fignify an affe&icn of the mind, govern the genitive ; as, Avidus gloriæ, Defirous ofglory. Ignarus fraudis, Ignorant offraud. Memor beneficiorum, Mindful offavors.

To this rule *belong, I. Verbal adje&ives in AX ; as, capax, edax, ferax, tenax, pertinax, &c. and certain particip- * ial adje&ives in NS and TUS ; as, amans, appètens, cupi ens, insìlent, fciens ; confultus, doâur, expertur, infuetur, info

litur, &c. II. Adje&ives expreffing various affe&ions of the mind ; 1. Defire ; as, avarus, cupidus, fludiofur, &c.

2. Knowledge, ignorance and doubting ; as, callidus, certui,

136

GoveanM ent of ADJectives.

certior, con/éius, gnarus, peritur, prudent, &c.

Ignarur, incer

tus, infcius, imprudens, imperitus, immémor, rudis ; ambiguur,dubiui, /u/pen/us, &c. 3. Care and diligence, and the con trary ; as, anxius, curiofus, /olicitw, providus, diligens ; incu riofus, fecurus, negligens, &c. 4. Fear and confidence ; as, formidolofus, pavidus, timidus, trepidus ; impavidus, interritur, intrepidus. 5. Guilt and innocence ; as, noxius, reus, /uf &iur, compertus ; innoxius, innoeens, in/onr.

To thefe add many adje&ives of various fignifications ; at, æger animi ; ardens, audax, ayerfus, diverfus, egre ius, ere&tus, falfus, felix, feffus, furens, ingens, integer, aetus, præftans, animi ; modicus voti ; integer vitae ; feri ftudiorum, Hor.

But we /ay æger pedibus, ardens in cu

piditatibus, præftans do&trinâ, modicus cultu ; Laetus ne gotio, de re, or propter rem, &c. and never æger pedum, &c. obf. 1. Verbals in NS are ufed both as adjeétives ond partici ples ; thus, patiens algóris, able to bear cold ; and patiens algorem, ac• tually beariag cold. So amans virtutis, and amans virtutem; doc tus grammaticæ, /iiiled in grammar ; doétus grammaticam, one wbo ba* learned it.

Obf. 2. Many of thefe adjeétives vary their conftru&ion, as, avi dus in pecuniis, Civ. Avidior ad rem, Ter. Jure confultus & pe ritus, or juris, Cic. Rudis literarum, in jure civili, Cic. Rudis, arte, ad mala, 0vid. Doétus Latine, Latinis, literis, Cic. AfTuetus labo

re, in omnia, Liv. Manfæ herili, Virg. Infuetus moribus Romanis, in tbe dat, Liv. Laboris, ad onera portanda, C«f. Defuetus bello, & triumphis in the dat, or abl. ratber the dat. /irg. Anxius, follicitus,

fecurus, de re aliqua; diligens in, ad, de, Cie. 'Negligens in aliquem, in or de re : Reus de vi, criminibus, Cic. Certior fa&us de re, ratber than rei, Cic.

Obf 3. The genitive after thefe adje&ives is thought to be gov* erned by caufâ, in re, or in negotio, or fome fuch word underftöod ; as, Cupidus laudis, i. e. cau/a or in re laudir, defirous of praife, that is,

on account of, or in the matter of praife, But many of the adjec tives themfelves may be fuppofed to contain in their own fignifica tion the force of a fubftantive; thus, ßudiofùs pecuniæ, fond of money, is the fame with babens ßudium pecuniæ, havinga fondnefs for moncy.

XI. Partitives, and words placed partitively, compara tives, fuperlatives, interrogatives, and fome numerals,

govern the genitive plural ; as, , philofophers.

4liquis philo/opborum,

Some one of the

Sewior /ratrum,

The elder cf the brothers.

Gowern M enr of Adjectives. fjo&iffimus Romanorum, 32uis noflrum ?

137

The moft learned of the Romans. Which of us ?

&Vna mu/arum,

One of the mufes.

• The eighth of the wife men.

0άavus fapientum,

Adje&tives are called Partitives, or are faid to be pla ced pârtitively, when they fignify a part of any number of perfons or things, having âfter them, in Englifh, ofor among ; as, alius, nullus, folus, &c. quis and qui, with their compounds : alfo Comparatives, Superlatives, and fome Numerals ; as, umus, duo, tres ; primus, fecundur, &c. To thefe add multi, pauci, plerique, medius. -

Obf 1. Partitives, &c. agree in gender with the fubflantive which they have after them in the genitive ; but whem there are two fubftantives of different genders, the partitive, &c. rather agrees with the former ; as, Indus fluminum maximus, Cic. Rarely with

the latter ; as, Dclpbinus animalium velociffimum, Plin. The gen itive here is governed by ex numero, or by the fame fubftantive un

derftood in the fingular number ; as, Nulla fororum, fcil. foror, or ex numero fòrorum, Obf. 2. Partitives, &c. are oftem otherwife conftrued with the prepofitions de, e, ex, or in ; as, Unus de fratribus ; or by the , poets,

with ante or inter ; as, Pulcherrimus ante omnes, for omnium, Virg. Primus inter omnes, Id.

Obf. 3. Partitives, &c. govern colle&ive nomns in the genitive fingular, and are of tbe fame gender with the individuals of which the colleétive noun is compofed; as, Vir fortiffimus noftræ civita tis, Cic. Maximus ftirpis, Liv. Ultimos orbis, Hor.

Obf. 4. Comparatives are ufed, when we fpeak of two; Superla tives when we fpeak of more than two; as, Major fratrum, The cl der of the brothers, meaning two ; Maximus fratrum, The eldeft of the brothers, meaning more iban two. In like manner, uter, alter, neuter, are applied with regard to two ; quis, unus, alius, nullus with -

regard to three or more ; as, Uter vgfirum, Whether or which of you *wo ; Quis veßrum, Which of you tbree : but thefe are fometimes taken promifcuoufly the one for the other.

2. Adjeâive* governing the Dative.

XII. Adje&ives fignifying profit or difprofit, 1{kenefs or unlikenefs, &c. govern tbe dative ; as, Ut;lis bello,

Profitable for war.

JPernició/us reipublicæ, Sigilis patri, M2

Hurtful to the commonwealth. ' Like to his fatber,

Government of Adjectives.

138

Or thus, any adjeâive maygovern the dative in Latin, which has the fign* TO or F0R afler it in Engli/b. To this rule bclong ;

1. Adjeétives of profit or difprofit ; ar, Benignus, bonus, commo dus, felix, fru&uofus, profper, faluber.—Calamitofus, damnofus, dirus, exitiofus, funeftus, incommodus, malus, noxius, perniciofus, peftifer.

2. Of pleafure or. pain ; as, Acceptus, dulcis, gratus, gratiofus,ju Acerbus, amarus, infuavis, injucundus, in gratus, moleftus, triftis. 3. Of friendfhip or hatred ; as, Addi&us, æquus, amicus, benev

cundus, lætus, fuavis.

olus, blandus, carus, deditus, fidus, fidelis, lenis, mitis, propitius,

Adverfus, æmulus, afper, crudelis, contrarius, infenfus, infeftus, infi dus, immitis, inimicus, iniquus, invifus, invidus, iratus, odiofus, fuf peétus, trux.

4. Of clearne£ or obfcurity ; as, Apertus, certus, compertus, con• fpicuus, manifeftus, notus, perfpicuus.—Ambiguus, dubius, igno tus, incertus, obfcurus.

, 5.

of nearnefs ; at, Finitimus, propior, proximus, propinquus, fo

crufs, vicinus.

6. Of fitnefs or unfitnefs ; ar, Aptus, appofitus, accommodatus, ha Ineptus, inhabilis, importunus, in

bilis, idoneus, opportunus. convcnicns.

Dif 7. Of eafe or difficulty ; as, Facilis, levis, obvius, pervius. ficilis, arduus, gravis, laboriofus, periculefus, invius. To thefe add fuch as fignify propenfity or readincfs; ar, Pronus, proclivis, pro

penfus, promptus, paratus.

8. Of cquality or inequality ; ar, Æqualis, æquævus, par, com Inæqualis, impar, difpar, difcors. Alfo of likenefs Diffimilis, abfonus, or unlikenefs, au, Similis, aemulus, gerhinus. par, fuppar.

alienus, diverfus, difcolor.

9. Several adj. compounded with CON ; as, Cognatus, concolor, concors, confinis, congruus, confanguineus, confentaneus, confonus, conveniens, contiguus, continuus, continens. Contiguous ; ar, Ma ri aër continens eft, Cis.

To thefe add many other adjeétives of various fignifications ; a/, Obnoxius, fubje&us, fupplex, credulus, abfurdus, decorus, deformis,

præfto, fecundus, &c.-particularly,

Verbals in Bilis and dus govern the dative ; as, Amandus vel amabîlis omnibus, To be loved by all men. So mor* gfi terribilis malis ; Optabilis omnibus pax ; Adbibenda efi, nobis £#-

gentia, Cic. Semel omnibus calcanda gf? via letbi, Hor. Alfo fome partici ples of the perfe& tenfe; as, Bella matribus deteffata, hated by, Hor. Verbals in dus are often conftrued with the prep. a ; as, Deus * venerandus & colendus a nobis, Cic. Perfe&t participles are ufually fo; as, Mors Craff gfi a mulii, defleta, rather than muhi, dfie*e, Cic. 4 f? invitatu, rogatur, proditus, &c. hardly cwer tibi,

GoversM ewr of Adjectivrs.

139

Obf. 1. The dative is properly not gowerned by adje&ives, nor by any other part of fpeech ; but put after them, to exprefs tbe ob ject to which their fignification refers.

The particle to in Englifh is often to be fupplied ; as, Simili, patri Like his father, to being underftood. Obf. 2. Subftantives have likewife fometimes a dative after them; as, Ille efi pater, dux, vel filius mibi, He is father, leader, or fon to me : fo, Argfidium reis, decus amicis, &c. Hor. Exitium pecori, Virg. J^irte -

tibus bo/lis, Cic.

Obf. 3. The following adjeétives have fometimes the dativo after

them, amd fometimes the genitive; Affinis, fimilis, communis, par, pro prius, finitimur, fidus, conterminus, /uperffes, confcius, æqualis, contrarius, and adverfus : as, Similis tibi, or tui ; Superfies patri or patris ; Conf.iu, fa einori or facinoris, Confcius and fome others frequently govern böth the genitive and dative ; as, Mens fibi con/cia reái. We fay, Similes, diffimiler, pares, difpares, æquales, communes, inter fe : Par & communis cum aliquo. Civitas fecum ipfa difcors ; difcordes ad alia. Liv.

Obf. 4. Adjeétives fignifying ufefulnefs or fitnefs, and the con trary, have after them the dative or the accufative with a prepofi tion ; as,

Utilit, inutilit, optus, ineptus, accommodatur, idoneus, babilis, inbabilis, op portúnus, conveniens, &c. alicui rei, or ad aliquid Many other adje&ives governing the dat. are likewife conftrued with prepofitions; as, At tentus quæfitis, Hor.

Attentus ad rem, Ter.

Obf. 5. Qf adje&ives which denote friendfhip or hatred, or any

other affeétion of the mind towards any one. 1. Some are ufually conftrued with the dative only ; as, Affabilis, arrogans, a/per, caruì, difficilis, fidelis, invifus, iratus, offenfus, /i/pe&us, alicui. II. Some with

the prepofition In and the accufative ; as, Acerbus, animatus, bengficus, gratio/us, injurigfus, liberalis, mendax, mifericors, officio/us, pius, impius, pro fixus, /everus, /ordidus, torvus, vebemens, IN ALIQUEM.

III. Sofhe either

with the dative, or with the accuf. and the prepofition 1 N, erca, or ADvexsvs going before ; as, Contumax, criminofus, durus, exitiabilis, gravis,

ho/pitalis, implacabilis, (and perhaps alfo inexorabilis & intolerabitis,) ini quus, /evus, ALIcui or in ALIQUEM. Benevolus, benignus, moleffus, ali cum, or eRGA ALIQUEM. Mitis, comit, IN, or & RGA ALIQUEM, and Ali cUI. Pervicax adversus ALIQUE M. Crudelis IN ALIQUEM, feldom

ALicuI. Amicus, æmulus, infen/us, infeffus, ALIcui, feldom 1N ALIQUEM. Gratus a£licui, or IN, ERGA, adversus ALiQUEM. We fay alienus al;cui or alicujus ; but oftener ab aliquo, and fometimes aliquo without the prepofition. AUDIENS is conftrued with two datives ; as, Regi di&io audienr

erat, he was obedient t9 the king; not regis ; Diäo audiens fuit juffi, magißratuum, Nep. Nobis diäo audientes /unt, not diáis, Cic. Öbf. 6. Adje&ives fignifying motion or tendency to a thing, have ufually after them the accufative with the prepofition ad or in, fel dom the dative ; as,

}

Pronus, properfus, proclivis, celer, tardus, piger, ©e, ad iram, or in irain,

Goveas Ment of Abjectives,

.14o

obf. 7. Propior and proximus, in imitation of their primitive prope, often govern the accufative ; as, Propior montem, fcil. ad. Sall. Proxi mus finem, Liv. Obf. 8. IDEM fometimes has the dativa, chiefy in the poets ; ar, Invitum qui fervat, idem facit occidenti, Hor. Jupiter omnibus idem, P'irg. Eadem illis cenfemus, Cic. But in profe we commonly find, idem, qui, et, ac, atque ; and alfo ut, cum ; as, Peripatetici quondam iidem erant qui Academici, Cic.

Eß animus erga te, idem ac fuit, Ter.

Dianam & Lunam eandem effe putant, Cic. Idem faciunt, ut, &c. I. eodem loco mecum, Cic.

But it would be improper to fay of the fame

perfon or thing undcr different names, idem cum ; as, Luna eadem g* eum Diana.

We likewife fay, alius ac, atque or et ; and fo fometimes fimilis & par.

3. Adjeâive, averning the Ablative. XIII, Thefe adje&ives, dignus, indignus, contentur, pre

ditur, captus, and fretus ; alfo natur, fatus, ortus, editus, and the like, gowern the ablative ; as, 1)ignus bonore, Worthy of honor. Captus oculis, Blind. [ftrength. content., parvo, Content with little. Fretus viribus,Trufiing I to his Araeditus virtute, Enduedwith virtue. Ortus regibus, Defcended ufkings. So generatur, creatus, eretur, prognatur, oriundus, procreatus, regibus.

Obf. 1. The ablative after thefe adje&ives is governed by fome prepofition underftood : as, Contentus parve, fcil. cum ; Fretur viribus, fcil. in, &c. Somctimes the prepofiton is expreffed; as, 0rtus ex concu bina, Salluft. Editur de nympha, Ovid. Obf.2. Dignus, indignus, and contentur, have fometimes the genitive affer them ; as, dignus avorum, Virg. So Maa. £/?o, or maái gfiote vir tutis or virtute, Increafe in, virtue, or Go on amid profper;T3uberem maâe virtute £ffe, Liv. In the laft example maâe feems tò be üfcd ad verbially.

4. Adjeâive, goverming the Genitive or Allative.

XIV. Adjeétives of plenty or want govern the genitiva of ablative ; as, Plenus iræ or irâ, Full of anger. Inops rationi, or ratione, void of -

feafon.

Se Non inopes temporis, fed prodigi fumus, Sen. Lentulus nön

verbis inops, Gic. Dci plena funt omnia, Cic. Maxima quæque do mus fervis eft plena fuperbis, juv. Rcs eft foliciti plena timoris amao£, 0vid. Amor & melle & felle eß fœcundiffimu$, Plaut. Fæ cunda virorum paupertas fugitur, Lucan. Omnium coiìfiliorum ejus

P°fti$$Ps.£urt. Homo ratione particeps, Cic. Nihil infidiis vacu um, Id. Vacuas @ædis habcte manus, óvi&

GoyernM ent of Verbs.

14 I

Some of thefe adje&ives are conftrued, 1. with the genitive only;

as, Benignus, exfors, impos, impotens, irritus, liberalis, munificus, praelargus.

a. With the ablative only : Beatus, differtus, frugifer, mutilus, tentus, diftentus, tumidus, turgidus. 3. With the genitive more frequently : Compos, confors, egenus,

exhæres, expers, fertilis, indigus, parcus, pauper, prodigus, (lcrilis. 4. With the ablative more frequently : Abundans, caffus, extor ris, foetus, frequens, gravis, gravidus, jejunus, liber, locuples, nudus, oneratus, onuftus, orbus, pollens, folutus, truncus, viduus, and cap tus.

5. With both promifcuoufly : Copiofus, dives, fœcundus, ferax, immunis, inanis, inops, largus, modicus, immodicus, nimius, opulen tus, plenus, potens, refertus, fatur, vacuus, uber, 6. With a prepofition ; as, Copiofus, firmus, paratus, imparatus, inops, inftru&tus, à re aliqua ; for quod ad rem aliquam attinet, im, or witb refpe&* to any fbing. Extorris ab folo patrio, bani/$ed ; Orba ab optimatibus concio, Liv. So pauper, tenuis, foecundus, modicus, parcus in re aliqua. Immunis, inanis, liber, nudus, folutus, vacuus a re aliqua. Potens ad rem, & in re.

GOVERNMENT oF vERBs. $

I•

vssms

Gove R N i N es on lY ON e

cass.

1. Verbs which govern the Genitive. XV. Sum, when it fignifies poffeffion, property, or duty, governs the genitive ; as, EÂ regis, It belongs to the king, It is the part or property of a kfng. So Infipientis eß dicere, non putâram, It is the part or property of a fool, &c. Militum ef, /υo duci parere, It is the part or duty df fol diers, &c. Laudaré fe vani ; vituperare ftulti eft. Sen. Hominis eft . errare ; Arrogantis eft negligere, quid de fe quifque fentiat. Cic. Pecus eft Meliboei, P^irg. Haec funt hominis;TTaf. Pauperis eft numerare pecus, Ovid. T Temeritas eft florentis ætatis, prudentia feneétutis, Cic.

•| Meum, tuum, /uum, noßrum, vefirum, are except ed ; as,

Tuum efi, It is your duty ; Scio tuum effe, 1 know that it is your duty. obf. 1. Thefe pofTeffive pronouns are ufed in the petiter gender inftead of their fùbftantive$, mei, tui, fii, nofiri, veftri. Oth££ poftef* fives are alfo conftrued in this manfier; ás, £j regium, % bumanun» the fame with gf regis, ef hominin

Gove an M ent of Veaas.

142

Obf. 2. Here fome fubflantive muft be underßood ; as, efficiüa, munus, ret, negotium, opus, &c. which are fometimes exprefTed ; as, Munus eft principum ; Tuum eft hoc munus, Cic. Neutiquam officium liberi cffe hominis pato, Ter. ln fome cafes the preceding fubftantive may be repeated ; as, Hic liber gf (liber) fratris. In like manner, fome fubftantive mufl be fupplied in fuch expreffions as

thefe ; Ea funt modo gloriofa, ncque patrandi belli, /cil. caufâ or fa&ta, Sall. Nihil tam æquandæ libcrtatis cft, for ad æquandam lib ertatcm pertinet, Liv.

Obf. 3. We fay, Hoc gf tuum munus, or *wi muneris : So mo* 9% vef fuit, or moris, or in more, Cic.

XVI. Mj/ereor, mi/ere/eo, and /atago, govern the genis tive; as, AMi/erere civium tuorum, Satagit rerum /uarum,

Pity your countrymen. He is fufficiently employed about hii own affairs.

Obf. 1. Several other verbs among the poets govern the genitive by a Greek conftruétion, particulariy fuch as fignify fome affe&ion of the mind ; as, Ango, decipior, defipio, difcrucior, excrucio, fallo & fallor, faftidio, invideo, laetor, miror, pendeo, ftudeo, vereor ; as, Ne angas te animi, P/awt. Laborum decipitur, Hor. Difcrucior animi, Ter. Pendet mihi animus, pendeo animi, vel animo: but vt always /ay, Pendemus animis, not animorum, are in /i/?er/?. Cic. Juf

titiae prius mirer, J^irg. In like manner, Abftineo, defino, defifto, quiefco, regno : likewife, adipifcor, condico, credo, fruftror, furo, laudo, libero, levo, participo, prohibeo : as, Abftincto irarum ; De fine querclarum ; Regnavit populorum, Hor. Dcfiftere pugnæ, Virg. Quarum rerum condixit, J.iv.

But all thcfe verbs are for the moft part differently conftrued; thus, Angor, defipio, difcrucior, fallor, animo.

Hoc animum meum

excruciat. Faftidio, miror, vereor, aliquem, vel aliquid. Lætor ali quâ re. Some of themi are joined with the infinitive ; or with qu®, ut, ne, and the fubjun&ive.

In like manner we ufually fay, Dcfino aliquid, & ab aliquo, * give over ; Defifto incepto, de negótio, ab illa mente ; Quiefco a la bore ; Regnare in equitibus, oppidis, /&. in, Cic. Per urbes, Virg. Adipifci id ; Fruftrari in re ; Furere de aliquo, £ic. Obf. 2. The genitive after verbs, in the fame manner as after ad je&ives, is governed by fome fubftantive underftood. This fubftan tive is different according to the different mcaning òf the verbs;

thus, Mifereor /ratris, fcilTcausâ ; Angor animi, fcil. dolore, or anxietate. . 2. VERBS governing the Dative.

XVII. Any verb may which has the

govern

the dative in Latin,

fign TO or FOR after it in Englifh ; as,

GoveRnM ent of Verbs.

Ainis vênit imperio, Animis redit hofiibus, Tibi ferir, tibi metis,

r 43

An end is come to the empire, Liv. Courage returns to the enemy, Id. You fow for yourfelf, you reap ior

yourfelf, Plaut. So, Non nobis folum nati fumus, Cic. Multa male eveniunt bo nis, Id. Sol lucet etiam fceleratis, Sen. Hæret lateri lethalis arun do, J^irg. -

But as the dative after verbs in Latin is not always rendered in Englifh by to or /or ; nor are thefe particles always the fign of the dative in Latin, it will be neceffary to be more particular.

I. Sum, and its compoupds, govern the dative, (except poffum ;) 4$» He commanded the army. He was prefent at prayers.

Aræfuit exercitui,

44fuit precibus,

4I EST taken for Habeo, to have, governs the dative of a perfom : as, E/? mibi liber, * Sunt mihi libri, Dico libros effè mibi,

A book is to me, that is, I have a book, Books are to me, i. e. I have books.

I fay that I have books. This is more frequently ufed than habeo librum ; babeo libror. In like manner defum inftead of careo ; as, Liber deef? mibi, I want a book ; Libri defunt mibi ; Scio libros deeffe mibi, &c.

II. Verbs compounded with sAtis, BEN e, and MA le,

govern the dative ; as, Satisfacio, /atj/io, bemg/acio, benedico, benèvolo, malefacio, maledico tibi, &c.

III. Many Verbs compounded with thefe nine prepofi tions, AD, Ante, con, is, inter, o B, PRÆ, suB, and su

per, goverm the dative ; as, 1. Accedo, accrefco, accumbo, acquiefco, adno, adnato, adequito, adhæreo, adfto, adftipulor, advolvor, affulgeo, allabor, allaboro, an nuo, appareo, applaùdo, appropinquo, arrideo, afpiro, affentior, af fideo, affifto, affuefco, affurgo. 2. Antecello, anteeo, antefto, anteverto. 3. Colludo, concino, confono, convivo.

4. Incumbo, indormio, inhio, ingemifco, inhæreo, infideo, infto, infifto, infudo, infulto, invigilo, illacrymo, illudo, imminco, immo rior, immoror, impendeo. 5. Intervenio, intermico, intercedo, intercido, interjaceo. 6. Obrepo, obluétor, obtre&to, obftrepo, obmurmuro, occumbo, occurro, occurfo, obfto, obfifto, obvenio.

7. Praecedo, præcurro, præco, praefideo, præluceo, præniteo, præ•

ßo, prævaleo, præverto.

144.

Government of Verbs.

8. Succedo, fuccumbo, fufficio, fuffragor, fubcrefco, fuboleo, fub jaceo, fubrepo.

9. Supervenio, fupercurro, fuperfto.

IV. Verbs govern the dative, which fignify, 1. To profit or hurt ; as, Proficio, profum, placeo, commodo, profpicio, cavco, metuo, ti meo, confulo for profpicio. Likewj/è, Noceo, officio, incommodo, difpliceo, infidior.

2. To favour or affift, and the contrary ; as, Faveo, gratulor, gratificor, grator, ignofco, indulgeo, parco, ad

ulor, plaudo, blandior, lenocinor, palpor, afTentor, fubparafitor. Likewife, Auxilior, adminiculor, fubvenio, fuccurro, patrocinor,

medeor, medicor, opitulor. Likewi/e, Derogo, detraho, invideo, aemulor.

3. To command and obey, to ferve and refift; as, impero, præcipio, mando, moderor, for modum adhibeo. Libe wife, Pareo, aufculto, obedio, obfequor, obtempero, morem gero, morigeror, obfecundo. Likewjfe, Famulor, fervio, infervio, miniftro, ancillor. Likewife, Repugno, obfto, relu&tor, renitor, refifto, refra gor, adverfor.

4. To threaten and to be angry ; as, Minor, comminor, interminor, irafcor, fuccenfeo. 5. To truft ; as, Fido, confido, credo, diffido.

To thefe add Nubo, excello, haereo, fupplico, cedo, defpëro, ope ror, praeftölor, prevaricor, recipio, to promjfe ; renuncio; refpondeo, to an/iber or/atisfy ; tempero, ftudeo, vaco, to apply ;

convicior.

Exc: jubeo, juvo, laedo,and offendo, goverii théâçcufative. Obf I. Verbs govcrning the dative only are either neuter verbs, 9r of a neuter fignification. A&ive verbs governing the dative have alfo an accufative expreffed or underßoöd.

Obf. 2. Moft verbs govérning the dative only, have been enume rated, becaufe there are a great many verbs compounded with prc pofitions, which do not govern the âative, but áre otherwife çon ftrueíl ; and ftill more fignifying advantage or difadvantage, &c. which govern the accufative; aí, Levo, erigo, alo, nutrio, amo, dili go, Vexo, crucio, averfor, &c. aliquem, not aíicui. Qbf 3. Many of thefe verbs arè varioufly conflrued; particularly

fuch as are compounded with a prepofitiofi ; as, Anteire, antecedere, antecellere, præcedere, præcurrere, præire, &c. alicui, or aliquem, to go before, to excel. Acguicfcere, réi, re, v. in ré. Adequitare, portæ ; Syracufas, Adjaccre, mari, v. mare, to lie mear. Adnare navibus, naves, ad naves, to/wim te. -

GoverNMENt of Verbs.

145

Adverfari ei, ra, ely eum, to oppo/e. Advolvi genibus, genua, ad genua, to fall at one's Aneer. Advolare ei, ad eum ; roftra.

Adflare rei v. homini ; rem v. hominem ; aliquid alicui, to breatbe upon.

Adulari ei, v. eum. Allabi oris; aures ejus, Virg. ad exta, Liv.

Apparere confuli, to attend; ad folium Jovis; Res apparet mihi, ap pears.

Appropinquare Britanniæ, portam, ad portam, to approacb. Dominari cun&is oris, Virg. in cætera animalia, to rule over, Ovid.

Congruere alicui, cum re aliqua, inter fe, to agree. Fidere, confidere alicui rei, aliqua re, in re.

Ignofcere mihi, culpæ meæ, mihi culpam. Impendêre alicui, aliquem, in aliquem, to bang over. Inceffit cura, cupido, timor ei, eum, v. in eum, /éized. Incumbere toro; gladium, in gladium, to /all upon ; labori, ad lau

dem, ad ftudia, in ftudium, curam, cogitationcm, &c. to apply to. Indulgere alicui, id ei ; nimio veftitu, Ter. Inhiare auro, bona ejus, togape after. Innafci agris, in agris, to grow am.

Inniti rei, re, in re; in aliquem, to depend on. Infultare rei & homini, v. hominem ; fores ; patientiam ejus, in mi feriam ejus ; bonos, to iyult over.

Latet res mihi, v. me, is unknown to me. Mederi ei ; cupiditates, to attre.

•

Miniftrare ei, to ferve ; arma, to furni/$.

Moderari animo, gentibus ; navim, omnia, to rule. Nocere ei, rarefy eum, Plaut. Nubere alicui ; in familiam : nupta ei & cum eo, Cic. •

Obrepere ei & eum, to creep upom ; in animos ; ad honores. Obftrepere auribus & aures. Obtreétare ei, laudibus, ejus, to detra&? from.

Obumbrat fibi vinea ; folem nubes, /3ades. Palpari alicui & ali quem.

Pafcifci alicui, cum aliquo; vitam ab eo, Sall. vitam pro laude, Virg. Præftolari alicui & aliquem.

Procumbere terræ ; genibus ejus, Ovid. ad genua, Liv. ad pedes, to fall.

To thefe may be added verbs, which, chiefly among the poets, govern the dative, but in profe are ufually conftrued with a prepo fition ; as, I. Contendo, certo, bello, pugno, concurro, coeo, alicui, for cum aliquo ; 2. Diftare, diffentire, difcrepare, diffidere, differre rei alicui, for a rc aliqua. We alfo fay, Contendunt, pugnant, di£ tant, &c. inter fe ; and contendere, pugnare contra & advcrfus afi quem.

146

Gove an Ment of Verbs.

obf. 4. Many vcrbs vary both their fignification and conftruc eion ; as, Timeo, metuo, formido, horreo tibi, & pro te, I am afraid for you, or for your fafety ; but timeo, horreo te, v. a te, Ifcar or dread you as an enemy; So Confulo, pro/picio, caveo tibi, I confult or provide for your fafcty ; but confulo te, I afk your advice ; pro/picio boc, I fore

fee this : Studere aliquid, to defire; alicui, to favour ; alicui rei, rem, & in re, to apply to a thing. So, Æmulor tibi, I envy ; te, I imitate; Aufculto tibi, I obey or liften to ; te, I hear; Cupio tibi, I favour ; rem, 1 de{ire; Faenero, & -or tibi, I lend you on intereft ; abs te, I borrow; IMetujfii, ne non tibi jus fæneraret, fhould not return with intereft, or

bringufury, Ter.] And thus many other verbs, which will bc af 'terwards explained. obf. 5. verbs fignifying Motion or Tendency to a thing are con -

ftrued with the prep. ad; as,

Eo, vado, curro, propero, feftino, pergo, fugio, tendo, vergo,inclino, &. ad locum, rem, v. hominem. Sometimes however in the poets

they are conftrued with the dative; as, It clamor coelo, fùr ad c&lum, Virg. *

3. Verbs governing rhe Aecufative.

XVIII. A Verb fignifying a&ively governs the accu fative ; as, .Ama Deum, Love God. Reverere parentes, Revcrence your parents. Obf. 1. Neuter verbs alfo govern the accufative, when the noun after them has a fignification fimilar to, their own ; as,

Ire iter or viam ; Pugnare pugnam or.prælium : Currere curfum ; £anere cantilenam ; Vivere vitam ; Ludere. ludum ; Sequi feétam ; Somniare fomnium, &c. or when, they are .taken in a metaphorical fenfe ; as, Corydon ardebat Alcxin, fcil. propter, i. e. vehementer amabat, Virg. ' Currimus aequor, fcil, per, Id. So, Comptos arfit adulteri crines, Hor. Saltare Cyclopa ; olet hircum; Sulcos et vi

neta crepat mera, Hor. Vox hominem fonat ; Sudare, mella, Virg.

.Si Xerxes Hellefponto junéto, et Athone perfofTo, maria ambulavif fet, terramque navigaffet, fc. per, Cic. Or when they have a kind .of aétive fenfe ; as, Clamare aliquem nomine, /irg. ' Callere jura; Maerere nortem ; Horret iratum mare, Hor.

Sometimes inftead of the accufative ncuter verbs have an abla tive ; as, Ire itinere ; dolere dolore, vicem ejus; gaudere gaudio; mori v. obire mortc ; viverc vitâ ; I.udere aleam, v. -â : manare, pluere, rorare, ftillare, fudare, aliquid vel aliquo. Erubefcere jura, J^irg. origine, Tacit. equo vehi, Curt. -

Obf. 2. Several verbs are ufed both in am a&tive and neuter

fenfe ; as,

Abbqi rere famam, to dread infa-

a meis moribus abhorret, is in

ry, Liv. a litibus; ab uxóre conßßent witb, Cic. duccnda, to #• aver/. /ror : Id, Abdiêre mongmenta viri, to abof

Gov ERN ME NT of VeRBs.

1 47

£/3, Virg. lis Cladis Caudimæ Laborare arma, to forge ; morbo, a dolore, e renibus, to be ill ; de nondum memoria aboleverat, Liv. re aliqua, to be concerned. Adolere penates; to burn, Virg. Morari iter, to flop ; in urbe, to AEtas adolevit ; adolevit ad æta fiay ; Hoc nihil moror, I do not mind.

tem, Plaut.

Declinare i&tum, to avoid ; loco ; agmen aliquo, to remove.

Properare pecuniam hæredi, Hor. in urbem ; ad unam fedem,

Ovid. Degenerare animos, to wealem ; patri ; a virtute majorum, to de Quadrare acervum, to /juare, Hor.

generate,

Durare adolefcentes labore, to barden ; Res durat ad breve

tempus ; In ædibus durare ne queo, Plaut. Inclinare culpam in aliquem, to Jay ; Hos ut fequar inclimat an imus, inclines ; acies inclimat, v.

aliquid ad normam ; alicui, in aliquem, ad multa, to fit. Suppeditare copiam dicendi, to furnj/è ; fuppeditat ei oratio, is affrded ; Manubiæ in funda

menta vix fuppeditârunt, wers ./jicient, Liv.

inclinatur, gives way. Obf. 3. Thefe accufatives, hoc, id, quid, aliquid, quicquid, nihil, idem, illud, tantum, quantum, rfiulta, pauca, &'c. are oftcn joined. with neuter verbs, having the prepofitions circa or propter under ftood; as, Id lacrumat, Id fuccenfet, Ter.

Obf. 4. The accufative is often underftood. Tum prora avertit, fc. fe. P'irg. Flumina præcipitant, fc. fe, Id. Obiit, fc. mortem, Ter. Cum faciam vitulâ, fc. facra, /irg. Or its place fupplied by an in finitive or part of a fentence ; as, Reddes dulce loqui, reddes ride re decorum ; for dulcem fermoaem, decorum rifum, Hor.

XIX. Rccordor, memini, reminjcor, and oblivíféor, govern

the accufative or genitive ; as, Recordor leétionis or le&ionem, Oblivifcor injuriæ or injuriam, • .

I remember the leffon.

I forget an injury.

Obf. I. Thefe verbs are often conftrued with the infinitive or

fome part of a-fentence ; as, Memini videre virginem, Ter. Obli tus eft, quid paulo ante pofuiffet, Cic.

Obf. 2. Memini, when it fignifies to make mention, is joined with, the genitive, or the ablative with the prepofition de; as, Memini alicujus, v. de aliquo. So recordor, when it fignifiés to recolleét ; as, Velim fcire ecquid de te recordere, Cic.

4. Verbs governing the Ablative.

XX. Verbs of plenty and fcarcenefs for the moft part govern the ablative ; as, Abundat divitiis,

Ae abound, in richer,

Caret omni culpa,

He bas no fault.

148

Goyern M ent of Verbs.

Verbs of plenty are, Abundo, affluo, exubéro, redundo, fuppedt, to, fcafeo, &c. ; of want, Careo, egeo, indigeo, vaco, deficior, defti tuor, &c.

Obf. 1. Egeo and indigeo frequently govern the genitive ; as, Eget arris, Hor. Non tam artis indigent, quam laboris, Cic. Obf. 2. The ablative after thefe verbs is governed by fome pre pofition underftood; and fometimes we find it expreffcd ; as,Vacat a cuJpa, Liv.

XXI. Utor, abutor, fruor, fungor, potior, vefcor, govera tbe ablative ; as,

Ütitur fraude, He w/es deceit. Abutitur libris, He abufex backs.

To thefe add, gaudeo, creor, nafcor, fido, vi&ifo, confto, laböro, fr male me habeo, to be ill; pafcgr, epülor, nitor, &c. Obf. 1. Potior often governs the genitive; as, Potiri urbis, Sal. And we always fay, Potiri rerum, to poffefs the chief command ; nc ver rebus, imperio being underftood. Obf. 2. Potior, fungor, vefcor, epulor, and pafcor, fometimes have an accufative ; as, Potiri urbem, Cic. Munera fungi, Tacit. Paf cuntur filvas, Virg. And in ancient writers utor, abutor, and fruor ; as, Uti confilium, Plaut. Operam abutitur, Ter. Depafco and dpaf «er always take ad accufative; as, Depafcitur artus, /irg.

§ 2. w E &Bs govERN 1 ng Two cAs es. 1. Verbs governing two Dativer.

XXII. Sum taken for affero (to bring) governs two da tives, the one ofa perfon, and the other of a thing ; as, E/? mibi voluptati, It is, or brings a pleafure to me. Two datives are alfo put after habeo, do, verto, relinquo, tribuo, <fore, duco, and fome others ; as,

Ducitur bonori tibi, lt is reckoned an honor to you. Id vertitur mihi vitio, I am blamed for that. So, Mifit mihi muneri ; Dedit mihi dono ; Habet fibi laudi ; Venire, occurrere auxilio alicui, Liv. Obf. I. Inftead of the dative, we often ufe the nominative, or the

accufative ; as, Eft exitium pecori, for exitio ; Dare aliquid alicui donum, or dono ; Dare nuptum, or nuptui. When dare and other a&tive verbs havc two datives after them, they likewife govern aa accufative either expreffed or underftood ; as, Dare crimini ei /.. id.

Obf. 2. The dative of the perfon is often to be fupplied ; as, Eft exemplo, indicio, præfidio, ufui, &c. /.il. mihi, alicui, hominibus, or fome fuch word. So, ponere, opponere, pignori, /&. alicui, to ple- gei

- Govf RN MeNT of Verbs.

I 49

Cânere receptui, /. fuis militibus, to /und a retreat ; Habere, curæ, quæftui, odio, voluptati, religioni, ftudio, ludibrio, defpicatui, &c. /.. fibi. Obf. 3. To this rule belong forms of naming; as, Eß mibi nomen Alexandro, my name is Alexander ; or with the nominative, Efi mibi

nomen Alexander ; or more rarely with the genitive, Efi mibi nomen 4i exandri.

2. J^erbr governing the Accu/ative and the Genitive. . . XXIII. Verbs of accufing, condemning,

acquitiin

•

and admonifhing, govern the accufative of a perfon with the genitive of a thing ; as,

Arguit me furti, IMeipfum inertiæ condemno, . Illum homicidii abfolvunt, IMonet me officii,

He accufcs me of theft.

I condenn myfelf oflazinefs. They acquit him of manflaughter. He admonifhes me of my duty. Verbs of accufing are, Accüfo, ago, appello, arceffo, inquiro, ar guo, deféro, infimülo, poftülo, alligo, aftringo ; of condemning, Dam no, condemno, infämo, noto ; of acquitting, Abfolvo, libéro, purgo ;•

of admonifhing, Moneo,'admoneo, commonefacio. Obf. 1. Verbs of accufing and admonifhing, inflead of the geni tive, frequently have after them an ablative, with the prepofition de ; as, Monere aliquem officii, or de officio ; Accufare aliquerfi fur ti, or de furto. De vi condemnati funt, Cic. Obf. 2. Crimen and caput are put cither in the genitive or abla

tive ; but in the ablative ufually without a prepofition ; as, Dam nare, poftulare, abfolvere eum criminis, v. capitis ; & crimine, ve! capite ; alfo, Abfolvo me peccato, Liv. And we always fay, Plec tere, punire aliquem capite, and not capitis, to punifh one capitally, or witb death.

Obf. 3: Many verbs of accufìng, &c. are not. conftrued with the acc. of a perfon and the gen. of a thing, but the contrary ; thus we fay, Culpo, reprehendo, taxo, traduco, vitupero, calumnior, criminor, excufo, &c. avaritiam alicujus, and not aliquem avaritiae. We fometimes alfo find accufo, incufo, &c conftrued in this manner; as, Accufare inertiam adolef

centium, för adolefcentes inertiæ, Cic. Culpam arguo, Liv. We fay, Agere cum aliqvo furti, rather than u 7uem, to accufe one of theft, Cic. Obf. 4. Verbs of accufing and admonifhing fometimcs govern two accufatives, when joined with hoc, illud, jfud, id, unum, multa, &c. as,

AMonec, accufà te illud. We feldom however fay, Errorem te moneo, but erroris, or de errore,

XXIV. Verbs of valuing, with the accufative, govern fuch genitives as thefe, magni, parvi, nihili ; as, JEftimo te magni, N 2.

I value you mych,

Goyernm ent of VeRbs.

*5o

verbs of valuing are, Aeftimo, exiftimo, duco, faci9, habeo, pen do, puto, taxo. They govern fevera! other genitivcs 5 as, tanti, quanti, pluris, majoris, minoris, minimi, plurimi, maximi, nauci, pili. afiis, nihili, teruncii, hujus. -

obf. 1. Æjiimo fometimes governs the ablative ; as, Aeffimo te mag no, permagno, parvo, fcil. pretio : and alfo nibilo. We likewife fay, Pro nibilo babeo, puto, duco.

ob{ 2. 2Equi and boni are put in the genitive after facio and con J,;.. as, Hoc confulo boni, æqui bonique facio, I take this in good part. obf. 3. The genitive after all thefe verbs is governed by fome fubfìantive underflood ; as, Arguere aliquem furti, fcil. de crimine furti ; Aeflimo rem magni, fcil. pretii, or pro re magni pretii; Con vfulo boni, i. e. ftatuo or cenfeo effe fa&tum or munus boni viri, ar

animi ; Moncre aliquem officii, i. e. officii cauâ, or de re or negotio officii.

3. Verbi governing the Accufative and the Dative.

XXV. Verbs of comparing, giving, declaring, and taking away, govern the accufative and dative ; as, Compäro Virgilium Homero, Suum cuique tribuito, JNarras /abulam /urdo, JEripuit me morti,

I compare Virgil to Homer.

Give every one his own. You tell a flory to a deaf man. He refcued me from death.

Or thus, any a&ive verb may govern the accufative and the da iive, (when together with thc objeét of the a&ion, we exprefs the perfon orthing with relatiom to which it is exerted ;) as, Legam leâionem tibi, l will read the leffon to you. Emit librum mi hi, He bought a book for me. Sic vos non vobis fertis aratra boves, Virg. Paupertas /epe /uadet mala hominibus, advifes men to do bad

things, Plaut. . Imperare pecuniam, frumentum, naves, arma aliquibus, to order, to furnifh, Caef.

Obf. 1. Verbs of comparing and taking away, togęther with fome others, are often conftrued with a prepofition ; as, Compararc unam rem cum alia, & ad aliam, or comparare res inter fe : Eripuit me tnorti, morte, a or ex morte: Mittere epiftolam alicui, or ad a!iquem : Intendere telum alicui, or in aliqwem : Incidere æri, in æs,

or in ære : and fo in many others. • Obf. 2. Several verbs governing the dative and accufative, are conftrued differently ; as, Circumdare mania oppido, or •ppidum manibus, to furround a city with walls.

Intercludere commeatum alicui, or ahquem commeatu, to intercept one's provifions.

Donure, probibere rem alicui, or aliquem re, to give one a prefent, to binder vnę frcm a thing. -

Government of Verbs.

151

•

Ma&are hoftiam Deo, or Deum hoftiâ, to /acrifice. Impertire falutem alicui, or aliquem falute, to /alute one. Interdixit Galliam Romanis, or Romanos Galliâ, be debarred tle Ro mans from Gaul.

Induere, exuere veftem fibi, or fe vefte, to put om, to put off one', cloatbs.

Levare dolorem alicui ; dolorem alicujus ; aliquem dolore, to eg/. one', dj?ref}.

Minafi aliquid alicui, or /ometimes alicui aliquo, Cic. to tbreatem one witb any tbirg ; Cæfari gladio, Sall. Gratulor tibi hanc rem, hac re, in, pro, & de hac re, I congratulate 5you on tbis.

Reftituere alicui fanitatem, or aliquem fanitati, to reffore to bealib. Afpergere labem alicui, or aliquem labe, to put an affront on one ; aram fanguine. Litare Deum facris, & facra Deo. Excufare fe alicui & apud aliquem, de re ; valetudinem ei.

Exprobare vitium ei v. in eo, to upbraid. Occupare pecuniam alicui, & apud aliquem, i. e. pecuniam fœnori locare, to place at interef, Cic.

Opponere fe morti, & ad mortem. Renunciare id ei, & ad eum. Obf. 3. Verbs fignifying motion.or tendency to a thing, inflead of the dative, have an accufative after them, with the pfepofition ad ;

a8 ,

Porto, fero, lego, -as, præcipito, tollo, traho, duco, verto, incito, fufcito ; affò Hortor, and invito, voco, provoco, animo, ftimulo, con formo, laceffo ; tbus, Ad laudem milites hortatur ; Ad prætorem hominem traxit, Cic.

But after feveral of thefe verbs, we alfo find

the dative ; as, Inferre Deos Latio, for in Latium, J^irg. Invitare aliquem hofpitio, or in hofpitium, Gic. Öbf. 4. The accufative is fometimes underflood ; as, Nubere ali cui, fcil. fe ; Cedere alicui, fcil. locum ; Detrahere alicui, fcil. lau

dem ; Ignofcere alicui, fcil. cuJpam. And in Englifh the particle to is often omitted ; as, Dedit mihi libram, He gave me a book, for te me.

4. Verbs goverming two Accufativer. XXVI. Verbs of afking and teaching govern two ac

cufatives, the one of a perfon, and the other of a thing ; 2Sy

Pofcimus te pacem,

We beg peace of thee.

Docuit me Grammaticam,

He taught me grammar.

1. Verbs of afking which govern two accufatives are, Rogo, oro, exoro, obfecro, precor, pofco, repofco, flagito, &c. Of teaching, Doceo, edoceo, dedoceo, erudio.

Obf. 1. Celo likewife governs two accufatives; as, Celavit me bane

rem, He concealed this matter from me ; or otherwifo, celavit banc rem mibi, or c«/avit me de bac re.

Construction. of Passive Verss.

152

obf. a. verbs of afking and teaching are often conftrued with a prepofition : as, Rogare rem ab alique ; Docere aliquem de re, to inform ; ùut' we do not fay, docere aliquem de grammatica, but grammaticam, to teach. And we always fay, with a prepofition, Peto, exigo a v. abs te; Percontor, fcitor, fcifcitor, ex or a te, or te witbout the prepo/ition ; Interrogo, confulto, te de re ; Ut facias te obfecro ; Exorat pacem

divum,jor divos, Virg. Inftruo, inftituo, formo, informo, aliquem, artibus, in tbe abl. wiihout a prep. Imbuo eum artibus, in v. ab arti bus. Aff, inflruo ad rem, v. in re, ignorantiam alicujus. Erudire aliquem artes, de v. in re, ad rem. Formare ad ftudium, mentem {tudiis, fludia ejus.

obf. 3. The accufative of the thing is not propcrly governed by the verö, but by quod ad or fecundum underftood.

5. Verb, governing the Accufative and the Ablative. XXVIl. Verbs of loading, binding, clothing, depriv ing, and fome others; govern the accufative and the abla tive ; as, Onerat naves auro,

He loads thc fhip with gold.

verbs of loading are, 0näro, cumülo, premo, opprimo, obruo : Of un

Joading, levo, exonäro, &c. Ofbinding, a/fringo, ligo, alligo, devincio, im pedio, irretio, illaqueo, &c. Of loofimg, /olvo, exfolvo, libéra, loxo, expedio, &c. Of dcpriving, privo, nudo, orbo, /?olio, fraudo, emungo : Of clothing,

•vefiio, amicio, induo, cingo, tego, velo, coróno, & calceo : Of unclothing, exuo, di/cingo, &c.

o5f. 1. The prepofition, by which the ablative is governed after thefe verbs, is fometimes expreffed; as, Solvere aliquem ex catenis, Cic. Sometimes the ablative is to be fupplied; as, Complet naves f., viris, manu tbe /3ipr, Kirg. Obf. 2. Several of thefe verba likewife govern the genitive; as,

Adolcfcentem fuae temeritatis implet, Liv. And alfo vary their conftru&ion ; as, Induit, exuit fe veftibus, or veftes fibi. The Construction of Passive Verbs.

XXVIII. When the a&ive governs two cafes, the paf. five retains the latter cafe ; as, Accußr furti,

I am accufed of theft.

Virgilius comparatur Homero, Virgil is compared to Homer. Doceor grammaticam,

I am taught grammar.

INavis oneratur auro, The fhip So Scio homines accufatum iri furti : morte, a vel ex morte;

is loadcd with gold.

Eos ereptum iri morti, pueros do&tum iri grammaticam ;—

rcm celatum iri mihi vel me; me cclatum iri de re, &c.

€onstruction of Passrve VeRas.

153

Obf. 1. Paffive verbs are commonly conftrued with the ablative and the prepofition a ; as, Tu laudaris a me, which is equivalent to, Ego laudo te. Virtus diligitur a nobis ; Nos diligimus virtutem. Gaudeo meum fa&um probari a te, or te probare meum faétum : And fo almof all a&ive verbs, Neuter and deponent verbs alfo admit this prepofition ; ar, IMare a fole collucet, Cic. Phalaris non a paucis interiit, Id. So Cadere ab hofte ; Ceffare a præliis ; Mori ab enfe ; Pati, furari, ali

quid ab aliquo, &c. A% Venire ab hoftibus, to be fold ; Vapulare ab aliquo, Exulare ab urbe. Thus likewife many active verbs ; ar, Sumere, petere, tollere, pellere, expeétare, emere, &c. ab aliquo. The prep. is fometimes underftood after paffive verbs ; as, Defcror

conjuge, Ovid. Defertus fuis, /. a. Tacit. Tabulâ diftinguitur undâ, qui navigat, /.. ab unda, is kept from the water by a plank, juv. The prepofition PER is alfo ufed in the fame fenfe with A ; ar, Per me defenfa eft refpublica, or a me ; Per me reftitutus ; Per me •v. a me fa&um eft, Cic. But PER commonly marks the inftrument,

and A the principal efficient caufe ; ay, Res agitur per creditores a rege, Cic.

Obf. 2. Paffive verbs fometimes goverm the dative, ef pecially among the poets ; as, Neque cernitur ulli, /or ab ullo, Pirg. Vix audior ulli, Ovid. Scri beris Vario, for a Vario, Hor.

Honefta bonis viris quæruntur, /or a

viris, Cic. Videor, to feem, always governs the daiive ; as, Videris mihi, You feem to me : But we commonly fay, Videris a me, You are feen by me ; although not always; as, Nulla tuarum audita mihi, neque vifa fororum, for a me, /irg. Obf. 3. Induor, amicior, cingor, accingor, affo exuor and difcingor,

are often conftrued with the accufative, particularly among the po ets, though we do not find them governing two accufatives in the aétive voice; a/, Induitur veftem, or vefte.

Obf. 4. Neuter verbs are for the moft part only ufed imperfon ally in the paffive voice ; unlefs when they are joined with a noun ofa fimilar fignification to their own ; as, Pugna pugnata eft, Cic. Eellum militabitur, Horat. Paffive imperfonal verbs are moft com monly applied either to a multitude, ór to an individual taken in

definitely ; as, Statur, fletur, curritus, vivitur, venitur, &c. a nobis, ab illis, ` & c. We are flanding, weeping, &'c. Bene poteft vivi a

me, vel ab aliquo ; I or any perfon may live well. Provifum eft no bis optime a Deo ; Reclamatum eft ab omnibus, ai} cried out againf it, Gic.

They alfo govern the fame cafes, as when ufed perfonally ; as, Ut majoribus natu affurgatur, ut fupplicum mifereatur, Cic. Except the accufativc : For in thefe phrafes, Itur Athenas, pugnatum eft bidu um, dormitur totam noétem, the accufative is not governed by the verb, but by the prepofitions ad and per underftood. We find,how ever, Tota mihi dormitur hyems ; No&tes vigilantur amaræ; Qςca* nus raris ab orbc noftro navibus aditur, Tycit,

Constau ct non of IM personal Ve£bs.

f 54.

The Construction of IM personal Verbs.

XXIX. An Imperfonal verb governs the dative ; as, Expádit reipublicæ, It is profitable for the ftate. verbs which ifi the a&ive voice govern only the dative, are ufcd imperfonally in the paffive, and likewife govern the dative ; as, Favetur mihi, 1 am favoured, and not Ego faveor. So Nocetur mihi, imperatur mihi, &c. We find however, Hæc cgo procurare

imperor ; Ego cur invideor, /or imperatur, invidetur mihi, Hor. Obf. 1. Thefe verbs, Poteft, coepit,incipit, definit, debet, and folet, are ufcd imperfonally, whcn joined with imperfonal verbs ; ar, Non poteft credi tibi, You cannot be believed; Mihi non poteft noceri, i cannot b: hurt ; Negat jucunde pofTc vivi fine virtute, Cic.

Per virtutem poteft iri ad aftra. ' Aliorum laudi & gloriæ invideri folet, The prajfe and glory of others ufe to be envied, Id.

Obf. 2. Various verbs are ufed both perfonally and imperfonally ; ar, Venit in mentem mihi hæc res, vel de hac re, vel hujus rei, fcil. memoria; This thing came into my mind. Eft curæ mihi hæc rcs, vel de hac re.

Doleo, vel dolet mihi, id fa&um effe.

Obf. 3. The ncuter pronoun it is always joined with imperfonal verbs in Englifh ; ar, lt rains, it fhines, &c. And in Latin aa in finitive is commonly fubjoined to Imperfonal verbs, orthe fubjun&tive with ut, forming a part of a fentence which may be fuppofedto fupply the place of a nominative; as, Nobis non licet peccare, the

famie witb peccatum ; Omnibus bonis expedit rempublicam effe fal vam, i. e. Salus reipublicæ expedit omnibus bonis, Cic. Accidit,

evênit, contigit, ut ibi efTemus. Thefe nominatives, hoc, illud, id, idem, quod, &c. are fometimcs joined to Impcrfonal verbs ; au, Idem mihi licct, Cic.

Eadem licent, Catull.

9bf. 4. The dative is often underftood ; ar, Faciat quod libet, /. fibi, Ter. Stat cafus renovare omnes, /.. mihi, I am refolved, ¥irg.

Exc. 1. REFERT and INTEREST require the gen itive ; ar,

Ag/ert patris, It concerns my father. Interf omnium, it is theinter eft of all.

* But mea, tua, fua, møffra, vgfira, are put in the accu fative plural neuter; as, INon mea refert, It does not concern me. Obf. 1. Some think mea, tua, fua, &c. to be in the ablat. fing.

fem. We fay either cujus intereft, and quorum intereft; or cuja in tereft, from cujus, a, um.

Qbf. z. Refert and intere/ are often joined with thefe nominatives,

Id, hoc, illud, quid, quod, nihil, &c. älfo with common nouns ; and with thefe genitives, Tanti, quanti, magni, permagni, parvi, pluris; gg, Hoc parvi refert ; Illud mea magni intereft, Cic.

ge adeo magni refert ftudium, íucr. in.

Inccffus in gravida, rcfert, -

Construction of Impersonal Vea*s.

15 ;

They are frequently conftrued with thefe abverbs,Tantum, quan tum, multum, plus, plurimum, infinitum, parum, maxime, vehemen ter, minime, &'e, ar, Faciam, quod maximie reipublicæ intereffe ju dicabo, Cic. Sometimes infteád of the genit. they take the accufa tive with the prep. ad; as, Quid id ad mie, aut ad meam rem refert, Perfae quid rerum gerant ? Of what importance is it ? &c. P/a-t IMagni ad honorem noftrum intereft, Cic. rarely the dative; ai, Dic.

quid referat intra naturæ fines viventi, &c. Hor. Sometimes they are placed abfolutely ; a*, Magnopere intereft opprimi Dolobellani, it is ofgreat importance, Cic.

Permultum intereft, qualis primus aditus

fit, Id. Adeone eft fundata leviter fides, ut ubi fim, quam qui fim, smagis referat ? Liv. Plurimum enim intererit, quibus artibus, aut quibus hunc tu moribus inftituas, juv. Obf. 3. The genitive after refert and interefi is governed by fome fubftantive underftood, with which the poffeffives mea, tua, fia, &c. likewife agree ; as, Intereft Ciceronis, i. £. eft inter negotia Ciceronis: Refert patris, i. e. refert fe hæc res ad negotia patris : So intereft mea eft inter negotia mea.

Exc. II. Thefe five MISERET, POENITET, PU

DET, TÆ DET, and PIGET, govern the accufative of a perfon, with the genitive of a thing ; as, Mjferet me tui, I pityyou. Tædet me vitae, I am weary of life. Pænitet me peccati, Irepent of my fin. Qbf. 1.The genitive here is properly governed either by negotium underftood, or by fome other fübftantive of a fignification fimilar to that of the verb with which it is joined ; as, Miferet me tui, tbat is, negotium or miferatio tui miferet me.

Obf. 2. An infinitive or fome part of a fentence may fupply the place of the genitive ; as, Pœnitet me peccafTe, or quod peccaverim. The accufative is frequently underftood; at, Scelerum fi bene pœni tet, /.il. nos.

Horat.

Obf. 3. Mj/eret, pænitet, &c. are fometimes ufed perfonally, efpe cially when joined with thefe nominatives, boc, id, quod, &. as, Ipfc fui miferct, Lucr. ; Nonne hæc te pudent ? Ter. Nihil, quod poeni tere poffit, facias, Cic.

We fometimes find mi/eret joined with two accufatives, ar, Mene demi vicem miferet me, feil.fecundum, or quod ad. Ter.

Obf. 4. The preterites of mi/eret, pudet, taedet, and piget, when ufed in the paffive form, govcrn the fame cafes with the aétive ; as, Mife ritum eft me tuarum fortunarum, Ter. We likewife find miferefcit

and mjferetur ufed imperfonally ; as, Miferefcit me tui, Ter. ; Mife reatur te fratrum ; Neque me tui, neque tuorum liberorum mifere ri poteft, Cic.

Exc. III. DECET, DELECTAT, %UVAT, and 0P0RTET, govern the accufative of a perfon, with the infinitive ; as,

Deleâat me fiudere, INon decet te rixari,

It delights me to ftudy. Jt doe§ not become yóu to fcold.

t56

(UoNstRU ctioN ot tne INTFinitiyE.

obf. 1. Thefe verbs are fometimes ufed perfonally ; as, Parvum

parva decent, Hor. £ft aliquid quod non opporteat, etiamfi liceat, Ζ;.. Hæc fa&ta ab illo oportebant, Ter. Obf. 2. Decet is fometimes conftrued with the dative ; at, Ita no bis decet, Ter. -

obf. 3. Oportet is elegantly joined with the fubjunétive mode, ut bcing underftood ; as, i * . . .' -

sí quifque confulat oportet, Cic. Or with the perfe& participle effe or

fuiffe bein3 underftood ; as, Communicatum oportuit ; mapfum oportuit ;

Aíljíenti mórem ggfium oportuit, The young man fhould have been humoured, Ter.

obf. 4. Fallit, fugit, praeterit, latet, when ufed imperfonally, alfo

govern the accùfàtive with the infinitive ; as, In lege, nullâ effe ijufmodi caput, non te fallit ; De Dionyfio fugit me ad te antea {cribere, Cic.

Note. Attinet, pertinet, & /}e£iat, are conftrued with ad ; Ad rem pubJicam pertinet, me confervari, Cic. And fo perfonally, Ille ad me af íinet, belongs, Ter. Res ad arma fpeäat, looks, points, Cic. The Construction of the IN Finitive.

XXX. One verb governs another in the infinitive ; as, Cupio dfcere,

I defire to learn.

Obf. 1. The infinitive is often governed by adjc&ives; as, Hora tius eft dignus legi, Qginéìil. And fometimes depends on a fubftan tive ; as, Tempus equiùm fumantia folvere colla, Virg. -

Obf. 2. The word goveraing the infinitive is fometimes under

ftood ; ar, Mene incepto defiftere vi&tam, fcil. decet, or par eft, Virg. Videre eft. Dicere non eft./.i!. copia or facultas, Horat. And fome times the infinitive itfelf is to be fupplied; ar, Socratem fidibus do cuit,fcil. canere, Cic.

So Difcere, fcire fidibus.

Obf. 3. The infinitive was not improperly called by the ancients Nomen verbi, The name or noun of the verb ; becáufe it is both

joined with an adje&ive like a fubftantive, as, J^elle /uum cuique eft, Every one has a will of his own ; and likewife fupplies the place'of a noun, not only in the nominative, but alfo in all the oblique cafes; as, 1. In the nominative, Latrocinari, fraudare, turpe gf, Cic. Didiciffe fideliter artes emollit mores, Ovid.

2. la the genitive, Peritus cantare,for

cantandi, or cantás, Virg. 3. In the dative, Paratus /ervire, for fervi tuti, Sall. 4. In the accufative, Da mibi /allere, for artem fallendi, Horat.

Quod faciam fuperef, præter amare, nibil, Ovid. 5. In the voc

ative, 0 vivere ngftrum, ut non fentientibus gfflui, / For vita nofira. 6. In the ablative, Dignus amari, for amore, or7ui ametur, Virg. Obf. 4. Inftead of the infinitive a different conftruótion is oftem

vfed after verbs of doubting, villing, ordering, fearing, boping, in fhort, after any verb which has a rclation to futurity ;'as, Dabiret ita

1 57 "

Construction of Parti eiples.

facere, or more frequently, an, num, or utrum ita faáurus fit ; Dubita vit am faceret necne ; Non dubito quin fecerit. /is me faeere, or ut /aciam. JMetuit tangi, or ne tangatur. Spero te venturum effe, or fore ut venias,

AVunquam putavi fore ut ad te /upplex venirem, Cic. Exiftimabant futurum fuiffè ut oppidum amitteretur, Caef. Obf. 5. ro, which in Englifh is the fign of the infinitive, is omit ted after bid, dare, need, make, /ee, bear, feel, and fome others ; as, Ibid.

bim do it : and in Latin may often be rendered otherwife than by the infinitive; as, I am fent to complain, Mittor queftum, or ut querar,

&c. Ready to hear, Promptus ad audiendum ; Time to rcad, Tempus Jegendi ; Fit to fwim, Aptus natando ; Eafy

fay, Facile diéfu ; I am to

write, Scripturus fum , A houfe to lct, or more properly, to be let, Domus locanda : He was left to guard the city, Reli&fui efi ut tueretur urbem. The Construction of PARticiples, GERUNds, and Supines. ,

XXXI. Participles, Gerunds, and Supines, govern the cafe of their own verbs ; as, Aman, virtutem, Lowing virtue. Carens fraude, Wanting guile. Obf. 1. Paffive participles often govern the dative, particularly when they are ufed as adje&ives; as, Suffeâuî mibi, Sufpe&ed by me ; Sufpe&iores regibus, Sall. Invi /ùs mihi ; hated by mc, or hateful to me : Indies invifior, Suet. Oc -

culta, et maribus non invifa folum, fed etiam inaudita facra, um/een. Cic.

ExOSUS, PEROSUS, and often alfo PERTÆSUS, govern the accufative ; as, Tædas exofa jugales, 0vid. Plebs confulum nomen haud fecus quam regum perofa erat, Liv. Pertæfus ignaviam fuam;

femet ipfe, di/plea/ed witb, Suet. vitam, weary of, jußin. levitatis, Cic. Verbals in BUNDUS govern the cafe of their own verbs ; as,

Gratulabundus patriæ, juff. Vitabundus caßra hoftium, Liv. So fometimes alfo nouns ; as, Juftitia eft obtemperatio fcriptis legibus,

Cic. Infidiae confuli, Saii." Domum reditiònis fpe füblatà Cæs. speétatio ludos, Plaut. Obf. z. Thefe verbs, do, reddo, volo, curo, facio, habeo, comperis, with :

the perfe& participle, form a periphrafis fimilar to what we ufe in Englifh ; as, Compertum habeo, for comperi, I have found, Sall. Ef fe&tum dabo, for efficiam ; Inventum tibi curabo, et addu&um tuum

Pamphilum, i. e. inveniam et adducam, Ter. Sometimes the ge rund is ufed with ad ; as, Tradere ei gentes diripiendas, or ad diri piendum, Cic. Rogo, accipio, do aliquid utendum, or ad utendum ;

Mifit mihi librum legendum, or ad legendum, &c. O: -

158

Construction of Gerunos.

Obf. 3. Thefe verbs, curo, habeo, mando, loco, conduce, do, tribuo, mit*o. &c. are elegantly conftrued with the participle in dui inftead of the infinitive ; Tas, Funus faciendum curavi, /or fieri, or ut {fieret: Co lumnas ædificandas locavit, Cic. The Construction of Gerunds.

XXXII. Gerunds are conftrued like fubftantive nouns; 2S»

Studendum efi mihi, I muft ftudy. Aptus Audendo, Fit for ftudying. Tempus Audendi, Time of ftudy. -

But more particularly ;

I. The Gerund in DUM with the verb £/? göverns the dative ; as, ÆLegendum ef? mibi, I muft read. Moriendum ef? omnibus, All muft die. So Scio legendum effe mibi ; moriendum effe omnibus, &c.

Obf. 1. This gefund always imports obligation or neceffity; and may be refolved into oportet, neceff. gfi, or the like, and the infinitive or the fubjun&ive, with the conjunétion ut ; as, Omnibus eft mori endum, or Omnibus neceffe eft mori, or ut moriantur ; or Neceffe eft

ut omnes moriantur. Confulendum eft tibi a me, I muß confüit fw gour good ; /or«Oportet ut confulana tibi, Cic.

Obf. 2. The dative is often underftood ; as, Orandum eft, ut fit mens fana in corpore fano, /. tibi, juv. * Hic, vincendum, aut mo riendum, milites, eft, /. vobis, Liv. Deliberandum eft diu, quod ftatuendum eft femcl, /. tibi vel alicui, P. Syr.

II.The gerund in DI is governed by fubftantives or adje&ives ; as, Tempus legendi, Time,of reading. Cupidus aj;endi, Defirous of -

learning.

Obf. This gerund is fometimes conftrued with the genitive plu ral ; as, Facultas agrorum condonandi, fùr agros, Cic. Copia É tandi comocdiarum, for comœdias, Ter. [But chiefly with pronouns; as, in caftra venerünt fui purgandi causâ, Caf. ' Vcftri adhortandi gaufa, £iv. £jus videndi cupidus, /.. fœminæ, Ter. The gerund

here is fuppofed to govern the genitive like a fubftantive noün.

III. The gerund in D0 of the dative cafe is governed by adje&ives fignifying ufefulnefs or fitnefs ; as, Papcr ufeful for writing. Charta utili /crib*o, Qbf. 1. Sometimesthe adje&ive is underflood; as, Non gp //vendo,

j! Par, or babilis, He is not able to pay.

Is finis cenfendofa&us cft,

av,

955 3. This gerund is fometimes govcrned alfo by verbs; as, AdefTe fcribcndo, £ic. Aptat habendo enf.m, /or vearing ; Virg.

CoNsTRuctioN of GeRunds.

159

IV. The gerund in DUM of the accufative cafe, is governed by the prepofitions ad or inter ; as, Promptur ad audiendum, 4ttentus inter docendum,

Ready to hear.

Attentive in time ofteaching.

Obf. This gerund is alfo governed by fome other prepofitions ; as, Ante domandum, Virg. Ob abfolvendum, Cic. Circà moven

dum, Quin&il. Or it depends on fome verb going before, and then with the verb effe goverfis the dative cafe ; as, Scio moriendum effe om nibus, I know that all muft die. F/. is often, underf'çd.

V. The gerund in DO of the ablative cafe is governed by the prepofitions, a, ab, de, e, ex, or in ; as, Pana a peccando abßerret, Punifhment frightens from finning. Or without a- prepofition, as the ablative of manner or caufs ; 2S,

Memoria excolendo augetur, The memory is improved by exercifìng it. - Defeffus /um ambulando, f am wearied with walking. Obf. The gerund in its nature very much refembles the infinitive. Hence the one is frequently put for the other ; as, Efi tempus legendi, or legere ; only the gerund is never joined with an adje&ive, and is

fometimes taken in a paffive fenfe ; as, Cum Tifidium vocaretur ad imperandum, i. e. ut ipfi imperaretur, to receive orders, Sali. Nunc ades ad imperandum, vel ad parendum potius, Sic enim antiqui lo quebantur, Cic. i. e. ut tibi imperetur. Urit videndo, i. e. dum vi detur, /irg.

Gerundi turned into participles in dus. XXXVI. Gerunds governing the accufative are ele gantly turned into participles in dus, which, like adje&tives, agree with their fubftantives in gender, number, and cafe ; aS,

By the Gerund. By the participle or Gerundive. Petendum eft mihi pacem, Y , 3. £ Pax eft petenda mihi. Tempus petendi pacem, } < Tempus petendæ pacis. Ad petendum pacem, A petendo pacem,

} Ad petendam pacem.

J s <S, UA petenda pace. Obf. 1. In changing gerunds into participles in dus, the participle and the fubflantive are always to be put in the fame cafe in which the gerund was ; as, Genitive ; Inita funt confilia urbis delendæ, civium trucidando rum, nominis Romani extinguendi, Cic. •

•

Pat Perpetiendo labori idoneus, Colum. Capeffendæ reipublicæ habilis, Tac. Area firma templis ac particibus fuftinendis, Liv.

Oneri ferendo eft, fc. aptus v. hàbilis, Ovid. Natus miferiis ferendis,

16o

Construction of Supis es.

Ter. Literis dandis vigilare, Cic. Locum oppido condendo capete,' Liv.

Acc. and abl. Ad defendendam Romam ab oppugnanda Capua du ces Romanos abftrahere, Liv. Orationem Latinam legendis nof tris efficies pleniorem, Cic. Obf. 2. The gerunds of verbs which do not gowern the accufa tive, are never changed into the participle, except thofe of medeor, utor, abutor, fruor, fungor, and potior ; as, Spes potiundi arbe, or potiundæ

urbis : bot we always fay, Cupidus /ubveniendi tibi, and never tui. The Construction of Su P i N es.

1. The Supine in um.

XXXVII. The fupine in una is put after a verb of mo. tion ; as, Abiit deambulahum, He hath gone to walk. So, Ducere cohortes prædatum, Liv. Nunc venis irrifum domi num ? Quod in rem tuam optimum faétu arbitror, te id admonitum venio, Plaut.

Obf. 1. The fupine in um is elegantly joincd with the verb eo, to exprefs the fignification of any verb more ftrongly ; as, It /e perdi tum, the fame with id agit, or operam dat, ut /e perdat, He is bent on his ewn deftru&tion, Ter. This fupine with iri taken imperfonally, fupplies the place of the infinitive paffive ; as, An credebas illam fine tuâ operâ iri dedu&tum domum ? Vbicb may be tbus refòlved, An credebas iri (a te, vel ab aliquo) deduäum (i. e. ad deducendum) illam domum, Ter.

Obf. 2. The fupine in vm is put after other verbs befides verbs

of motion ; as, Dedit filiam, nuptum; Cantatum provocemus, Ter. Revocatus defenfum patriam ; Divifit copias hiematum, Nep. Obf. 3. Thc meaning of this fupine may be expreffed by feveral other parts 9f the verb ; as, Venit oratum opem : or, 1. Venit opem orandi causâ or opis orandæ. 2. Venit ad Torandum opem, or ad orandam opem. 3. Venit opi orandæ. 4. Venit opem oraturus. 5. Vcnit qui, or ut opem oret. 6. Venit opem orare." But the third and thc laft of thefe are feldom ufed,

2. The /upine in u.

XXXVII1. The fupine in u is put after an adje&ive noun j as,

Pacile di£fu, Eafy to tell, or to be told. So Nihii di&u fædum, vifuque hæc limina tangat ; intra quæ puer efì, Juv. Difficilis res eft inventu verus amicus; Fas v. ncfas

di&u ; Opus eft fcitu, Cic.

Constrvcrro* of IwDeclinable Words,

161

Obf. 1. The fupine in u, being ufed in a paffive fenfe, hardly ev er governs any cafe. It is fometimes, efpecially in old writer§, put after verbs of motion ; as, Nunc obfonatu redeo, from getting provifions, *laut. Primus cubitu furgat / villicus,) poftremus cubitum eat, from bed, Cato.

Qbf. 2. This fupine may be rendered by the infinitive or gerund with thc prepofition ad ;`as, Difficile cognitu, cognofci, or ad cog nofcendum ; Res facilis ad credendum, Cic.

Obf. 3. The fupines being nothing elfe but verbal nouns of the fourth declenfion, ufed only in the accufative and ablative fingular, are governed in thefe cafes by prepofitions underftood; the fupine in um by the prepofition ad, and the fupine in u by the prepofition f^i,

The Construction of Inpeclinable Woads.

1. The Conflruäion of Adverbs. XXXIX. Adverbs are joined to Verbs and Partici

ples, to adje&ives, and to other adverbs ; as, Fortiter pugnanr, Fighting bravely. Servus egregiè fidelir, A flave reSatis bene, Well enough. markably faithful. Obf. 1. Àdverbs are fometimes likewife joined to fubftantives ;

Hene /èribit, He writes well.

a8,

Homerus planè orator ; planè nome*, Cic. So, Hodie mane ; cras mane, heri mane; hodie vefperi , &c. tam mane, tam vefpere. Obf. z. The adverb for the moft part in Latin, and always in Englifh, is placed near to the word which it modifies or affe&ts. Obf. 3. Two negatives, both in Latin and Englifh, are equivalent to an affirmative ; as,

AVec non /er/erunt, Nor did they not perceive, i. e. Et /erferunt, And. they did perceive ; Non poteram non exanimari- metu, Cic. Exam ples however of the contrary of this fometimes occur in good au

thors both Englifh and Latin. Thus two or three negative parti ciples are placed before the fubjunétive mode to exprefs a ftronger negation. T Neque tu haud dicas tibi non praedictum, Ter. But what chiefly deferves attention in Adverbs, is the degree of comparifon and the mode with which they are joined. I. Apprimè, admödum, vebementer, maximè, perquam, valdè, oppidè, &c. and per in

compofition, are ufually joined to the pofitive ; as, Utrique noßrum gratum admodum feceris, You will do what is very agrecable to both of us, Cic. perquam puerile, very childifh; oppidò pauci, very few ;

perfacile eß, &c. ' In-like manner, Parum, multum, nimium, tantum, quantum, aliquantum ; as, In rebus apertiffimis nimium longi fumus;

parum firmus, multum bonus, Cic. Advcrbs in um are formetimes O2

18z

Construction of IndeclinAale Words.

alfo joined to comparatives; as, Forma viri aliquantum amplior humanâ, Liv.

Quam is joined to the pofitive or fuperlative in different fenfes ; as, Quam difficile eft ! How difficult it is ! Quam crudelis, or Ut cru

delis eft ! How cruel be is ? Flens quam familiariter, very familiar/y, Ter.

So quam feverè, very fevere/y, Cic. quam latè, very widely, Caes.

Tam multa, quam, &c. as many thing, ar, &c. Quam maximas poteft copias armat, a* great a, poffible, Sall. Quam maximas gratias agit, quam primum, quam fæpiffime, Cic. Quam quifque peffimè fecit, tam maximè tutus eft, Sall.

Facil*, for haud dubiè, undoubtedly, elearly, is joined to fuperla tives or words of a fimilar meaning; as, Facilè doétiffimus, facilè

princeps,*v. præcipuus. Longe, to comparatives or fuperlatives, farely to the pofitives ; as, Longè eloquentiffimus Plato, Cic. Pe dibus longè melior Lycus, ¥irg. a. CuMi, when, is conftrued with the indicative or fubjun&tive, oftener with the latter ; Dum, whilft, or how long, with the indica tive ; as, Dum hæc aguntur; Aegroto, dum anima eft, fpes effe di citur, Cic. Donec eris felix, multos numerabis amicos, Ovid. Dum and Donzc, for w/quedum, until, fometimes with the indicative and

fometimes with the fubjun&ive ; as, Operior, dum ifta cognofco, 6ic.

Haud definam, donec perfecero, Ter. So Quoad, for quamdiu,

g-antum, quatenus, as long. as much, as far as ; thus, Quoad Catifina fuit in urbe ; Quoad tibi æquum videbitur; quoad poffem & lice `ret ; quoad progredi potuerit amentia, Cic. But Quoad, until, of

tener with the fubjun&ive ; as, Theffalonicæ effe flatueram, quoad aliquid ad me fcrifieres, Cic. but not always; Non faciam finem re gandi, quoad nunciatum erit te feciffe, Cic. The pronoun ejus, with facere or fieri is elegantly added to quoad ; as, Quoad ejus faccre po teris ; Quoad ejus fieri poffit, Cic. T Ejus is thought to be here gov crncd by aliquid or fome fuch word underflood. Quoad corpus, quoad animam, for fecundum, or quod attinet ad corpus vel animiam, as to thc body or foul, is efleemed by the beft grammarians not to be good Latin.

3. PosTQUAM or PosteaquaM, after, is ufually joined with the Indic. ANveQyaM, PRiusQUaM, before ; Simul, simulac, simul aTQU £, simul ut, as foon as; Ubi, when, fometimes with the Ind. and fometimes with the Subj. as, Antequam dico or dicam, Cic. Si mulac pcrfenfit, /irg. Simul ut videro Curionem, Cic. Hæc ubi

diéta dedit, Liv. Ubi femel quis pejeraverit, ei credi poflea non oportet, Cic. _So nae, truly ; as, Næ ego homo fum infelix, Ter. Næ tu, fi id feciffes, melius famæ confulüiffes, Cic. But xe, not, with * the Imperative, or more elegantly with the fubjun&ive ; as, Ne §ura, Plaut. Ne poft conferas culpam in me, Ter. Ne tot annorum felicitatem in unius horæ dederis difcrimen, Liv.

4. Qvasi, Crv, TANQUAM, PErinde, when they denote refem blance, are joined with the Indic. Fuit, olim, quafi ego fum, fenex,

+laut. Advcrô rupto ceu quondam turbine vénti coiìfliguns, rirg.

Government of Adyerabs.

163

Hæc omnia perinde funt, ut aguntur, Cic. But when ufed ironic ally, they have the fubjun&tive; as, Quafi de verbo, non de re labo retur, Cic.

5. Utinam, o si, ut for utinam, I wifh, take the fubjun&ive ; as, Utinam ea res ei voluptati fit, Gic. O mihi prætcritos referat fi Ju piter annos, ¥irg. Ut illum dii deaeque perdant, rer. 6. Ut, when or after, takes the indicative ; as, Ut difceffit, venit,

&c. M AIfo for quam, or quomodo, how ! as, Ut valet ! Ut falfus ani mi eft ! Ut fæpeT fumma ingenia in occulto latent ! Plaut. M Or when it fimply denotes refemblance ; as, Ut tute es, ita omnes cen fes effe, Plaut. M In this fenfe it fometimes has the fubjun&ive ; as, Ut fementem feceris, ita metes, Cic.

7. QuiN, for cur non, takes the Indicative ; as, Quin continetis voccm indicem ftultitiæ veftrae, Cic. M For Imo, nay or but, the In dicative or Imperative ; as, Quin eft paratum argentum, quin tu hoc audi, Ter.

M For Ut noN, QUI, QUae, Quod non, or Quo minus, the

Subjun&ive ; as, Nulla tam facilis res, quin difficilis fiet, quum in vitus facias, Ter. Ncmo eft, quin malit ; Facere non poffùm, quin ad te mittam, I camnot belp /ending ; Nihil abeft, quin fìm miférri mus, Cic.

The GovErnM ent of Adverbs.

XL. Some Adverbs of time, place, and quantity, gov ern the genitive ; as, Pridie ejus diFi,

The day before that day.

Ubique gentium,

Every where.

There is enough of words. Satis £f verborum, r. Adverbs of time governing the genit. are, Interea, poftea, inde, tunc ; as, Interea loci, in the mean time ; Poßea loci, afterwards ; inde

Ioci, then ; tunc temporis, at that time. 2. Of place, Ubi and quo, with their compounds, ubique, ubicunque, ubivis, ubiubi, &c. Alfo, Eo, huc, huccine, uinde, ufquam, nufquam, longe, ibidem ; as, Ubi, quo, quo vis, &c. aj/, ufquam, nufquam, unde terrarum, vel gentium ; longe gentium ; ibidem loci ; eo audaciæ, vecordiae, miferiarum, &c. to ííat pitch of boldngf, madngf, mifery, &c. 3. Of quantity, Abunde, af fätim, largiter, nimis, fatis, parum, minimè ; ar, Abundè gloriæ, af fätim divitiarum, largiter auri, fatis loquentiæ, fapientiæ parum eft illi vel habet. He bas enough ofglory, ricber, &c. Minimè gentium, by fo ^reamt.

Some add ergo and infiar ; as, Ergo virtutis, for the fake of virtue,

Cic. Infiar montis, like a mountain, Virg. : But thefe are properly nouns.

Obf. 1. Thefe adverbs are thought to govern the genitive, be caufe they imply in themfelves the force of a fubftantive ; as, Po tentiæ gloriæque abundè adeptus, the fame with abundantiam glorie; or res,

Construction of Paeposiriows.

164,

Iocus, or negotias and a prepofition, may be underftood ; as, Interea Ioci, i. e. inter ea negotia loci ; Ubi terrarum, for in quo loco terrarum.

obf. 2. we ufùàlly fay pridie, pofiridie ejus dici, feldom diem ; but pridie, po/fridie, Kalendas, Nonas, Idus, ludos Apollinares, natalem ejus, abfo

Tutionem ejus, &c. rarely Kalendarum, &c. obf. 3. En and ecce are conftrued either with the nominative or accufative ; as,

En hoftis, or hoftem ; Ecce miferum hominem, Cic. Sometimes a dative is added ; as, Ecce tibi Strato, Ter. Ecce duas (/cil. aras/ ti

bi, Daphni, /irg. In like manner is conftrued hem put for ecce ; as, Hem tibi Davum, Ter. But in all thefe examples fome verb muft be underftood.

XLI. Some derivative adverbs govern the cafe of their primitives ; as, Omnium optimè loquitur, Convenienter naturae, /enit obviam ei,

Proxime caßris or caßra,

He fpeaks the beft of all. Agreeably to nature. He came to meet him.

Next the camp.

The Construction of PRepositions.

1. PREPOSITIONS governing the Accu/ative. Ad aftra, to tbe Aara ; religari ad afferem, to be bound to a plank ; ad diem veniam, folvam, &c. at or on ; ad portam, oftium, fores, at, be

fore , ad urbem, Tiberim, near, at : ad templa fupplicatio, in ; ad fummum, at mof ; ad fummam, on tbe wbole, Cic.; ad ultimum, ex tremum, at la/?, final3 ; ad v. in fpeciem, to appearance ; mentis ad omnia capacitas ; annus fatalis ad interitum; fenius ad feveritatem, for, witb refpeâ to, Cic. ; ad vivum, fc. corpus, to tbe quick ; ad judi cem agere, before ; nihil ad Cæfarem, in comparifom f; numero ad duodecim, to tbe number of; omnes ad unum, to a man ; ad hoc, be

fides ; ad vulgi opinionem, according to ; homo ad unguem faétus, an accomplißed man ; herbæ ad lunam meffae, by tbe light o/, Virg.; ad tempus venit, at ; Ira brevis eft & ad tempus, for ; ad tempus con filium capiam, according to, Cic. ; ad decem annos, qfter ; annos ad quinquaginta natus, about, Cic. ; nebula erat ad multum diei, for a

great part of the day, Liv. ; ad pcdes jacêre, provolvi, procumbere, & ad genua; ad manus effe, at ; ad manus venire, to come to a clofe en Pagement ; ad libellam deberi, to a fartbing, no more and no /e/i ; ad hazc

vifa auditaque, upon feeing and bearing tbefe tbing*, Liv.

Ad feems fometimes to be taken adverbiälly ; as, Ad duo millia caefa funt ; ad mille hominum amiffum eft ; ad ducenti perierunt, about, Liv.

Apud forum, at ; apud me cænabis, at my bou/? ; apud fenatum,

judiccs v. aliquem dicere, bfore ; apud majores noftrosjamong ; apud

Constauction of Paepositions.

165

Xenophontem, in the jook of; Eft mihi fides, vel valeo, apud ilfum, ¥ Àave credit with him ; facio te apud illum deum, Ter. ANTE diem, focum, &c. before.

ADversus, v.-um ; Contra hoftes, againf ; adverfus infimos juf titia eft fervanda, towards ; adverfum hunc loqui, to, Ter. Lerina adverfum Antipolim, over again/?, Plin. Cis vel citra flumen, on this /ide ; citra neceffitatem, withoui ; Ede citra cruditatem, bibe citra ebrietatem, Sen.

CiRcuM & circa regem, about ; Varia circa haec opinio, Plin. ERGA amicos, towards. ExTRA muros ; Extra jocum, periculum, noxiam, fortem, without ; ncmo cxtra te, b£fidei ; extra conjuration em, not concerned in, Sall.

IN FRa teétum, below the rog/.

INter fratres, among , intér & fuper caenam, during, in the time ofs inter hæc parata, during the/e preparations, Sall. Inter tot annos, in, Cic. Inter diem ; wbence, interdiu, in tbe day time ; inter fe amant, tbey hove ane anotber ; Quafi non norimus nos inter nos, Ter. INtRA privatos parietes, intra paucos, annos, witbin ; intra fa mam eft, lef, than report, Quin&t.

Juxta macellum, near tbe Abambler. Ob lucrum, /or gain ; ob oculos, before ; ob induftriam fór de in duftria, om purpofe, Plaut. Penes quem, or quem penes, in the power of; Penes te es ? Are 5you in your fen/es ? Hor.

Per agros, tbrough ; per vim, per fcelus, £y; per anni tempus, per aetatem licet, /or, by rea/on o/. PoN e caput, behind.

Post hoc tempus, after ; poft tergum, behind ; poft homines natos, poft hominum memoriam, fince the world began. Praeter te nemo, no body, befides or except ; præter cafam fugere, be

5yond; præter legem, morem, æquüm & bonum, fpem, opinionem, &c. contrary to, agaiy?, beyond ; præter caeteros excellere, lamentari, above ; præter ripam ire, along, near; praeter oculos, before, Cic. PRopter virtutem, for, on account of; propter aquæ rivum, near, bard by, Virg. SecunduM fa&a & virtutcs tuas, according to, Ter. fecundum lit tus, fecundum aurem vulneratus eft, near to; in a&tione fecundum vocem vultus plurimum valet; fecundum patrem tu es proximus,

after, next to ; Prætor fecundum me decrcvit, fententiam, dedit, for, in my favour, Cic. Secus viam, ly, along. Supra terram, above.

TRANs mare, over, beyond. Ultra oceanum, beyond.

To prepofitions governing the accufative are commonly added Circiter, prope, TusQUe & versus ; as, Circiter meridicm, about mid-day ; prope muros, near tbe walls ; ufque Puteolos, Tharfam uf

que, a* /ar as ; Orientem verfus, towards the eqff. But in thefe ad is

Construction of Paepositions.

166

underftood ; which we find fometimes expreffed; as, Prope ad an num, Nep. Ab ovo ufque ad mala, Hor. Ad oceanum verfus, Cæf. in Italiam verfus, Cic.

2. PREPOSITIONS governing the Ablative. A patre, ab omnibus, abs te, by or from ; a puero, vel pueris, a pueritia, incunabulis, teneris mnguibus, &c. from a child, ever /ince

cbilábood ; ab ovo ufque ad mala, from the keginning to the end o//upper ; a manu, fc. fervus, an amanuenfis or clerk ; ad manum, a vvaiting mam ;

a pedibus, a fotman ; a latere principis, an attendant. So a fecretis, rationibus, confìliis, cyathis, &c. a fecretary, accountant, &c. fores a

nobis, for noftrae. Injuria ab illo, for illius, Ter. a coena, after ; Se cnndus, tertius a Romulo; i&tus ab latere, on or in ; a fcnatu ftare,

for, in defence of; ab oculis doleo, Plaut. ab ingenio improbus, a pe cunia & militibus imparatus, a* to, with refpe&? to, Cic.

Eft calor a

fole ; omiffiores ab re, too careleft about money ; a villa mercenarium vidi, Ter.

Absque caufa, without ; abfque te effet, re&te ego mihi vidiffem, i. e. fi tu non effes, nifi tu effes, but for yov, bad it not been /or you, Ter. Abfque is cbiefiy u/ed by comic writera ; fine, hy orator*. ClaM patrc & patrem, witbout the knowledge of. Coram omnibus, bg/ore, in the prgfence oy.

Cum exercitu, witb ; teftis mecum cft annulus, in my po//iom, Ter. cum prima lucc, at break o/ day ; cum imperio effe, in ; cum primis, in primis, in tbe fir/? place ; cum metu dicere, cum lætitia vivere, cum cura, &c. Cic. /Ve/ay, mecum, tecum, fecum, nobifcum,vobifcum; rarefy cum me, cum te, &c. and quocum or cum quo, quibufcum & cum quibus.

De lana caprina rixantur, about, concerning: De tanto patrimonio nihil relictum eft, of; de loco fuperiore, froms; de die, by day ; de no&te, by nigbt ; de integro, anew, afre/3; de v. ex improvifo, unex peéîed*y; de v. ex induftria, on purpρ/α; de meo, at my expen/e ; Id de lucro putato effe, clear gain, Ter.; de v, ex compa&o agere, by agres ment ; de tranfverfo, cro/?-wjfe, atbwart ; de v. ex ejus fententia, con filio, according to ; qua v. hac de caufa, far ; homo de plebe ; templuma de marmore, of; de fcripto dicere, to read a /?eecb ; de Pilio emit, from, Cic. De fervis fideliffimus ; De ipfius exercitu non amplius hominum mille cecidit, Nep. Robur de exercitu, Liv. Adolefcens de fummo loco, Plaut. De procul afpicere, Id. E foro, Ex ædibus, from, out ef; e contrario, v. contraria parte, vn tbe contrary ; e regione, over agaipfi ; e republica, e re alicujüs, for tbe good of; ftatim e fomno, ex fuga, ex tanta properantia, aliud ex alio malum, from, afler ; e veftigio, out of band, immediately ; poculum ex auro ; ex equo pugnare, on borfe back ; facere pugnam, ex commo do, om advantageous ground, Sall. ; diem ex die expe&tare, from day to day, day after day ; ex ordine, in order ; magna ex parte, for the mo/? Aart ; ex fupervacuo, /uperfluo /y; ex tua dignitäte v. virtute, êx

167

Construction of Paepositions.

«decreto fenatês, enatura, according to ; /ò vulgus ex veritate pauca, ex opinione multa æftimat ; ex v. de more, ad v. in morem alicujus. Æx animo, from the beart ; Infolentia ex profperis rebus, e via lan guere, ex doétrina nobilis, on account ef; ex ufu eft tibi, of advantage ; èx eo die, fince ; ex amicis certis certiffimus, ef or among ; ex pedi büs laboräre, to be ill of tbe gout, Cic. E re mata, as tbe matter ßandr,

Ter. Commenta mater eft, effe ex alio viro, Nefcio quo, púerum natum, by, Id.

Pro gloria certare, for ; Rati no&em pro fe, /avourable to them, Sall. Hoc eft pro me, Cic. pro templo, tribunali, concione, roftris,

caftris, foribus, before ; pro füa dignitate, fapientia, &c. pro poteftate cogere, pro tempore, re, loco, fuo jure, according to ; eft pro prætore, pro te molam, comes facundus pro vehiculo eß, for, inffead of; pro viribus, pro parte virili, pro fua quifque parte v. facultate, te one'*

ability or power , Parum tibi pro eo, quod a te habeo, reddidi, Cic. in comparifon of, confidering ; pro ut, pro eo ac, pro eo ut mereor, a* / deferve ; pro fe quifque, uterque, &c. for bis own part; pro rata par te, pro portione, in proportion ; pro cive fe gerit ; agere pro viétori bus ; pro fuo uti ; pro rupto fædus habet, for, as ; fè pro certo, fn

fe&to, comperto, nihilo, conceffo, &c. habeo, duco. Pro occifo re 1i&tus eft, Cic.

PRAE fe pugionem tulit, before ; fpeciem præ fe boni viri fert, pre fend, to be, Ter. præ lacrymis non poffum fcribere, for, becaufe of; il $um præ me contempfi, in compari/on of; So tbe adv. præut ; ar, praeut hujus rabies quæ dabit, Ter. PALAM populo, omnibus, before, with the knowledge of. SIN e labore, without ; fine ulla caufa, pompa, moleftia, querela, im -

penfa, &c. ; homo fine re, fide, fpe, fortunis, fede, &c. Cic. Capulo tenus, up to tbe bilt. Tenus is conftrued with the genitive plural, when the word wants the fing. as, Cumarum tenus, as far as Cumae : or when we fpeak of things, of which we have by nature only two; as, Oculorum, aurium, narium, labrorum, lumborum, crurum tenus, up to, We affo find Corcyrae tenus, & oftiis tenus, Liv. Colchis tenus, Flor.

Pe&oribus tenus, Ovid.

To prepofitions governing the abl. is commonly added procul; as, Procul domo, far from home ; but here a is underftood which is

alfo often expreffed; as, Procul a patria, Virg. Procul ab oftenta tione, guin&i. Culpa eft procul a me, Ter.

3. PREPOSITIONS governing the Accu/ and Abl. XLIV. The prepofitions in, füb, /uper, and /ubter, gow ern the accufative, when motion to a place is fignified ;

but when motion or reft in a place is fignified, in and /ub govern the ablative ; fuper and /ubter either the accüfa stive.or ablatiye.

168

Constauction •of Prepositions.

IN, when it fignifies into, governs the accufative ; when it fignifies in or among, it governs the ablative ; as, In urbem ire, into ; amor in patriam, in te benignus, towards ;

in lucem, untii day; in eam fententiam, to that purpofe, on that head ; in rem tuam eft, for your advantage; in utramque partem difputare, on both fides, for and again£ ; Hitura in nomen, om, Cic. poteftas in filium, over ; in aliquem dicere, agaipfi ; mirum in mo dum, qfter ; in pedes ftare, in aurem dormire, oh ; in os laudare, to,

Before ; in v. inter patres leétus, into the number of; in vulgus pro bari, fpargere, &e. among ; crefcit in dies, in fìngulos dies, omnes in dies, every day ; in diem poflerum, proximum, decimum, agairf; in diem vivere, to live from hand to mouth, not think of to-mofrow; Eft in diem, will happen fometime after, Ter. Induciae in duos

menfes datæ, in hunc diem, annum, &c. far ; Ternis affibus in pe dem, v. in fingulos pedes, tranfegit, He bargained for three fhillings a foot, or for every foot ; So in jugerum, militem, capita, navcs,&c. In medimna fingula, H. S. quinos denos dedifti, Cic. '

In portu navigo, in tempore, in ; effe in poteftate, v. in potefta tem, honore, v. honorem, mente v. mentem; in manu v. manibus

effe ; habere, tenere, in one's power, on hand ; in amicis, among ; in oculis, before. Occifus eft in provinciam, for in provincia, Sali. In pueritia, adolefcentia, fene&ute, abfentia, for- puer or pueri,

when a boy or boys, &c._ Hoc in tempore, Nep. In loco fratris diligere, for ut fratrem, Ter.

Sub terras ibit imago, fub afpe&um cadit, under ; fub ipfum fu nus, near, juft before, Hor. fub lucem, ortum lucis, no&emi, vefpe ram, brumam, i. e. incipiente luce, &c.at the dawn of day, &c. fub ädem tempus, about; fub eas literas recitatæ funt tuæ, fub feftos «dies, after, Cic.

Stfa muro, rege, pedibus, &c. under ; fub urbe, near, Ter. fub ea €onditione, v.-em, on or with.

Super Numidiam, above, beyond ; fuper ripas, upom ; fuper hæc ; fuper morbum etiam fames affixit, be/ides, Liv. fuper arbore, fronde

fuper viridi, upog; fuper hac re fcribere, his accenfa fuper, concern ing; alii fuper alios trucidantur, Liv. Super coenam, fuper vinum

£t cpulas, for inter, during, Curt. Nec fupèr ipfe fuâ moiitur laude laborem,for, /irg. Subtra terram v. terra, undar.

Obf. 1. When prepofitions do not govern a cafe, they are reckoned adverbs.

Such are, Ante, circa, clam, coram, contra, infra, intra, juxta, pa lam, pqne, poft, propter, fecus, fubter, fuper, fupra, ultra. But in mg{t of thefe the cafe fcems to be implieâ in thè fénfe , as, Longo Poft tempore venit, fc. poft id tempus. Adverfùs, juxta, propter, {ccus, fccundum, & claiiv, are by fòme thought to be always ad

«ConstaucTioN of PR E positions.

169

verbs, having a prepofition underftood when they govcrn a cafe. So other adverbs alfo are conftrued with the acc. or abl. as, Intur Intus templo divum, fc. in, Virg. Simul bis, fc. cum, Hor.

cellam, for intra, Liv.

Obf. 2. A and E are only put before confonants ; Ab and ex, ufually before vowels, and fometimes alfo before confonants ; as, A patre, e regione : ab initio, ab rege; ex urbe, ex parte : ah, before q and t ; Tas, abs te, abs quivis homine, Ter. Some phrafes are ufed only with e ; as, e longinquo, e regione, e veftigio, e re mea eft, &c. Somc only with ex ; as, Ex compaéto, ex tempore, magna ex parte, &c.

Obf. 3. Prepofitions are often underftood ; as, Devenere locos, fcil. ad ; It portis, fc. ex, Virg. Nunc id prodeo, fcil. ob v. propter, Ter. Maria afpera juro, fcil. per, Virg.

Ut fe loco movere non

poffent, fcil. e vel de, Caef. Vina promcns dolio, fcil. ex, Hor. Quid illo facias ? Quid me fiet, fc. de, Ter. And fo in Englifh, Sheri, me the book ; Get me fome paper, that is, to me, for me. We fometimes find the word to which the prepofition. refers, fuppreffed; as, Circum

Concordiæ, fc. ædem, Sall. Round St. Paul's, namely, cburcb , Camp um Stellatem divifit extra fortem ad viginti millibüs civium, i. e. ci

vium millibus ad viginti millia, Suet. But this is moft frequently the cafe after prepofitions in compofition ; thus, Emittere fervumi, fcil. manu, Plaut. Evomere virus, fcil, ore, Cic. Educere copias, fcil. caftris, Cæf.

XLV. A prepofition in compofition often governs the fame cafe, as when it ftands by itfelf; as, Adeamus fcholam, Exeamus fcholâ,

Zet ur go to t5e/?bool. Let u* go out offbe fcbool.

Obf. 1. The prepofition with which the verb is compounded, is often repeated; as, Adire ad fcholam ; Exire e fchola ; Adgredi aliquid, or ad aliquid ; ingredi orationem vel in orationem ; indu• cere animum, et in animum ; evadcre undis et ex undis; decedere

de fuo jure; decedcre viâ vel de via ; expellere, ejicere, exterminare, extrudere, exturbare urbe, et ex urbe. Some do not repeat the

prepofition ; as, Affari, alloqui, allatrare aliquem, not ad aliquem. §o, alluere urbem ; accolere flumen ; circumvenire aliquem;Tpræ terire injuriam; abdicare fe magiftratu, (affo abdicare magiftratüm;) tranfducere exercitum fluvium, &c. Others are onlyT conftrued with the prepofition ; as, Accurrere ad aliquem, adhortari ad ali

g!,

incidere in morbum, avocare a fludiis, avertere ab incepto,

Some admit other prepoGtions ; as, Abire, demigrare, loco ;

et, a, de, ex, loco ; abftrahere aliquem a, de, val e confpe&u ; De P.

Construction of Interjections.

47o

£ìftere fententia, a vel de fententia ; Excidere manibus, de vel e man jbus, &c.

Obf. 2. Some verbs compounded with e or ex govern either the ablative or accufative ; as, Egredi urbe or urbem, fcil. extra ; egredi extra vallum, Nep. Evadere infidiis or infidias. Patrios excedere muros, Lucan. Sce deratâ excedere terrâ, Virg. Elabi ex manibus ; pugnam, vincula, Tac.

Obf. 3. This rule does not take place, unlefs when the prepofi n may be disjoined from the verb, and put bcfore the noun by

itfclf; as, Alloquor patrem, or loquor ad patrem. 3. The Construction of Interjecrions. XLVI. The interjeétions 0, heu, and proh, are conftru ed with the nominative, accufative, or vocative ; as, 0 vir bonus or bone ! O good man ! Heu me mj/erum ! Ah wretch ed me !

So, O vir fortis atque amicus ! Ter. Heu vanitas humana! Plin.

Heu miferande puer! /irg. O præclarum cuftodem ovium (ut aiunt) !upum! Cic.

XLVII. Hei and væ govern the dative ; as, H£i mibi ? Ah me ! • Pæ vobis ? Wo to you ! Obf. 1. Heu, and ohe are joined only with the vocative ; as, Heu,

Syre, Ter. Oóe libelle ! Martial. Pro} or pro, ab, vab, bem, have gen craily eitber the accufative or vocative ; às, Proh hominum fidem ! Ter. ' I'roh Sanéte Jupiter ! Cic. Hem aftutias ! Ter. Obf. 2. Interje&ions cannot properly have either concord or go vernment. They are only mere founds excited by paffion, and have no juft conne&tion with any other part of a fentence. Whatever cafe therefore is joined with them, muft dcpend on fome other word underftood, except the vocative, which is always placed abfolutely: thus, Heu me miferum! fiandi for Heu! quam me miferum fentio! Hei mihi ! fr Hei ! malüm eft mibi! É dolor ! for Proh ! quan fus cft dolor! and fo in other examples. f s

The Constructios of Circumst Asces. The circumftances, which in Latin are expre{fed in dif. ferent cafes, are, i. The Price of a thing. 2. The Caufe, AManner, and Inßrument. 3. Place. 4. Meafure and Di/. tance. 5. Time,

ConstRuction of CiRcvMstAnces.

17 1

I. PRice.

XLVIII. The price of a thing is put in the ablative ; áS»

Emi librum duobus affibus, Conßitit talento,

I bought a book for two fhillings. It coft a talent.

So Affe carum eft; vile viginti minis ; auro venale, &c. Nocet empta dolore voluptas, Hor. Spem pretio non emam, Ter.

Pluri

mi auro veneunt honores, Ovid.

“I Thefe genitives tanti, quanti, plurir, minoris, are ex cepted ; as, <2uanti confiitit ? How much cof it ? A//e et pluris, A fhillingand more, Obf. I. When the fubftantive is added, they are put in the abla tive ; as, parvo pretio, impenfo pretio vendere, Cic.

Obf. 2. Magno, permagno, parvo, paululo, minimo, plurimo, are often ufed without the fubftantive , as, Permagno conftitit, fc. pre tio, Gic. We alfo fay, Emi carè, cariùs, cariffimè ; bene, meliùs, op timè ; malè, pejùs, viliùs, viliffimè ; Valde carè æftimas : Emit do mum prope dimidio cariùs, quam æftimabat, Cic. Obf. 3. The ablative of price is properly governed by the prep ofition pro underflood, which is likewife fometimes cxpreffed; as Dum pro argenteis decem aureus unus valcret, Liv, 2. MANN E R. and CAus E.

XLIX. The caufe, manner, and inftrument are put in the ablative ; as, Palleo metu,

I am pale for fear.

Recit /uo more, Scribo calamo,

I write with a pen.

He did it after his own way.

So Ardet dolore ; pallefcere culpâ ; æftuare dubitatione ; geftire voluptate v. fecundis rebus ; Confeétus morbo; affe&tus beneficiis, graviffimo fupplicio ; infignis pietate ; deterior licentiâ: Pietate filius, confiliis pater, amore frater ; bence Rex Dei gratiâ. Paritur pax bello, Nep. Procedere lento gradu ; Acceptus regio apparatu ; Nullo fono convertitur annus, %uv. Jam veniet tacito curva fenec

ta pede, Ovid. Percutere fecuri, defendere faxis, configere fagittis, &c

Qbf. 1. The ablative is here governed by fome prepofition un derftood. Before the manner and caufe, the prepofition is fome times expreffed; as, De more matrum locuta eft, Virg. Magno cum

metu ; Hac de caufa : Præ mærore, formidine, &c. But hardly ev er before the inflrument ; as, Vulnerare aliquem gladio, not cum

ladio ; unlefs among thc poets, who fometines add a or ab ; as, £rajeétus ab enfe, Qvid.

*7 *

Construction of CircuMstAnces.

Obf. 2. When any thing is faid to be in company with anothe*, it is called the ablative of concomitancy, and has the prepofìtion, cum ufually added ; as, Obfedit curiam cum gladiis : Ingreffus eft cum gladio, Cic.

obf. 3. Under this rule are comprehended feveral other circum fances, as the matter of which any thing is made, and what is cal led by grammarians the AdjuncT, that is, a noun in thc ablative joincd to a vcrb or adje&ive, to exprefs the chara&er or quality of the perfon or thing fpoken of; as, Capitolium faxo quadrato con ftru&tum, Liv. Floruit acumine ingenii, Cic. Pollet opibus, valet

armis, viget memoriâ, famâ nobilis, &c. Æger pedibus. When we exprefs the matter of which any thing is made, the prepofition is ufüaliy added ; as, Templum de marmore, /eldom marmoris ; Pocu• Jum ex auro faóturn, Cic.

3. PlAce. The sircumftances of place may be reduced to four

particulars. 1. The place where, or in which. 2. The place Ἀνhither, or to which.

3. The place whence, or from which.

4. The place ly or through which. At or In a place is put in the genitive ; unlefs it be a noun of the third declenfion, or of the plural number, amd then it is expreffed in the ablative. TO a place is put in the accufative ; FroM or By a

place, in the ablative.

But thefe cafes will be more exa&tly afcertained by

' tlOmS. reducing the circumftances of place to particular quef 1. The place WH E R£. 1L. When the queftion is made by Ubi ? Where ? the name of a town is put in the genitive ; as, /ixit Romae,

AMortuus eß Londini,

He lived at Rome. He died at London.

47 But ifthe name of a town be of the third declen fiori, or plural number, it is expreffed in the ablative ; as,

Habitat Carthagine, Studuit Parifiis,

He dwells at Carthage. He fludied at Paris.

obf. t. When a thing is faid to be done, not in the place itfelf, but in its neighbourhood, we always ufe the prepofition ad or apud ; as, 42 or apud Trojam, At or ncar Troy.

Constrú & fioN of Circumstances.

173

Obf. 2. Thc name of a town, when put in the ablative, is here governed by the prepofition in underflood ; but if it be in the gen itive, we muft fupply in urbe, or in oppido. Hcnce, when the name of a town is joined with an adjeéîive or commom noun, thc prepo

fition is generally expreffed : thus, we do not fay, Natus eft Romæ urbis celebris ; but either Romæ in celebri urbe, or in Romæ cele bri urbe, or in Roma celebri urbe, or fometimes Romae celebri urbe.

In like manner we ufually fay, Habitat in urbe Carthaginc, with the prepofition. We likewife find Habitat Carthagini, which is fometimes the termination of the ablative, when the queftion is made by ubi ? -

2, The place Whither. LI. When the queftion is made by Quo ? Whither ? the name of a town is put in the accufative ; as, J^enit Romam, Profe&us ej? Athenas,

He came to Rome. He went to Athens.

Obf. r. We find the dative alfo ufed among the poets, but mor feldom ; as, Carthagini nuncios mittam, Horat. Obf. z. Names oftowns are fometirnes put in the accufative, af

ter verbs of telling and giving, where motion to a place is implied; as, Romam erat nunciatum, The report was carricd to Romc, Liv, Meffanam litcras dedit, Cic.

3. The Place WH EN ce.

LII. When the queftion is made by Unde ? Whence ? or Qua ? By or through what place ? the name of a town is put in the ablative ; as, Di/ceffit Corintho, Laodicèâ iter faciebat,

He departed from Corinth. He went through Laodicea.

When motion by or through a place is fignified, the prepofition per is commonly ufed ; as, PerThebas iter fccit, Np. I)omus and Rur.

LIII. Domus and rus are conftrued the fame way as names of towns ; as, He ftays at home.

Manet domi, Domum revertitur,

He returns home.

Domo arceffitus fum, I am called from home. ¥ivit rure, or more frequently ruri, He lives in the country. Aediit rure, He is returned from thc comtry, 4®iit rur, He is gone to the country. P2

174

Constaucrion of Circumst Ances.

Obf. 1. Humi, militiae, and belli, are likewife conftrued in the gemi tive, as nam.es of towns; thus,

Domi et militiæ, or belli, At home and abroad. jacet bumi, He lies on the ground.

obf. 2. when Domus is joined with an adje&ive, we commonly ufe a prepofition ; as, In domo paterna, not domi paternæ ; So Ad

domum paternam : Ex domo paternâ. Unlefs when it is joined with thefe pofTefTives, Meus, tuus, fuus, nofter, regius, vefter, amd alienus ; as, Domi meae vixit, Cic.

Regiam domum comportant,

Sall.

Obf. 3. When Domus has another fubftantive in the genitive after

it, the prepofition is fometimes ufed, and fometimes not ; as, Depre henfus eft domi, domo, or in domo Cæfaris.

LIV. To mames of countries, provinces, and all other places, except towns, the prepofitionis commonly added ; aSy

MVlem the qugffion is made by Ubi ? Natus in ftalia, in Latio, in urbe, &c.

&vo ? Abiit in Italiam, in Latium, in, or, ad urbem, &c. Unde ? Rediit ex Italia, e Latio, ex urbe, &c.

3ua ? Tranfit per Italiam, per Latium, per urbem, &c. Obf. 1. A prepofition is often added to names of towns ; as, In Roma for Romae ; ad Romam, ex Roma, &c. Peto always governs the accufative as an aétive verb, without a

prspofition; as, Petivit Egyptum, He went to Egypt. Obf. 2. Names of countries, provinces, &c. are fometimes conftru £d withgut the . prepofition ; as, Pompeius Cypri vifus eft, c./. Crcta: juifit confidere Apollo, /irg. Venit Sardiniam, cic. Romę, Numidiaque facinora ejus memorat, Sali.

4. Measure and Distance.

I.V. Meafure or diftance is put in the accufative, and fometimes in the ablative ; as, Murus eft decem pedes altus, diftat triginta millia, or triUrbs ginta millibus paffuum,

The wall i tem /eet bigâ.

Iter, or itinerc unius dici,

One

Tbe city i* tbi

e city is tbirty miles djlant.

day's journey.

Obf. 1. The accufatiye or. ablative of meafure is put after ad* je&ives and verbs of dimenfion; as, Longus, latus, craffus, pro/undus* and ahus : Patet, porrigitur, eminet, &c. The names of meafiîre are pes, cubitus, ulna, paffus, digitur, an inch ; palmus, a fpan, an hand breadth, &c. The accufative or ablative of di^anée is ufed only aftcr verbs which exprefs motion or dißance ; as, AEo, curro, abßra

Construction of Ci Rcumstances.

I 75

djlo, &'c. The accufative is governed by ad or per underftood, and the ablative by a or ab.

Obf. 2. When we exprefs the meafure of more things than one, we commonly ufe the diftributive number ; as, Muri /unt denos pede, alti, and fometimes denám pedum, for denorum, in the genitive, ad men /uram being underftood. But the genitive is only ufed to exprefs the meafure of things in the plural number.

Obf. 3. Whcn we exprefs thc diftance of a place where any thing is done, we commonly ufe the ablative; or the accufative with the prepofition ad ; as, Sex millibus paffuum ab urbe confedit, or, ad fex millia paffuum, Ca/. Ad quintum milliarium v, milliare confe dit, Cic. Ad quintum lapidem, Nep.

Obf. 4. The excefs or difference of meafure and diflance is put in the ablative ; as,

Hoc lignum excedit illud digito. Toto vertice fupra eft, J^irg. Britanniæ longitudo ejus latitudinem ducentis quadraginta millia ribus fuperat.

5. TiMe. LVI. When the queftion is made by Quando ? When ? time is put in the ablative ; as, Venit borâ tertiâ,

He came at three o'clock.

q| When the queftionis made by Quamdiu ? How long ? time is put in the accufative or ablative, but oftener in the accufative ; as, IMarfit paucos dies, Sex men/ibus abfuit,

He flaid a few days. He was away fix months.

* Or thur, Time when is put in the ablative, time how long is put in the accufative. Obf. 1. When we fpeak of any precife time, it is put in the ab lative ; but when continuance oftime is expreffed, it is put for the mofl part in the accufative. Obf. 2. All the circumftances of time are often expreffed with a

prepofition ; as, In præfentia, or in præfenti, [.il. tempore ; in vel ad præfens ; Pcr decem annos ; Surgunt de no&te ; Ad horám demina

tam ; Intra annum ; Per idem tempus ; ad Kalendas foluturos ait, Suet. The prepofition ad or circa is fometimes fuppreffed, as in thefe cxpreffions, hoc, illud, id, iftuc, ætatis, temporis, horæ, &c. for hac aetate, hoc tempore, &c. And ante or fome other word ; as, Annos natus unum & viginti, fe. ante. Siculi quotannis tributa conferunt,

Je. tot annis, quot vel quotquot funt, Cic. Prope diem, /?. ad, /oon ; Oppidum paucis diebus, quibus eo ventum eft, expugnatum, /;, poß eos dies, Ca/. Ante diem tertium Kalendas Maias accepi tuas litéras, for die tertio ante, Cic. Qui dies futurus effet inante diem o&avum Kalendas Novembris, Id, Exante dicm quintum Kal. Oétob. £av.

1 76

CoM pound Sentences.

I.acedæmonii feptingentos jam annos amplius unis moribus et nun quam mutatis legibus vivunt, fc. quam per, Cic. We find, Primum ftipendium meruit annorum decem feptemque, /.. Atticus; for fep temdecim annos natus, feventeen years old, Nep.

obf. 3. The adverb ABHINC which is commonly ufed with re

fpe& topaf time, is joined with the accufative or ablative without a prepofition, as, fa&um efi abbine biennio or biennium, It was done two ears ago. So likewife are pg/? and ante ; as, paucos pgf anmos : but ìere, caTor id may be underftood.

coMPoUND SENTENCES. A compound fentence is that which has more than one mominative, or one finite verb.

A compound fentence is made up of two or more fim ple fentences or phrafes, and is commonly called a Period.

The parts of which a compound fentence confifts, are called Members or Clau/er.

In every compound fentence there are either feverai fubje&s, and one attribute, or feveral attributes, and one fubjeét, or both feveral fubje&s and feveral attributes: That is, there are either feveral

nominatives applied to the fame verb, or feveral verbs applied to the fame nominative, or both.

Every verb marks a judgment or attribute, and every attribute muft have a fubje&. There muft therefore be in every fentence or period as many propofitions as there are verbs of a finite mode.

Scntences are compounded by means of relatives and conjunc t1ons ; as,

Happy is tbe man who lovetb religion and pra&fj/ètb virtue. The Const Ruction of RE lAtiv Es.

LVII. The relative Qui, Quae, Quod, agrees with the antecedent in gender, number, and perfon ; and is com flrued through all the cafes, as the antecedent would be in its place ; as, Singular. Vir qui, Fæmina quae, Negotium quod, Ego qui /cribo, Tu qui /cribis, Vir qui /cribit,

Plural.

The man who. The woman who.

The thing which. I who write. Thou who write{t.

The mam who writes,

Viri qui. Fæminæ quae. INegotia quae. INos qui /cribimur. Vos qui /cribitis. Viri qui /cribunt,

€onstruction of RelativEs.

177

J¥fulier quae fcribit, The woman who writes.

Mulieres quae /ribunt.

Animal quod currit, The animal which runs. /ir quem vidi, The man whom I faw.

4nimalia quæ currunt. Viri quos vidi.

AMulier quam vidi, The woman whom I faw.

Muliere, quas vidi.

4nimal quod vidi, Vir cui paret,

The animal which I faw. The man whom he obeys.

Animalia quæ vidi. Viri quibus paret.

Vir cui ef /îmilis,

The man to whom he is like. Kiri quibus efi fimilis. The man by whom. Viri a quibus.

ár a quo,

A4ulier ad quam,

The woman to whom.

}<ir cujus opus g+,

The Ihan whofe work it is. /iri quorum opus gff.

JMulieres ad quat.

Χ'ir quem misêror, cujus mi/ereor vel mi/erefco, man whom I pity. cujus me miferet, cujus vel cuja intereff, &c. whofe interefi it is, &c. If no nominative come between the relative and the verb, the'rc.

ßn-

hative will be the nominative to the verb.

But if a nominative come between the relative and the verb, the

relative will be of that cafe, which the verb or noun following, or the prepofition going before, ufe to govern. Thus the conftruétion of the relative requires an acquaintance

with moft of the foregoing rules of fyntax, and may ferve as an ex ercife on all of them.

Obf. 1. The relative muft always have an antecedent expreffed or underftood, and therefore may be confidered as an adjeétive placed betwixt two cafes of the fame fubftantive, of which the one is al

ways expreffed, generally the former ; as, J^ir qui (vir) legit ; vir, quem (virum) amo : Sometimes the latter ; as, Quam quifque nôrit artem, in hac (arte) fe exerceat, Cic. Eunuchum, quem dedifii nobis, quas turbas dedit, Ter. fc. Eunuchus. Sometimes both cafes are expreffed ; as, Erant omnino duo itinera, quibus itineribus domo

exire poffent, Cæf. Sometimes, though more rarely, both cafes are omitted ; as, Sunt, quos boc genus minime juvat, for/unt bomines, quor, &c. Hor.

Obf. 2. When the relative is placed betwixt two fubftantives of

different genders, it may agrce in gender with eitherof them, though sno(t commonly with the former ; as,

Vultus quem dixere cbaos, Ovid. Eft locus in carcere, quod Tullianum appellatur, Sall. Animat, quem vocamüs bominem, Cic. Cogito id quod re• £j, Ter. 1f a part of a fentence be the antecedent, the relativc is always put in the neuter gender ; as, Pompeius fe affixit, quod mibi ef? fummo dolori, fcil. Pompeium /e affigere, Cic. Sometimes the relative does not agree in gender with the antecedent, but with fome fyno nymous word fupplied; as, Scelus qui, for/eeleffus, Ter. Abundantia earum rerum, quæ mortales prima putant, fcil. negotia, Sall. Vel virtus tua me vel vicinitas, quod ego in aliqua parte amicitiæ puto, facit ut te moneam, fcil. negotium, Ter.

Obf. 3. When the relative comes aftcr two words of different perfons, it agrees with the firft or fccond perfon rather than the •.

178

Construction of Relatives.

third ; as, £go fim vir, qui facio, fcarcely facit. In Englifh it fome times agrees with either ; as, I am tbe man, who male, or maketb. Eut when dnce the perfon of the relative is fixed, it ought to be contin ued through thè reft of the fentence: thus it is proper to fay “ Iam the man, Who takes care of your interefl," but if i add, * at the cx pcnce of my own," it would be improper. it ought either to be • his own," or * who take.” In like manner, we fay, * i thank you, who gave, who did love," &c. But it is improper to fay, * 1 thank thee, who gave, who did love :' it fhould be, * who gavef, who didft love." In no part of Englifh fyntax are inaccuracies commit ted more frequently than in this. Beginners are particularly apt

to fall into them, in turning Latin into Englifh. The reafon of it feems *o be our applying tbóu or you, thy or your, promifcuqufiy, to exprefs the fecomd pérfon fingulär, wherea» the Latins almoft al ways expreffed it by tu and tuus. Obf. 4. The antécedent is often implied in a poffeffive adje&ive ; a$,

Omnes laudare fortunas meas, qui baberem gnatum tali ingenio præditum, Ter.

Sometimes the antecedent muft be drawn from the fenfe of

the foregoing words; as, Carne pluit, quem imbrem aves rapuiffe ferun tur ; i. e. pluit imbrem carne, quem imbrem, &c. Liv. Si tempus efi ullum,

jure hominis necandi, quæ multa funt, fcil. tempora, Cic. Obf. s. The relative is fometimes entirely omitted ; as, Urbs an tiqua fuit : Tyrii tenucre coloni, fcil. quam or eam, Virg. Or if

ouce cxprcffed, is afterwards omitted, fo that it muft be fupplicd in a differcnt cafc ; as, Bocchus cum peditibus, quos filius ejus addux erat, ncque in priore pugna adfuerant, Romanos invadunt ; for qui que in priore pugna non adfuerant, Sall. ln Engli(h the relativeis cften omitted, wbere im Latin it muft be expreffed ; as, The letter 1 wrote, /or the lctter which I wrote ; The man I love, to wit, whom.

Βut this omiffion 9f the relative is generally improper, particularly in ferious difcourfe.

Obf. 6. The cafe of the relative fometimes feems to depend qn. that of the antecedent ; as, Cum aliquid agas eorum, quorüm con fuêfti, for quæ confu&fti , agere, or quorum Taliquid agere confuéfìi, Cic. But fuch examples rarely occur. Obf. 7. The adje&ive proiiouns ille, ipfe, j?e, bie, is, and idem, ip their conftruélion, refemble that of thê relative qui ; as, Liber ejus, His or her book ; /ita eorum, Their life, when applied to men ; ¥ita earum,Their life, whcn applied to women. By the improper ufe of thefe pronouns in Englifh, the meaning of fentences.is often ren dered obfcure.

Obf. 8. The interrogative or indefinite adje&ives, qualis, quantus,

quotus, &c. are alfo fonmetimes conftrued like rëlativcs; Tas, Facies efì, qualem decet effe fororum, Ovid. But thefe have commonly other adjcctives, cither exprefTed or underftood, which anfwer to them; as, Tanta eft multitudo, quantam urbs capere poteft: and are often Ę to different fubftantives ; as, Quäles fùnt cives, talis eft civi aß, utv,

Construction of Conjunctions.

179

Qbf. 9. The Latin relative often cannot be tranflated literally in to Englifh, on account of the different idioms of the two langua ges ; as. §uod cum ita effet, When that was fo ; not, Which when it was fo, becaufe then there would be two nominatives to the verb '

was, which is improper. Sometimes the accufative of thc relative

in Latin muft be reddered by the nominative in Englifh ; as, Quem dicunt me effe ? Who do they fay that I am ? not whom, Quem íunt adventare ? Who do they fäy is coming? Obf. Io. As the relätivé is always conne&ed with a different verb from the antecedent, it is ufually conftrued with the fubjunc tive mode, unlefs when the meaning of the verb is expreffed pofi tively ; as, Audire cupio, quæ legeris, I want to hear, what you have

read ; that is, what perfiaps ór probably you may have read : Au dire cupio, quae legiffi, I want to hear, what you have read.

To the conftru&tion of the Relative may be fubjoined that of the Answer to a Question.

The anfwer is commonly put in the fame cafe with the queftion ; as, qui vocare ? Geta, /&. vocor. Quid quaeris ? Librum, /. quæro. Quotã horâ venifti ? Sextâ. Sometimes tbe confiruéìion is varied , as, Cu jus eft liber ? Meus, not mei : Quanti emptus eft ? Decem affibus. I)amnatufne es furti ? Imo alio crimine.

Often the anfwer is made

by other parts of fpeech than nouns ; as, Quid agitur ? Statur, /.. a me, a nobis.

Quis fecit ? Nefcio : Aiunt Petrum feciffe. Quomodo

vales? Bene, male. Scripfiftine ? Scripfi, ita, etiam, immo, &c. An vi difti ? Non vidi, non, minime, &c. Chærea tuam veftem detraxit tibi ? Fa&um. Et eâ eft indutus ? Fa&tum, Ter. Moft of the rulea

of Syntax may thus be exemplified in the form of queflions and anfwers.

The ConstructioN of CoNJunctions.

LVIII. The conjun&ions et, ac, atque, nec, neque, aut, vel, and fome others, couple like cafes and modes ; as, Honora patrem et matrem,

Honour father and mother.

INec legit nec /cribit, He neither reads nor writes. Obf. r. îo this rule belong particularly the copulative and dif jun&ive conjunétions ; as likewife, quam, nifi, præterquam, an ; and alfo adverbs of likenefs, as, ceu, tanquam, quafi, ut, &'c. as,

Nullum præmium a vobis poftulo, præterquam hujus diei memo riam, Cic. Gloria virtutem tanquam umbra feqwitur, Id.

obf. z. Thefe conjun&ions properly conne& the different mem bers qf a fentence together, and are hardly ever applied to fingle words, unlef, when föme other word is underftood. Hence if the conßru&ion of the fentence be varied, diíferent cafes and modes may be coupled together ; as,

18o

Constaucrion of €onjunctions.

interem mea et reipublicae ; Conftitit affe et pluris ; Sive es Rornae, five in Epiro ; Decius cum devoveret, et in mediam aciem irruebat,

c;. vif magni ingenii fummâque induflria ; Neque per vita, neque i,54;is, Sau." Tecùm habita, & nôris, quam fit tibi curta fupellex, A'er/.

â, 3. when et, aut, vel, five, or nec, are joined to different mem bers ofíhe fame fentence, without conne&ing it particulariy to any former fentence, the firft et is rendered in Englifh by botb or liie •vj/e ; aut or vel, by eitber ; the firft /ive, by wbetber ; and the firft nec, bv ncitber; as,

* Et legit, et fcribit ; / tum legit, tum fcribit ; gr. cum legit, tum fcribit, He katb reads and writes ; Sivc legit, five fcribit, Wbetber Be

,.ad, e, vriter : Jacere quâ vera, quâ falfa ; Increpare quâ confules

ipfos, quâ excrcitum, to pbraid botb tbe conful, and tle army, Liv. LIX. Two or more fubftantives fingular coupled by

a conjun&ion, (as et, ac, atque, &c.) have an adje&ive, verb, or relative plural ; as, Petrus et joannes, qui funt doâi, Peter and John who are learned, obf. 1. If the fubftantives be of different perfons, the verb plu ral muft agree with the firft perfon rather than the fecond, and with the fęcond rather than the third ; as, Si tu et Tullia valetis, ego

et cicero valemur, If you and Tullia are well, I and Cicero are well, cic. In Englifh the perfon fpeaking ufually puts himfelflaft: thus, You and I read ; Cicero and I are well : but in Latin the per

fon who fpcaks is generally put firft : thus, Ego et tu legimus. cobf. a. 1f the fubftantives are of different genders, the adjeétive or relative plural muft agree with the mafculine rather than the feminine or neuter ; as, Pater et mater, qui funt mortui : but this

is only applicable to beings which may have life. The perfon is fometimes implied ; as, Athenarum et Cratippi, ad quos, &c. Prop ter fummam do&toris au&oritatem et urbis, quorum alter, &c. Cic. Where Athene & urbs are put for the learned men of Athens. So in

fubftantives ; as, Ad Ptolemæum Cleopatramque reges legati miffi, i. e. the king and queen, Liv.

.•

Obf. 3. if the fubftantives fignify things without life, the adjec tive or relative plural muft be put in the neuter gender ; as, Divi tiae, decus, gloria, in oculis fita funt, Sall.

The fame holds, if any of the fubftantivcs fignify a thing without life ; becaufe when we apply a quality or joiii an adje&ive to fev eral fubftantives c\ different genders, we muft reduçe the fubftan tives to fome certain clafs, under which they may all be compre

hended, that is, to what is called their Genùs.

Now the Genij, or

clafs which comprehends underit both perfons and things, is that of fubftances or beings in general, which are neither mafculine nor

feminine. To exprefs this the Latin grammarians ufe the word Λ'egotia,

Construction of CoNJunctions.

181

Obf. 4. The adje&tive or verb frequentiy agrees with the nearem fubftantive or nominative, and is underftood to the reft ; as,

Et ego et Cicero meus flagitabit, Cic. Sociis ct rege recepto, /irg. Et ego in culpa fum, et tu, Botb I am in thefault, and you; or Et ego et tu es in culpa, Botb I and you are in tbe fault. Nihil hic nifi carmii na* defunt ; or nihil hic deeft nifi carmina. Omnia, quibus turbari folita erat civitas, domi difcordia, foris bellum exortum ; Duo millia

et quadringenti cæfi, Liv. This conftru&tion is moft ufual, when the different fubftantives refemble one another in fenfe ; as, Mens,

ratio, et confilium in fenibus eft, Underfanding, • eo/on, and prudence is in ald men.

Obf. 5. The pluralis fometimesufcd after the prepofition cum put for et ; as,

Remo cum fratre Quirinus jura dabunt, Virg. The conjun&ion is frequently underftood; as, Dum ætas, metus, magiftcr prohibebant, *Ter.

Frons, oculi, vultus fæpe mentiuntur, Cic.

The different examples comprehended under this rule are com monly referred to the figure Syllepfis.

LX. The conjunétions ut, quo, licet, me,'utinam, and dun modo, are for the moft part joined to the fubjun&tive mode ; as, I read that I may learn.

Zego ut difcam, Utinam faperes,

{ wifh vou were wife.

Obf. 1. All interrogatives, when placed indefinitely, have after them the fubjun&ive mode. Whether they be adje&tives ; as, Quantus, qualis, qutótus, quotu -

plex, uter; Pronounsyras, quis, & cujas ; Adverbs, as, Ubi, quo, un de, qua, quorfum, quamdiu, quamdudum, quampridem, quoties, cur, quare, quamobrem, num, utrum, quomodo, qui, ut, quam, quanto

pére : or Conjunétions, as, ne, an, anne, annon : Thus, Quis gf ? *Who is it ? Agfcio quis fit ; I do not know who it is. An venturus • eft ? Nefcio, dubito, an venturus fit. Viden' ut alta ftet nive can

didum Sora&e, Hor. But thefe words are fometimes joined with the indicative; as Scio quid ago, Plaut. Haud fcio an amat, Ter. Vide avaritia quid facit, Id. Vides quam turpe eft, Cic. ' M In like manner the Relative QUI in a continued difcourfe ; as,

Nihil eft quod Deus efficere non poffit. Quis eft, qui utilia fugiat ? <Cic. Or when joined with Quippe or ut pote ; Neque Autónius procul aberat, utpote qui fequeretur, &c. Sall. But thefe'are fome

times, although more rareiy, joined with the Indicative. So Eft qui, funt qui, eft quando v. ubi, &c. are joined with the indicative or £ubjun&ive. \ oT £, Haud fcio an re&e dixerim, is the /ame with dico, affirmo, &Cic.

184

AblAtive Absolute.

obf. 5. The excefs or defe& of meafure is put in the ablative after comparativcs; and the fign in Englifh is $y, exprefTed or un derflood ; as,

E/ 4 cem digiti, altior quam frater, He is ten inches taller than his brother, or by ten inches. .Altero tanto major efi fratre, i. e. duplo major, He is as big again as his brother, or twice as big. Sefquipede minor, a foot and a half lcfs ; Altero tanto, aut /e/juimajor, As big again, or a half bigger, Cic. Ter tanto pejor eft ; Bis tanto amici funt inter fe, quam prius, Plaut. Quinquies tanto amplius, quam quantum licitum /it, civitatibus imperavit, fiveTtimes more, Cic. To this may be added ma

ay other ablatives, which are joined with the comparative, to in creafe its force; as, Tanto, quanto, quo, eo, hoc, multo, paulo, nimio, $*c.

£go plus habent, eo plus cupiunt, The more they have, tbe more they dcfire. Quanto meliæ, tanto felicior, The bettcr, the happier. We freqnently find multo, tanto, quanto, alfo joined with fuperlatives : Multo pùlcherrimam eam haberemus, Sall. Multoque id maximum

thus,

fuit, Liv.

The Ablative A Bsolute.

LXII. A Subftantive and a Participle are put in the ablative, when their cafe depends on no other word ; as, The fum rifing, or while the fun Sole oriente, fugiunt tenebræ,

rifeth, darknefs flies away.

Our work being finifhed, or when 0pere peraâo, ludemus,

our workis finifhed, we will play. So, Dominante libidine, temperantiæ nullus eft locus; Nihil ami citiâ præftabilius cft, exceptâ virtute ; Opprefsâ libertatc patriae, nihil eft quod fperemus amplius ; Nobilium vitâ vi&tuque mutato,

mores mutari civitatum puto, Cic. Parumper filentium et quies fuit, nec Etrufcis, nifi cogerentur, pugnam inituris, et diétatore ar cem Romanamy refpeétante, ut ab auguribus, fimul aves rite admi

fiffent, ex comipofito tolleretur fignum, Liv.

Obf. i. This ablative is called Ab/olute, becaufe it does :mot depend upon any other word in the fentence. For if the fubftantive with which the participle is joined, be cither the nominative to fome following verb, orTbe governed by any word going before, then this rule does mot take pláce : the ab Jative abfolute is never ufcd, unlefs when different perfons or. things are fpoken of; as, Militer, boffibus viéìis, redierunt, Tfie foldiers, having conquered the enemy, returmed. Hofiibus viéìis, may be rendcrcd in Englifh feveral different ways, acçording to the mean ing of the fentence with which it is joihed ; thus, Ti. The enemy conquered, or being conquered ; z. When or after the enemy is or was, conqucred ; 3. By conquering the enemy; 4. Upon the defeat of the encmy, &c.

ABLAtrve Ahsolvre.

185

Obf. 2. The perfe& participles of deponent verbs are not ufed in the ablative abfolute ; as, Cicero locutus baec con/edit, never bis locu :is. The participles of commom verbs may either agree in cafe with the fubftantive before them, like the participles of deponent verbs, or may be put in the ablative abfolute, like the participles of paf five verbs; as, Romani adepti libertatem floruerunt ; or Romani, }ibertate adepta, floruerunt. But as the participles of common verbs are feldom taken in a paffive fenfe, we therefore find them rarely ufed in the ablative abfolute.

Obf. 3. The participle exjfiente orexj?entibus is frequently under ftood ; as, Cæfare duce, f.il. exiflente.

His confulibus, /cil. exiftenti

bus. Invitâ Minervâ, f. exiftente, againf tbe grain ; Craffa Minervâ, zwithout learning, Hor. Magiftrâ ac diice naturâ; vivis fratribus ; te hortatore ; Cæfare impulfore, &c. Sometimes the fubftantive muft be fupplied ; as, Nondum comperto, quam regionem ho(les petif fent, i. e. cum : nondum compertum effet, Liv. Excepto quod non

fimul effes, cætera lætus, Hor. In fuch examples negotio muft be un derftood, or the reft of the fentence confidered as *the fubftantive,

which perhaps is more proper. Thus wè find a verb fupply the place of a fubftantive; as, Vale diéto, having faid farewell, Ovid. Obf. 4. We fometimes find a Subflantive plural joined with a participle fingular ; as, Nobis pra/ente, Plaut. Alfente nobis, Ter. We alfo find the ablative abfolute, when it refers to the fame perfon vvith the nominative to the verb ; as, Me duce ' ad bunc voti finem, me

milite veni, Ovid. But examples of this conftruétion very rarely oc cur.

Obf. 5. The ablative called abfolute is governed by fome prepo fition under(töod ; as, a, ab, cum,/ub, or in. We find the prepofition

fometimes expreffed ; as, Cum diis juvantibus, Liv. ' The nomina tive likewife feems fometimes to be ufed abfolutely ; as, Perniciofa libidine paulifper ufus, infirmitas naturæ accufatur, Sall. jug I.

obf. 6. The ablative abfolute may be rendered feveral different way§: thus, Superbo regnante, is the fame with Cum, dum, or quando Superbus regnabat. Opere peraéto, is the famc with Poft opus peraétum, or cum opì, efi, peraâum. ' The prefent participle, when ufed in the ^ Äöïíé abfólute, commonly ends in e. Obf. 7. When a fubftantive is joined with a participle in Englifh independently on the reft of the fentence, it is expreffed in the nom imative ; as, Illo defcendente, He defcending. But this manner o$ fpeech is feJdom ufed exccpt in poetry. *

Q.2

188 Various Signification and Conftru&ion of Verbs. Ae dire&ed by me, Id. aüres, to /jfen ; oblivioni, to fòrget; civitatem ei, to make one free of the city ; diéta, to /?ea# ; verba alicui, to impofe on, to cbeat; fe in viam, to enter on a journey ; viam ei, to give place ; jus gra tiæ, to/acrifice juffice to interef, : fe turpiter, fo make a /babby appearamce ; fundum, Jel domum alicui mancipio, to convey the property o/, to war

rant tbe title to ; Vitaque mancipio nulli datur, omnibus ufu, Lucr. fcrvos in quaeftionem, to give up /laves te be tortured ; primas, fecundas, &c. (fc. partes) a&ioni, to a/cribe every tbing to delivery, Cic. Dat ei bibere, Ter. comas diffundere ventis, to let them fiow loofe, Virg.

mihi v. nobis, telt ut, Cic. Ut res dant fe, as matter* go ; folertem da bo, I'll warrant him expert, Ter.

satisdare judicatum folvi, to give /ecurity that wbat the judge ha* determined /all be paid, Cic.

STARE contra aliquem ; ab, cum, v. pro aliquo, to /ide witb, to be eftbe /ime party ; judicio ejus, to /ollow ; in fententia; paéto, conditi ónibus, conventis, to /fand to, to maAe good an agreement ; re judicatâ, to

aecp to wbat bas been determined , ftarc v. conftare animo, to be in bi, ferje, : Non fiat per me quo minus pecunia folvatur, It is not owing to me tbat, &c. multorum fanguine ea Pænis vi&oria fletit, coff, Liv. NMihi fìat alere morbum definere, I am refo/ved, Nep.

Adstaae menfae, to /fand by ; ad menfam, in confpe&u. Constare ex multis rebus, animo et corpore, to cor/j? o/*; fecum, to be conßßent witb, Cic. liber conftitit v. ftetit mihi duobus affibus, co/ me ; non conftat ei color, bis colour comes and goes ; auri ratio con fíat, the/ùm is rigbt. Conftat, imperf. It is evident, certain or «greed on ; mihi, intcr omnes, de hac re.

Extare aquis, to be above, Ovid. ad memoriam pofleritatis, to re main, Cic.

Instare viétis, to prgf on tbe vanquified; reétam viam, to be in the

right way ; currum Marti, to make /peediy, Virg. inftat fa&um, iyff, tbut it was dome, Ter. ObstAae ei, to binder,

PRaestar e multa, to perform ; alicui, v. aliquem virtute, to exce!; filentium ei, to give ; auxilium, to grant, Juv. impenfas, to defray ; iter tutum, to procure ; fe incolumem, to pręferve ; fe virum, i. 2. præbere, exhibere ; amorem, v. benevolentiam alicui, to ßew ; culpam v. dam num, i. e. in fe transferre, to tale on one'* /e//; praeftabo de me ; eum fa&turum, I will be an/werable. - In iis rebus repetendis quæ mancipi funt, is periculum judicii præftare debet, qui fe nexu óbligavit, 7a recovering, or in an aáion to recover, ibo/è tbing*, wbicb are transferable, tbe feller ought to take upon bim/e!f the bazard of a trial, Cic. N. B. Thofe things were called, Res mancipi, (contraáed for mancipii, i. e. quas

emptor manu caperet,) tbe property of wbicb migbt be transferred from one Roman citizen to another, ar, bou/es, landi, /laves, &c. Præftat, imperf. i. e. it is better : Præfto effe alicui, adv. to be pro/.

ant, to a/% ; Libri præftant venales, tbe books are expo/ed to /ale.

Various Signification and Conftru&ion of Verbs.

189

ACCUBARE alicui in convivio, fo recline near ; apud aliquem. Incubare ovis & ova, to fit upon ; ftratis & fuper flrata. SECOND CONJUGATION. HABERE fpem, febrim, finem, bonum exitum, tempus, confue rtudinem, voluntatem nocendi, opus in manibus, v. inter manus, to have ; gratiam & gratum, to bave a grate/u//r/é of a favour ; judici

um, to bold a tria! ; honorem ei, to bonor; in oculis, to be fond o/, Ter.: fidem alicui, to truf or believe ; curam de, v. pro eo ; rationem alicu jus, to pay regard to, to allow one to /fand candidate for an office; rationem

v. rem cum aliquo, to bave bu/ìng/g witb ; fatis, to be /itified; oration em, concionem ad populum, to make a /?eecb ; aliquem odio, in odi um, to hate ; ludibrio, to moc# ; id religioni, to have a /rwple about it : So, habere aliquid quaeftui, honori, prædæ, voluptati, &c. fc. fibi; fe bene v. graviter, to be well or ill; fe parce & duriter, to live, Ter.

aliquid compertum, cognitum, perfpe&tum, exploratum, certum v. prò certo, to know for certain ; aliquem contemptui, defpicatui, -um, v. in defpicatum, to defpjfe; excufatum, to excufe ; fufque deque, to

ßorm, to /ight ; Ut res fe habet, /?andi, fs ; rebus ita fe habentibus, ia tbi* fíate ofaffair, ; Hæc habeo, v. habui dicere de, &c. Non habeo neceffe fcribere, quid fim fa&urus, Cic. Habe tibi tuas res, a forma ey divorce.

Adhibere diligentiam ; celeritatem, vim, feveritatem in aliquem, to /? ; in convivium v. confilium, to admit ; remedium vulneri, cura tionem morbo, to apply ; vinum ægrotis, to give; aures verfìbus, to bear witb taffe ; cultum & preces diis, to offer, Cic. Exhibere molef tiam alicui, to cau/è trouble.

JUBERE legem, to vote /or, to pa/ ; aliquem falvere, to wi/ one bealtb; effe bono animo, &c. Uxorem fuas res fibi habere juffit, divorced, Cic.

DOCEO te hanc rem, & de hac re. Doétus, adj. utriufque lia guae ; Latinis & Græcis literis ; Latine & Graece ; ad militiam. MISCERE aliquid alicui, cum aliquo, ad aliquid ; vinnm aquâ, Plin. cun&a fanguine, Tacit. facra profanis, Hor. VIDERE rem v. de re ; fibi, de ifthoc, to take care of, Ter. plus, to be more wj/?, Cic. De hac tu videris, confider, be an/werable /or, Cic.

Videor videre, metbinks I/ee; vifus fum audire, methought I heard; mihi vifus eft dicere, be /emed ; Quid tibi videtur ? What tbink 3o; ? Si tibi videtur, jfyou pleq/? ; videtur feciffe, &c. INvidere honorem ei, v. honori ejus ; ei vel eum, to envy.

Providere & profpicere id, to /ore/?e ; ei, to provide for ; in pofte rum ; rei frumentariæ, rem v. de re.

SEDERE ad dextram ejus ; in equo, to ride ; toga bene fedet, fit* ; Sedet hoc animo, is fixed, Virg.

191 Various Signification and Conftru&ion of Verbs. verfus, &c. to write a play, &c. copiam confilii ei, to offer advice; fidem,

to procure orgive credit; periculum, to male tria!; poteftatem fui, to ex pj. bir/j, Nep. aliquem loquentem v. loqui, to /ppoß er repr«fent, Cic. piraticam, /.. rem, to be a pirate ; argentariam, medicinam, mer caturam, &c. to be an furer, a phyfician, {*c. verfuram, to contra&? a new delt, to diffbarge an old one, to borrow money at great interef, Cic. cum v.

ab aliquo, to fide witb ; contra v. adverfus, to oppo/e ; nomen v. nomi na, to borrow money, and alfo to /ettle accounts, i. e. rationes acceptarum /.. pecuniarum et expenfarum inter fe conferre ; nomen in litura, to write it wbere fometbing was before, Cic. pedem, to /ail with a fide •wind, Virg. Fac ita effe, /uppofe it is /o ; obvius fieri alicui, to mieet; ne longum, v. longa faciam, not to be tedious ; equus non facit, will not amove, Cic.

Afficere aliquem laude, honore, præmio, et ignominià, pœnâ, morte, leto, &e. to prajfe, honor, &c. te di/grace, puni/è, &c. Affeétus aetate, morbo, weakened.

Conficere bellum, to fini/ ; orationes, to compofe, Nep. cibum, te cbew ; argentum, to raife, to get ; affò to /pend, Cic. cum aliquo de re,

to conclude a bargain; exercitus hoftium, to deffroy, Liv. ' Qui ftipendiis confeétis erant, i. e. emeriti, bad /erved out tbeir time, Cic. Deficere animo, to faint; ab aliquo, to revol*; tempus deficit mihi -

v. me, fait, : Defici viribus, ratione, &c. to be deprived ey. IN ficere fe vitro, to /fain ; Infe&us, part. fained; infe&us, adj. not done.

Inficior, -atus, -ari, to deny.

officere alicui, to binder or burt ; Diogeni apricanti, to fand be twixt bim and tbe /un ; auribus, vifui, to fop or obßruä ; Umbra ter ræ foli officiens no&em efficit, Cic.

Praeficere aliquem exercitui, to fet over. Proficere alicui, to pro fit, to do good ; in philofophia, et progreffus facere, to make progreff. Reficere muros, rates, res, to repai. ; animum, vires, faucios, fe, jumenta, to refre/, to recover. Sufficere laboribus, i&tibus, to be able to bear ; arma v. vires ali cui, to afford ; Valerius in locum Collatini fuffe&us eft, zvas /utfituted, liv. Filius patri fufe&tus, Tacit. Oculos fuffe&i fanguine ét igne,

fc. fecundum, baving their •yes red and inflamed, Virg. Satisfacerr alicui, in v. de aliqua re, to /atis/y; fidei, promiffo, to perform.

JACERE aliquem in præceps ; contumelias in eum, to tbrow; fundamenta, et ponere, to lay; talos, to play at dice ; anchoram, to ca/?. Adjicere . to add; oculos alicui rei, to covet ; animum fludiis, tw -apply.

CoNJicere fe in pedes, v. fugam, to fy ; caetera, to conjeâure. InjiceRe manus ei, to lay on ; fpem, ardorem, fufpicionem, pavo *em, alicui, to in/?ire ; admirationcm fui cuivis ipfo afpeétu, Nep.

Various Signification and Conftru&ion of Verbs.

193

Objicere fe hoftibus, in v. ad omnes cafus, to oppo/?, or expofe ; cri men ei, to lay to one'* cbarge.

REJIc£ R e tela in hofles, to tbrow back ; j\?ices, mala, to rcje&#; rem ad fenatum, Romam, to refer ; rem ad Idus Febr. fo delay, Cic. SUBJ1cERE ova gallinæ, to fet an hen ; fe imperio alicujus, to fub

mit ; teftamenta, to forge ; teftes, to fuborn ; partes vel fpecies gen eribus, ex quibus emanant, to put or clafs under ; aliquid ei, to fug geft ; libellum ei, i. e. in manus dare ; odio civium, to expofc ; bó na Pomperii vel fortunas haflae, vel voci et fub voce præconis, to ex pofe to public fale, Cic. fub hafta venire, to be fold, Liv. TRAJICERE copias vel exercitum, fluvium, Hellefpontum, vel

trans fluvium, to tranfport ; Marius cum parva navicula in Afri cam trajeétus eft, paffed or failed over. Traje&tus ferro, pierced. CAPERE conje&uram, confilium, dolorem, fugam, fpecimen, fpem, fedem, &c. to guefs, confult, grieve, fiy, effay, hope, fit, &c. augurium, vel aufpicium, et agere, to take an omen; exemplum de aliquo ; locum caftris ; terram, to alight ; infulam, fumma, /. loca, to reach ; fpolia ex nobilitate, to gain, Sull. de republica nihil præ ter gloriam, Nep. magiftratum, to reccive or enjoy ; virginem vef talem, to chufe ; amentiam, fpiritus, fuperbiam alicujus, to bcar, to

contain ; aliquem confilio, perfidiâ, to eatch ; nec te Troja capit, Virg.

Ædes vix nos capiunt, the houfe hardly contains us : Alte

ro oculo capitur, blind of one cye ; capitur locis, he is delighted with, Virg.

Acci PE R E pecuniam, vulnus, cladem, injuriam ab aliquo, to re ceiye ; Orbis terrarum divitias accipere nolo pro patriæ caritate, Nep. binas literas eodem exemplo, two copies of the famc letter,

Cic. clamorem, de Socrate, to hear ; id in bonam partem, to take in good part, to underftand in a good fenfe ; omnia ad contumeli am, aliter, aliorfum ac, atque, Ter. rudem, vel rude dohari, to be difcharged as a gladiator ; aliquem bene vel male, to treat ; eum

male acceptum in Mediam hiematum coegit redire, roughly hand led, Nep. rogationem, to approve the bill ; nomen, i. e. ad peten dum admittere, to allow to fland candidate ; omen, to efteem good ;

fatisfa&ionem v. excufationem, Cæfar. Acceptus plcbi, apud ple bem, popular. CoNcipe Re verba juramenti, to prefcribe the form of an oath ;

conceptis verbis jurare : inimicitias cum aliquo, to bear enmity to one ; aquam, to gathcr, to form the head of an aquædu&, Fron tinus.

Excipere cum hofpitio, to entertain ; fugientes, to catch ;. ex tremum fpiritum cognatorum ; fanguinem paterâ, to keep or gathº er ; notis, et fcribere, to w;ite in flnort hand ; motus futuros, to

i9*

various signification and Conftru&ion of Verbs.

perceive ; Hos homines excipio, I.except ; virtutem excipit immor talitas; turbulentior annus excepit, fucceeded ; fic excepit regia Ju no, replied, Virg. incipere, ocçipere, to begin. Percipere fruétus, to reap. Prxciprìae futura, to forefee ; gaudia, fpem viétoriæ, to antici pate ; pecuniam mutuam, t9 take before the time, Cæfar ; lac, to dry up, Virg. alicui id, vel de ea re, to order ; artem ei, to teach. £zëipeai aliquid, to receive ; urbem, to recovcr ; eum te&tis, to entertain; fe v. pedem, to retreat ; fe domum, to return ; fe, men tem, animum, to`come to one's felf again, to recover fpirits ; in fe, to takc charge; alicui, to promife ; fe ad frugem, to amend ; fenem feffum, to give a feat to, Cic. RAPERÉ vel trahere in pejorem partem, to take a thing in the worft fenfe ; in jus, to bring before a judge ; partes inter ie, to fhare, Liv.

EXUERE veßes fibi, fe veftibus ; jugum fibi, fe jugo, to caft off; fidem, facramentum, to break ; mentem, to change, Virg. hoftem caflris, to beat from.

RUERE ad interitum, in ferrum ; cæteros, Ter, fpumas, to drive or tofs, Virg.

LUERE paenas capitis, to fuffer; aes alienum, to pay, Curt. cul pam fuam vel alterius, morte, fanguine, to expiate, to atone or fuffer for.

Elvear amicitias remiffione usûs, to drop gradually, Cic. STATUERE exemplum in hominem, v. -ne, to make one a pub iic example ; aliquem capite in terram, Ter. Constitu*** coloniam, to fettle; agmen paulifper, to make to {\op or halt, Sall. in digitis, to count on one's fingers, Cic. urbem, to build, Qvid. Is hodie venturum ad me conftituit domum, ap pointed, refolved, Ter. Si utilitas amicitiam conflituit tollet eadem,

makes, conftitutes, Cic. Corpus bene conftitutum, a good conßitu tion, Id.

D£stituere aliquem, to forfake ; fpcm, to deceive ; propofitum, to give over, Ovid. deos pa&à

Ê, to defraud, Hor.

INsTiturae aliquem fecundum hæredem filio, to appoint, Cic. collegium fabrorum, to inftitute, to found, Plin. alique mi do&rinâ, Græcis literis, to inftru& ; naves, to build, Caef. fermonem, to enter

upon, Id. animum ad cogitandum, to fettle ; antequam pro Muræ na dicere inftituo, I begin, Cic. Praestituere petitori, qua a&ione illum uti oporteat, to pre

ícribe to the profecutor what form of procef, he ihould ufe, Cic. tempus ei, to determine.

ResTiruege exules; virginem fuis, to reftore ; oppida vicofque, to repair; aciem inclinatam, to rally ; prælium, to réncw, Liv. SgBsTitu£re aliquem in locum éjus, pso altcro, to fubftitute of

put in the place qf, Cic,

Various Signification and Conftru&tion of Verbs.

195

STRUERE epulas, to prepare ; infidias, mendacium, to contrive;

odium, crimen alicui, v. in aliquem, to raife againft. SCRIBERE fua manu, bene, velociter, epiftolam alicui, vel ad a!iquem ; bellum, vel de bello ; milites, to enlift ; fupplementum militibus, to recruit them ; hæredem, to make one his heir ; dicam

ei, to raife am aéìion againft one ; nummos, to give a bill of ex change ; de rebus fuis fcribi cupivit, Cic. Decemvir legibus fcri bendis, Liv.

AscRiBERE aliquem civitati, in civitatem, v.-e, to make free. DescrIB E R E aliqucm, to defcribe and not to name ; partes Ita liæ, pecuniam, populum ordinibus, to diftribute, to divide ; ve&igal civitatibus, i. e. imperare , jura, i. e. dare v. conftituere ; cenfo res binos in fingulas civitates, i. e. facere, Cic. IN scRIBER E literas alicui, to dire&t a letter ; Hibrum, to entitle or

name ; aedes mercede, to put a ticket on one's houfe to let, Ter. PR oscRiBER e bona alicujus, ædes fuas, au&tionem, to publifh to be fold, to fet to fale; aliquem, to banifh, to outlaw. RescriBeRe alicujus literis v. ad literas, alicui ad aliquid, to write

an anfwer; pecuniam, to pay money by bill ; legionem ad equum, to fet fodt foldiers on horfeback, Caef.

SubscrIBeRe exemplum literarum, to write below ; caufæ, to

joip or take part in an accufation ; Caefaris iræ, to favour, Ovid. DICERE aliquid, vel de aliqua re, ex aliquo loco, alicui, ad ve!

apud aliquem ; in aliquem, againft ; ad aliquid, in anfwer to ; fen tentiam, to give an opinion ; jus, to adminifter juftice, to promounce fentence ; mulétam ei, to amerce or fine; diem ei, to appoint a day for his trial before the people ; prodicere, to put it off; caufam, to plead ; teftimonium, to give evidence ; non idem loqui efl ac dicere,

to harangue, Cic. facramento,/eldom -um, to take the military oath. ADDIc£re aliquid ei, to call out at an au&tion, to fefl ; fervituti, v. in fervitutem, to fentence or adjudge to bondage ; bona, to give up the goods of the debtor to the creditor ; fe alicui, to devote himfelfto one's fervice : aves non addixerunt, v. abdixerunt, the

birds did not give a favorable omen ; pretio addiétam habere fidem, to be corrupt, Cic.

Condiceäe operam alicui, to promife affiftance; coenam alicui, vel ad coenam, to propofe fupping with one without invitation. EDIcere alicui, to order ; deleétum, to appoint a levy ; praedam

militibus, to promife by an ediét ; juftitium, diem comitiis, v. com itia confulibus creandis, to appoint. IN DIcER e bellum, juftitium, to proclaim war ; legem fibi, to ap

point, Cic. coetus in domos tribunorum, to fummon, Liv. indicare, to fhew.; Indi&tus, an adj. not faid ; causâ indiétâ, v. non cognitâ condemnari, to be condemned withcut being heard ; me indiccnte, haec non fiunt, not telling, Ter,

196 Various Signification and Conftru&tion of Verbs. iNTERDICERE alicui aliquid, v. aliqua re, fœminis ufum pu^-

puræ, to forbid or debar from ; ei aqua & igne, v. aquam etignem, £o bani(h; male rem gerentibus bonis paternis intcrdici folet, Cic. interdici non poterat focero gener, difcharged the company of,

“PRAEDicERE alicui aliquid, de aliqua re, id in hac re, to fore tell, to forewarn.

DUCERE in carcerem, to lead ; exercitum, to command ; fpiri tum, animam, vitam, to breathe, to live; foffam, murum, to make or draw ; bellum, to prolong, affo to carry on, Virg. ætatem, dicm, to4 pend ; uxorcm, to take a wife ; in jus, to fummon before a judge ; aliquem, et vultum alicujus, ære, ex ære, de auro, marmore, 3:cTto make a ftatue ; genus, nomen ab vel ex aliquo, to derive ;

omnia pro nihilo, infra fe ; id ci laudi, laudem, vel in laudem, of vener the firft, to reckon on it a praife to him ; in confcientiam, to impute to a confcioufféfs of guilt ; id gloria, Plin. in crimen, Tacit. ceiitefimas, fc. ufuras, vel fornus centefimis, to compute intereft at one for the hundred a month ; or at 12 per cent per annum ; binis centefìmis formerari, to take 24 per cent per annum, Cic. ducere longas voces in fletum, to draw out, Virg ordines, to be a centuri

on,T1iv. i}ia, to pant like a broken winded horfe, Hor. ADDUCERE aliquem in judicium, ad arbitrium meum, to bring to a trial; in fufpicionem regi, Nep. arcum, to draw in ; habcnas, to fìraiten the reins.

coNDUCERE aliquem ex loco, to convey ; navem, domum, co quos, to hire; volumnam faciendam, to engage to make at a certain rice: Conducit hoc tuae laudi, in vel ad rem, is of advantage. DEDUCERE naves, to launch ;" claffem in prælium, tò bring, Nep. equites, to make to alight, Liv. eum domum, to accompany,

to &arry home ; dc fcntentia, Cic. coloniam, to tranfplant ; läcumi, to drain.

EDUCERE gladium e vagina, to draw ; florem Italiæ, to lead eut, Cic. filium, to educate, oftener educare ; in aftra, to extol, Hor.

INDUCERE tenebras clariffimis rebus, to bringon, Cic. animum, v. in animum, to perfuade himfehf; fcuta pelfibus, to cover, Cæfar.

(oleas pedibus, v. in pedes, to put on ; colorem pi&turæ, to varnifh, Plin. nomina, to cancel or rafe, to rub ont.

OBDUCERE exercitum, to lead againß; callum dolori, to blunt it ; fepulchrum fentibus, to cover.

REDUCERE aliquem in memoriam alicujus, v. alicui aliquid in memoriam, to bring back to one's remembrânce ; in gratiam cum aliquo, to reconcile; Vallis reduéta, retircd or low. -

PRODUCERE teftes, to bring out ; funus, to a:tend; fermonem

in no&em, to prolong, to continue ; rem ia hiemem, to defer, fer vos vendcndos, to bring to market.

various Signification and Conftru&ion of Verbs. 197 SUBDUCERE fe a cuftodibus, to fteal away ; naves, to draw up on {hore ; cibum ei et deducere, to take from ; fummam, rationes,

to reckon, to caft up accounts. PARCERE fibi, labori, to fpare, &c. a cædibus, to forbear ; au rum natis, Virg. ASSUESCERE rei alicui, vel re aliqua, in vel ad hoc, to be ac cuftomed ; mentem pluribus et affuefacere, Hor. Animis bella,

Virg. to accuflom. So infuefco rei vel re ; infuevit hoc me patcr, Hor.

SCISCERE legem, to vote, to decrec ; Bence plebifcitum.

ASCISCERE regium nomen, to affume ; focios fibi, ad focieta tem fceleris, to affociate ; ritus peregrinos, to adopt. CONSCISCERE mortem v. necem fibi, to kill one's felf; fugam fibi, to flee, Liv.

DISCERE aliquid ab aliquo, v. apud aliquem, ex aliqua re,. or vithout ex : Dedifcere, to forget what he hath learned.; Edifcere, to get by heart. DESCENDERE de palatio, præfidio, ædibus; in forum, curiam, campum ; ad accufandum, ad omnia, ad extrema, to have recourfe -

to, Cic.

LUDERE aleâ, v. -am, to play at dice ; par impar, at even and odd ; operam, to lofe one's labour.

ALLUDERE alicui, ad aliquem : Colludere ci, cum eo ; Illude re ei, eum, in eum, in eo ; id, to mock.

EVADERE infidias, -is, v. ex, to efcape ; in muros, to mount : Hæc quorfum evadant, nefcio, to what they will turm out : Clarus evafit, became.

CEDERE multa multis de fuo jure, Cic. Bona creditoribus, to

yield, whence ceffio bonorum ; alicui loco, de, a, ex loco, vel locum, to give place ; yitâ, e vita decedere, to die ; foro, toturn bankrupt ; Hæreditas cedit mihi, falls to ; Cedit in proverbium, becomes. ACCEDERE. oppidum, -do, ad v. in oppidum, to approach ; ad

conditiones, to agree to ; Ciceroni, fententiæ, vel ad fententiam ejus, to agree with ; ad Ciceronem, to go to ; ad rempublicam, to bear the queßor{hip, or the firft public office ; ad amicitiam Philip

pi, to gain the friendfhip of, Nep. Ad hæc mala hoc mihi accedit etiam,Ter. Robur acceffìt ætati, Cic.

Animi acceffere hofti, Liv,

Ad corporis firmitatem plura animi bona accefTerant, Nep. Acce dit plurimum pretio ; huc accedit, quod, is added. ANTECEDERE alicui rei ; aliquem, rarefy alicui, to excel.

CONCEDERE ei aliquid et de aliquo ; paullum de fuo jure ; tempus ad rem, to grant ; ab oculis, ad dextram, in exilium, in hi berha, to retire, togo ; fato, naturae, vitâ, to die ; in fententiam ejus, to come into oae's meafures ; in conditiones, to agree to, I.iv. R 2

198 Various Signification and Conftru&ion of Verbs. DiscEDERE tranfverfum, et latum unguem, v. digitum a re, te» de part in the leaft.

iN TERCEDERE legi, to give a negative againft, to oppofe a law ; pecuniam pro aliquo, to become furety ; Intercedit mihi tecum am icitia v. inter nos, there is, &c.

SUCCEDERE ei in locum ejus, to fucceed; muro, v. murum ; ad urbem ; fub primam aciem ; in pugnam, to come up to.

CADERE altè, ab alto, in terram, t9 fa:1 ; causâ, formulâ, in ju dicio, et litem perdere, to lofe one's caufe, to be caft ; in vel fub fenfum, oculos, poteftatem, &c. in morbum, et incidere, Cic. Non cadit in virum bonum mentiri, is incapable of, Cic. Homini la

chrymæ cadunt, quafi puero, gaudio, Ter. ACCIDERE genibus, v. ad genua, to fall at ; auribus v. ad aures,

to come to; alicui, cafu, prætcr opinionem, to happen ; accidit in re-iftud verbum, applies, Ter TENDERE vela, to ftretch ; infidias, retia, plagas, &c. to lay fnares; arcum, to bend ; iter, curfum, to dire&t; ad altiora, in coë fum, to aim at ; extra vallum, fc. tabernaculum, to pitch a tent ;

Manibus tendit divellere nodos, tries, Virg. ATTENDO te, Cic. tibi, Plin. de hac re, ad hanc rem, to take heed ; animum ad rem ; res hoßium, Sall. CONTENDERE nervos, omnibus nervis, to exert one's felf; ali

quid ab aliquo, to afk earneftly : inter fe ; amori, poet. /or cum amore, to ftrive ; caufas, fc. inter fe, to compare, Cic. Aliquid ad aliquid, cum aliquo, et alicui. COMPREHENDERE naturam rerum, to underftand ; rem plu

ribus et luculentioribus verbis, to exprefs ; aliquem humanifate, amicitia, to gain ; rem fi&am, to difcover.

INTENDERE animum rei, ad v. in rem, to apply : Intendi ani mo in rem, Liv. Vocem, nervos, to exert ; arcum, fo bend; a&io

nem v. lite m aJicui v. in alique m, aj/o impingere, to raife a law-fuit againft one ; telum ei, v. in eum, to fhoot af; manum v. digitum in

aliquid, to point at ; aliquo, fc. ire, to go to ; officia, to ovérdo, to do more than is required, Sall. OBTENDERE vclum rei, v. rem velo, ro cover, to veil.

PENDERE pccuniam, to pay; pœnas, to fuffer; id parvi, to val uc it little.

SUSPENDERE aliquem arbori, de, in, v. ex arbore, to hang ;

cxpe&tatione, v. fufpenfum detinere, to keep in fufpenfe ; aedificiuih, to arch a houfe : nafo adunco, to fneer at, Horat. ABDERE fc. literis, in literas, to hide or (hut one's felf

among

books ; fe donum, rus, &c. domo, Virg. in filvas, tenebras, &c. CONDERE urbem, to build ; fru&us, to lay up ; in carcerem, to imprifon ; carmen, to compofe ; lumina, to &lofé, Ovid. Jura, to eftablifh ; terrâ, fepulchro, in fcpulchro, to bury. DEDERE fe alicui, in ditionem alicujus, ad aliquem, to furren dcr ; Deditus præceptori, et ftudiis, fond of; vinô epulifque, en £agcd in, Nep. dcditâ operâ, on purpofe, -

Various Signification and Conftru&ion of Verbs.

199

EDERE librum, to publifh ; et in lucem ; ovum, to lay ; fonos, cantus, rifus, gemitus, queftus, hinnitum, pugnam, ftragem, to found,

fing, &c. munus gladiatorium, to exhibit a fhcw of gladiators ; no mem, to mention ; fœtus, to bring fortb ; extremum fpiritum, to die; cxempla cruciatus in aliquem, to infliét exemplary torture. OBDERE peffulum foribus, to bolt the door. PRODERE arcem hoftibus, to betray ; aliquid pofteris, v. memo riæ, to hand down ; genus ab aliquo, to derive ; flaminem, interre

gem, to appoint ; aliquot dies nuptiis, to put off, Ter. REDDERE animum, fe fibi, to revive ; animam v. vitam, to die ;

I.atine, verbum vcrbo, to tranflate ; matrem, i. e. referre, to refem bfe ; epiftolam alicui, to deliver. SUBDERE calcar equo, to fpur; fpiritus alicui, to encourage. CREDERE rem ; homini, to believe; aliquid alicui, to truft ;

pecuniam ei pcr fyngrapham, to lendºon bond or bill ; rumoribus credi non oportet ; ltaque credo fi, &c, I fuppofe, Cic.

JUNGERE fe cum. aliquo, alicui, & ad aliquem; dextram dex træ ; equos currui ; amnem ponte, to make a bridge.

ADJUNGERE acceffionem ædibus, to build an addition to one's houfe ; animum ad ftudia, to apply. STRINGERE cultrum, gladium, enfem, to draw ; frondes, to lop off; glandes, baccas, to beat down ; rem, to wafte one's fortune, Hor. littus, to touch, to brufh, or gaze upon, Virg. TANGERE rem acu, to hit the mail on the head.

ATTINGERE Britanniam navibus, to reach ; rcges, res fummas, to mention, Nep. Aliquem cognatione, affinitate, to be related to ; forum, to reach manhood, Cic. Res non te attingit, concerns. FINGERE orationem, to polifh ; oratorem, to form ; fe ad arbi

trium alterius, to adapt : Vultus amente fingitur, lingua fingit vo cem, Cic. Sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam, Nep. FUNDERE aquam, to pour out ; hofles, to rout. EFFUNDERE fruges, copiam oratorum, to produce ; aerarium,

to fpend; odium, i. e. dimittere, to drop ; gratiam colle&tam, i. e. perdere ; omnia, quæ tacuerat, to tell. FRANGERE nucem, to break ; navem, to fuffer fhipwreck; fœdus, fidem, to violate ; fc ntentiam ejus, td refute, Cic. hoftcm, to fubdue.

AGERE gratias, to give thanks ; vitam, to live; praedas, to plun der ; fabulam, to act a play ; triumphum de aliquo, ex aliqua re, to triumph ; nugas, to trifle ; ambages, to beat about the bufh ; fta tionem, cuftodiam urbis, to be on guard; rimas, to chink, to leak ; caufam, to plead : dc re, to fpcak ; radices, to take root ; cunicu Vos, to undermine ; undam, to raife a fteam; animam, to bc at the

kaft gafp ; alias res, to be inattcntive ; feftum diem, natalem, &c. to keep, to obferve ; aétum, v, rem a&tam, to labour in vain ; cenfum,

& habere, to make a review of the people, thcir cftates, &c, forum,

aoo Various Signification and Conflru&tion of Verbs. sohold a court to try caufes ; lege in aliquem, & cum aliquo, tog9 to law with one ; benc* a&or, a profecutor ; in hereditatem, to claim ;

cum populo, to treat with, to lay before ; decimum agit annum, he is ten yèars old ; id agitur, that is the queftion ; libertas agitur, v. je libértate, is at flake ; a&um eft de libertate, is loft ; a&um eft,

ilicet, all is over ; aétum eft de pace, was treated about ; cum illo bene a&um efl, he has been lucky or wcll ufcd ; hoc age, mind what ou are about.

ADIGERE milites facramento, ad v. in jusjurandum, in fua verba,

per jusjurandum, to force to enlift ; arbitrum, i. e. agere v. cogere

áliqúeri ad arbitrum, to force to fubmit to am arbitration, Cic. doCERE copias, to bring together ; fenatum, to affemble; in fe natum, /. minis, pignoribus captis, &c. to force to attend; agmen, to rally, to bring up ; hac, to curdle ; jus civile diffufum & diffipa- • tum, ifi certa genera cogere, to digeft, to arrange. ExiGERE foras, to drive out, to divorce ; aliquid ab aliquo, to

requirc ; farta te&a, /3. et, i. e. farta et te&ta, ut fint bene reparata, to require that the publie works be kept in good reparation, Cic. fupplicium de aliquo, to infli& ; fua nomina, to demand or cal\ in omie's debts ; aevum, annos, to fpend; aliquid ad normam, to try or examine; columnam ad perpendiculum, to apply the plummet; to

fee if it be ftraight ; monumentum, to finifh, Hor. tempus & mo dum, to fettle ; Virg. comordiam, to difapprove, to hifs off, Ter.

REDIGERE aliquid in memoriam alicujus, to bring back ; pe cuniam ex bonis venditis, to raife money ; ho(les fub imperium, to reduce.

LEGERE oram, littus, to coaf along; vela, to furl the fails ; ha litum, to catch one's breath ; milites, to enlifi; aliquem in fenatum, to choofe ; facra, to fleal, to commit facrilege, Hor.

TRAHERE obfidioncm, bellum, to prolong; purpuras, to fpin; aliquid in religionem, to fcruple ; navem remulco, to tow.

DETRAHERE aliquem, to draw down ; alicui, v. de aliquo, de fama, to detra& from, to leffen one's fame ; aliquid alicui, to take by force; laudem, v. de laudibus ; novem partes multæ, to take

from the fine, Nep. . EXTRAHERE diem, to fpin out, to fpend; ccrtamen, bellum, judicium, to prolong.

VEHERE, vehens, invehens, invc&us curru, quadrigis, &c. rid. ing in a chariot ; invehi in portum ex alto, to enter ; in aliquem, to inveigh againft; provehi longius, to proceed too far. -

CONSULERE eum, to afk his advice ; ei, to confu]t for his

good ; de falute fua, gravius in aliquem, to pafs a fevere fentence againft ; in commune, publicum, medium, to provide for the com mon good * verba boni, to take in good part ; ego confulor, my ad vice is afked; mihi confulitur, my good is confúlted; mihi copful tum ac provifum eft, /ar a me, I have taken care, Cic.

various Signification and Conftru&ion of Verbs. 281 ADIMERE claves uxori, to divorce ; annulum v. equum equiti, to take away from a knight the ring or horfe given him by tbe public, to degrade. D1 R 1 MERE litem, controverfiam, to determine.

EXIMERE aliquem fervitio, noxæ, e vinculis, a culpa, de numero profcriptorum, obfidione, to free ; de dolio, to draw out; diem di cendo, to wafle in fpeaking. IN T E RIM eR e fe, to kill.

RedIM ER e captivos, to ranfom ; pecuaria de cenforibus, to take or farm the public paftures. APPELLERE claffe in Italiam, vel claffem, to land on ; fe ali quo, Ter. ad villam noftram navis appelletur, Cic. animum ad phi lofophiam, to apply.

ANTECELLERE ci, rarely cum : excellere aliis, fuper, inter, præter alios aliqua re, v. in re, to excel. TOLLERE animos, to take courage ; animos alicui, to encour

age ; aliquem laudibus, & laudes ejus in aftra, to extol ; inducias, to break a truce ; clamores, to cry ; filium, to educate ; de, vel e mc dio, to kill.

SUMERE in manus ; diem, tempus ad deliberandam ; excmplum ex v. de eo, to take ; poenas, fupplicium de aliquo, to punifh ; pecu nias mutuas, to borrow ; togam virilem, to put on the drefs of a

man ; fibi inimicitias, to get ill will ; operam in re, vel in rem in fumere, to beftow pains ; fumo tantum, ve! hoc mihi, I take this up om. me.

PREMERE cafeum, to make checfe ; vocem, to be filent ; dolo rem corde, to conceal ; vefligia ejus, to follow; littus, to comc near ;

pollicem, to fave a gladiator ; librum in nonum annum, to delay publifhing, Hor. Ex PR1ME R r fuccum, to prefs out ; rifìim alicui ; pecuniam ab ali quo, to force from ; effigiem, to draw to the life ; verbum verbo, -

de verbo, e verbo, ad verbum, de Græcis, &c. to tran{late word fqr word.

Im primere aliqüid animo, in animo, v. in animum, to imprint. RepriM er e fe, & reprendere v. retinere, to check. PONERE fpem in homine v. re, & habere ; caftra, to pitch ; vi tem, to plant ; vitam, to die ; ova, to Hay ; infidias alicui ; panem

conviviô, not ante; perfonam amici, to lay afide the charaéter of a friemd ; præmia, to propofe ; pocula, to ftake or lay ; ftudium, tem us, multum operæ in aliqua re, to employ, to bcftow ; aliquid in

Ê in

vitiis, in loco beneficii, to reckon : ferocia corda, to lay

afide; aliquem in gratiam v, gratia, i. e. efficere grati9fum apud al terum, Cic. : ventos, to calm ; hominem coloribus, faxo, to paint, engrave, Hor, pecuniam, to lay out at intereft, Venti pofuere, are

huíh'd, Virg. Pone effe vi&üm eum, Ter. Pofitum fit, fuppofe, grant, Cic.

Componere carmen, literas, &c. to compofe ; lites, to fettle ; bel lum, to finifh by treaty ; parva magnis, di&a cum faétis, to com

pare ; manus mánibus, to joia, Virg.

2c6 Various Signification and Conftru&ion of Verbs. DEPONENT VERBS.

PROFITERt philofophiam, to profefs, to teach publicly ; fe can didatum, to declare himfelf a candidate for am office; pecunias,

agros, nomina, &c. apud cenforem, to give an account of, to declare how much one has.

LOQUI cum aliquo, inter fe ; /ometimes alicui, ad, v. apud ali quem ; aliquid, de aliqua re. SEQUI feras; fe&am Caefaris, to be of his party, Cic. Affequi,

confequi, to ovcrtake ; gloriam, to attain. Confequi hæreditatem, - -to get, Cie. Prosequi aliquem amore, laudibus, &c. to love, praife, &c. NITI haftà ; in cubitum, to lean; ejus confilio, in eo, to depend

on; ad gloriam, ad, v. in fumma, to aim at ; in vetitum, in adver fum, contra aliquem, pro aliquo, to ftrive ; gradibus, to afcend. UTI eo familiariter, to be familiar with one ;, ventis adverfis, to

wave crofs winds; honore ufus, one who has enjoyed a poft of honor.

IRREGULAR VERBS.

ESSE magni roboris, v.-no, -re ; ejus opinionis, v. ca cpinione; in maxima fpe ; in timore, lu&tu, opinione, itinere, &c. cum telo,

cum imperio ; magno periculo, v. in periculo ; in tuto ; apud fe, in his fenfes ; fui juris, v. mancipii, to be at his own difpofal ; Res

eft in vado, is fafe, Ter. Eft animus, /. mihi, I have a mind, Virg. Efl ut, cur, quamobrem, quod, quin, &c. There is caufe; bene,

male eft mihi, with me ; nihil eft mihi tecum, I have nothing to do with you : Quid eft tibi, /?. rei, What is the matter with you ? Ter.

Cernere erat, one might fee ; religio eft mihi id facere, I fcruple to do it ; fi eft, ut facere velit, ut fa&urus fit, ut admiferit, &c. Tfor fi

velit, &c. Ter. Eft ut viro vir latius ordinet arbufta fulcis, it hap pens, Hor. Certum eft facere, /. mihi, I am refolvcd, Ter. N6n certum eft, quid faciam, I am uncertain, Id. Caffius quærere fole 'bat, Cui Boso fu£RiT ? Omnibus bono fuit, it was 6f advantage, Cic.

AD £sse pugnæ, in pugna, ad exercitum, ad tempus, in tempore, cum aliquo, to be prefent ; alicui, to favour, to affif ; fcribcndo, v.

effe ad fcribendum, to fubfcribe one's name to a decree of the fen ate, Cic. confilio, utrique, to be a counfellor to, Nep. Abesse domo, urbe, a domo, to be abfent ; alicìi, v. deeffe, to

be wanting, nqt t9 affift ; a /ole, to ftand out of the fun ; fumptus funeri defuit, he had not money to bury him, Liv. abeffe a pérfo

£a principis, te bc inconfiftent with the charaéter, Nep. Paulum v.

Various Signification and Conftru&ion of Verbs. 2o7 parum abfuit quin urbem caperent, quin occideretur, &c. they were near taking, &c. Tantum abeft ne enervetur oratio, ut, &c. is fo

far from bcing, &c. Cic. Tantum abfuit a cupiditate pecuniæ, a focietatc fceleris, &c. Nep. -

IN r £ R Esse convivio, v in convivio, to be at a fca(t ; anni de cem interfuerunt, intervened ; ftulto intelligens quid interefì, Ter. Hoc dominus et pater intereft, Id. Inter hominem & belluam hoc intercft, Cic. differ in this, this is the difference ; multum intere(t, utrum, it is of great importance. Pons inter eos intereft, is be twcen, Cic.

PRAEEsse exercitui, to command; comitiis, judicio, quæftioni, to prefide in or at. O R esse ei, to hurt, to hinder.

SU p E R esse, to be over and above ; alicui, to furvive; modo vita

fuperfit, /&. mihi, if I live ; fupereft, ut, it remains, tbat. IRE ad arma, ad faga, to go to war ; in jus, to go to law ; pedi

bus in fententiam alicujus, to agree with ; viam, 'v. viâ ; res bene . cunt, Cic. Tempus, dies, menfìs it, paffes.

ABir e magiftratu, to lay down an office ; in ora hominum, to be in every body's mouth ; ab emptione, to retra&t his bargain ; decem menfes abierunt, have paft, Ter. Non hoc tibi fic abibit, i. e. non feres hoc impune, Ter. Abi in malam rem, a form of impre cation.

., Apiae periculum capitis, to run the hazard of one's life. ExiRE vitâ, e, v, de vita, to die; ære alieno, Cic. Verbum exit

ex ore, Id. tela, to avoid, Virg. Tempus induciarum cum Vejenti populo exierat, had expircd, Liv. INIRE magiftratum ; fuffragium, rationem, confilium, pugnam, vi am, &c. to cnter upon ; gratiam ejus, apud eum, cum v. ab eo, to

gain his favour : Ineunte æftate, vere, anno, &c. in thc beginuing 6f; but we /&ldam /y, Ineunte die, noéte, &c. Ab ineunte ætate, from our ear!y years.

OBi RE diem edi&i, vel au&ionis, judicium, vadimonium, to be prefent at ; provinciam, domos noftras, to vifit, to go through, Cic. negotia, res, munus, officium, legationem, to perform; pugnas, Virg. mortem, v. morte ; diem fupremum, v. diem, to die. PRae ire alicui, to go before ; verba, carmen, v. facramentum ali

cui, to repeat or read over before ; alicui voce, quid judicet, to pre {cribe or dire& by crying, Cic.

Prodire in publicum, to go abroad ; non preterit te, you are not ignorant, Cic. Dies induciarum praeteriit, is paft, Nep. REDIRE in gratiam cum aliquo, to become friends again. Subire murum, v, -o, ad móntes, to come up to; läborem, v. -i, onus, poenam, periculum, to undergo ; fpes, timor fubiit animum, ' came unto.

VELLE aliquem, fc. alloqui v. conventum, to defire to fpeak with ; alicui, ejus causâ, to wifh one's good; tibi confultum volo ; nihil

ao8 various Signification and Conflru&iom of Verbs. tibi negatum volo, I wifh to deny, Liv. Quid fibi vult ? what does ne meân ? Volo te hoc facere, hoc a te fieri; fi quid re&te curatum

velis; illos monitos etiam atque etiam volo, /?. effe, I will admonifh them again and again, Cic. nollem fa&um, i am forry it was done ; nollemThuc exitum, /z. effe a me, I wifh I had mot come out here, Ter.

FERRE legem, to propofe or make; privilegium de aliquo, tc propofe or päfs an a& ofimpeachment againft one, Cic. rogatio hemi ad populum, to bring in a bili; conditiones ei, to offer terms; fuffragium, to vote ; fententiam, to give an opinion ; centuriam, tri bum, to gain the vote of; perdere, to lofe it ; vi&oriam ex eo ; omne pun&um, omnia fuffragia, to gain all the votes ; repulfam, to be rejé&tcd; fru&um, hoc fruéti, to reap, Ter. lætitiam de re, to rejoice ; præ fe, to pretend or declare openly ; alienam perfonam, to difguife one's felf; in oculis, to be fond of, Ter. manus, to en

gage, Virg. acceptum et expenfum, to mark down as received and fpent or lent, as Dr. and Cr. Cic. animus, opinio fert,inclines; tem pus, res, caufa fert, allows, requires.

Conrra* . benevolentiam alicui, in vel erga aliquem, to fhew; beneficia, culpam in eum, to confer, to lay ; operam, tempus, ftudi um ad vel in rem, et impendere, to apply ; capita inter fe, confilia fua, to lay their heads together, to confult ; figna, arma, manus, to engage ; omne bellum circa Corinthum, Nep. pedem, to fet foot to foot ; rationes, to caft up accounts ; caftra caftris, to encamp over

againft one another; fe in, vel ad urbem, to go to ; tributa, to pay; {e alicui, vel cum aliquo, to compare; neminem cum illo conferen dum pietate puto, Cic. Hæc conferunt ad aliquid; oratori futuro, fcrve, arc ufeful to, Quin&t.

IDεν ελκx fitulam v. fitellam, to bring the ballot-box ; aliquid ad aliquem, to carry word, to tell; rare!y alicui ; caufam ad patronos; honores ei ; gubernacula reipublicæ Tin eum ; fummam rerum ad $um, to confcr ; in beneficiis ad ærarium, to recommend for a pub lic fervice, Cic. aliquem ambitàs, de ambitu, nomen alicujus, ad prætorem, apud magiftratum, to accufe of bribery ; primas fc. par tes ei, to give him the preference, Cic.

Differae v. transferre rem in annum ; poft bellum, diem folu tionis, to put off; rumores, to fpread; ab aliquo, alicui, inter fe, inoribus, to differ in chara&ter ; amore, cupiditate, doloribus, dif ferri, to be diftra&ted or torn afunder, Cic. & Ter. Ef*£* ae fruges, to produce; verba, to utter ; verbum de verbo

expreffum, to tranflate, Ter. pedem domo, to go out ; corpus amplo funere, et cum funere, to bury ; ad honorem, ad cœlum laudibus,

to raife, to extol ; foras peccatum, to divulge. In** ars bellum patriae ; vim, manus, necem alicui, to bring up on 3 figna, fe, pedem, to advance ; litem, v. periculum capitis à]icü, v-jn aliquem, to bring one to a trial for his life.

figu res of Sy st Ax.

2C9

υεεεκεε β morti, ad m6rtem, in difcrimcn, to expofe, to pre * ent. •

PERFERRE legem, to carry through, to pafs it.

Pa IEF : A RE facem ei, to carry before; falutem reipublicae fuis commodis, et aateferre, anteponere, to prcfer. Prælatus equo, rid ing before. ProfeRRe imperium, to enlarge ; in medium, in apertum, in lu

cem, to publifh ; nuptias, diem, to delay.

ReFeRRe alicui, t6 anfwer; fc v pedem, to retreat ; gratiam ali

cui, to make a requital ; par pari, Ter. vi&toriam ab, v. ex aliquo, et reportare, to gain ; inftitutum, to renew ; judicia ad equeftrcm or dinem, to reftore to the Equites the right of judging ; aliquid, de aliqua re, ad fenatum, ad confilium, ad fapientes, ad populum, to !ay before ; aliquid in tabulam, codicem, commentarium, &c. to n.ark down ; aliquid acceptum alicui, et in acceptum, to acknowl

edge one's felf indebted ; pecunias acceptas et expenfas, nomina v. fummas in codicem accepti et expenfi, to mark down accounts ; al ienos mores ad fuos, to judge of by ; in v. inter ærarios, to rcducc to the loweft clafs ; in numerum deorum, in v, inter deos, et repo * nere, to rank among ; pugnas, res geftas, to relate ; patrem ore, to refemble ; amiffos colores, to regain, Horat.

TRANsfERRe rationes in tabulas, to poft one's books, to ftatc ac counts; in Latinam linguam, to tranflate ; verba, to ufe metaphor

ically ; culpam in eum et rejicere, to Jay thc blamc on him. II. FIGURES OF SYNTAX.

A Figure is a manner of fpeaking different from the ordinary and plain way, ufed for the fake of beauty or force.

The figures of Syntax or Conßruäion may be reduced to thefe three, Ellipfis, Pleonafm, and Hyperbäton. The two firft Tiefpe& the conftituent parts of a fen

tence ; the laft refpe&ts only the arrangement of the words.

1. Ellipsis.

ELLIPSIS is when one or more words are wanting to complete the fenfe ; as, Aiunt, ferunt, dicunt, perhibent, fcil. homines : Dic mihi, Damoeta, cujum pecus ; that is, Dic (tu) mihi, Damoeta, (eum bominem) cujum pecus (eß boc pecus.) Aberant bidui, fcil. iter ve!

itinere, Décies fcftertiùm, fcil. ceatcna millia. Quid mwlta ? fcil. S2

YicvREs of SYN TAx.

2 1O

dicam. Antiquum obtines, fcil. morem vel inftitutum, Plaut. Ho die in ludum óccæpi ire literarium, ternas jam fcio, fcil. literas, i. e. AMO, Id. Triduò abs te nullas acceperam, fcil. literas, i. e. epifto

1am, Cic. Brevi dicam, fcil. fermone : So Compleéti, refpondere, &c. brevi. Dii meliora, fc. faciant : Rhodum volo, inde Athenas, fc. ire, Id. Bellicum, vel clafficum canere, fc. fignum, Liv. Civicâ donatus, fc. coronã ; So obfidionalem, muralem adeptus, &c. ld.

Epißola librarii manu eft fc. fcripta, Cic. So in Englifh, * The iwclve,” i. e. apofles ; ** The ele&," i. e. perfons. When a conjun&ion is to be fupplied, it is called Asyndero N ; as, Deus optimus maximus, fcil. et ; Sartum te&um confervare, i. e. fartum et te&um ; So Abiit, exceffit, evafit, erupit, Cic. Fertegiti as, date vela, impellite remos, Virg. Velis nolis, fcil. feu. To this figure may be reduced moft of thofe irregularities in Syn tax, as theyTare callêd, which are varioufly claffed by grammariäns, under the names of Ennalage, i. e. the changing of words and and thcir accidents, or the putting of ome word for another ; An tuprósis, i. e. the putting of one cafe for another ; HelleNisw or GaaecisM, i. e. imitating the conftru&tion of the Greeks ; Synesis,

i. e. referring the conftru&ion, not to the gender or number of the word, but to the fenfe, &c. thus, Samnitium duo millia cæfi, i, Duo millia (bominum) Samnitium (fuerunt bomines) caefi, Liv. So Monßrum quae, fc. mulier, Hor. Scelus qui, fc. homo, Ter. Omnia Mercu

rio fimilis, fc. fecundum, Virg. Miffi magnis de rebus uterque, le gati ; i. c. Miffi legati (et/ uterque (legatus miffu) de magnis rebus, Horat. Servitia repudiabat, cujus, fc. fervitii, Sall. Cat. § 1. Fa milia noftra, quorum, &c. fc. hominum, Sall. Concurfus populi, mirantium, Liv.

lllum ut vivat, optant, for ut ille vivat, Ter.TPo

pulum late regem, for regnantem, Virg. Expediti militum, for mil ites ; Claffis ftabat Rhegii, for ad Rhegium, Liv. Latium Capua qu£ agro multati, fc. homines, Id. Utraque formofae, fc. muliëres, Ovid. Aperite aliquis oftium, Ter. Senfit delapfus, for delapfum, fc. fe effe, Virg.

When a writer frequently ufes the Ellipfis, his myle is faid to be elliptica} or concifc. 2. PleonasM.

PL£ONASM is when a word more is added than is abfoluteiy neceffary to expref& the fenfe; as, Video oculis, I fee with my eyes ;

$ic ore locuta eft : adeft præfens : Nufquam gentium ; vivere' vi. tam : fervire fervitutem ; Quid mihi Qeifus agit ? Fac me ut fciam,

*. Swo fibi gladio hunc jugulo, Tcr, $uo fiöi fucco vivunt, Plaut. -

A* Alvsis and TaANslation.

2I t

when a conjunétiom is ufed apparently redundant, it is called Polysynderon ; as, Una Eurufquc Notufque ruunt, Virg. When that which is in reality one, is fo expreßed à$ if there were two, it is called Hendiadys ; as, Pateris libamus et auro, fòr aureis pateris, Virg.

When feveral words are ufed to exprefs one thing, it is called. Periphrasis ; as, Urbs Trojæ, for Troja, Virg. Res voluptatum, far voluptates, Plaut. Ufus purpurarum, für purpura ; Gehus pif cium, /ör pifces, Hor.

3. HyperbArow. HyperbAaroN is the tranfgreffion of that order or arrangcmeut of words which is commonly ufed in any language. It is chiefiy to be met with among the poets.

The various forts into which it

is divided, are, Anaftröphe, Hyftëron protéron, Hypalläge, Synchê fìs, Tmefis, and Parenthëfis. 1. Anaströphe is the inverfion of words, or the placing of that word laft which fhould be firft; as, Italiam contra ; HisT accenfa

fuper ; Spemque metumque inter dubii ; for contra Italiam, fuper his, inter fpem, &c. Virg. Terram fol facit are, for arefacit, Lucret. 2. Hysteron Proteaon is when that is put in the former part of the fentence, which, according to the fenfe, fhould be in theTlat ter ; as, Valet atque vivit, for vivit atque valet, Ter. 3. HypA llage is the exchanging of cafes; as, Dare claffibus auf -

tros, for dare claffes auftris, Virg. 4.TSynchesis is a confufed and intricate arrangement of words ; as, Saxa vocant Itali mediis quæ in flu&ibus aras; for Quæ faxa in mediis flu&tibus Itali vocant aras, Virg.

3. Tmesis is the divifion 9f a compound word, and the interpof ing of other words betwixt its parts ; as, Septem fubje&ta trioni £;for Septentrioni, Virg. Quæ meo cunque animo libitum ef* acere, for quæcunque, Ter. 6. PAReNt hesis is the inferting of a member into the body of a fentence, which is neither ncceffary to the fenfe, nor at all affe&ts

the conflru&ion ; as, Tityre, dum redeo, (brevis gf via) pafce capel has,Virg. III, ANALYSIS AND TRANSLATION.

The difficulty of tranflating either from Englifh into Latin, or from Latin intò Englifh, arifes in a great meafure from the differ crat

arrangerent of words wbich takes placc in the two languages,

1 11

Analysis and TrAwslArios.

in Latin the various terminations of nouns, and the inflcétion of

adje&ives and verbs, point out the relation, of one word to anoth cr[in whatever order they are placed. But in Englifh the agree ment and government of words can only be determincd from the particular part of the fentence in which thcy ftand. Thus, in Lat. in, we cam either fay, Alexander vicit Darium, or Darium vicit Al exander, or Alexander Darium vicit, or Darium Alexander vicit; and in each of thefe the fenfe is equally obvious : but in Englifh we cam only fay, Alexander conquered Darius. This variety of ar

rangement iâ Latin gives it a great advantage over the Englifh, not

only in point of energy and vivacity of expreffion, but alfo in point of fiarmony. We fometimes indeed, for the fake of variety and force, imitáte in Englifh the inverfion of words which takes place in Latin ; as, Him the Eternal hurl'd, Miltom. Whom ye ignorant

}y worfhip, him declare i unto you. But this is chiefly to be ufed id poetry.

with regard to the proper order of words to be obferved in tranflating from Englifh into Latin, the only certain rulc which can bc given, is to imitate the Classics, The order of words in fentences is faid to be either fimple or ar <fi:ial ; or, as it is otherwife expreff.d, either natural or oratorial.

The Simple or Natural order is, when the words of a fentence are placed one after anothcr, according to the natural order of fvntax.

*j..; or Oratoria! order is when words are fo arranged, as to render them moft ftriking, or moft agreeable to the ear.

All Latin writers ufe an arrangement of words, which appeare. to us more or lefs artificial, bccaufe different from our owii, al

though to them it was as natural as ours is to us. In order there fore to render any Latin author into Englifh, we muft firft reduce

the words in Latin t9 the ordcr of Englifh, which is called tbe An- , abyfis or Re/olution of fentences. It is only pra&ice that cam teach one to do this with readincfs.

Howevertó a beginner the obfer

vation of the following rule may be of advantage. Take firff the words which ferve to introduce the fentence, or fhew its dependence on what went before ; nexi, the nominative,

together with the words which it agrees with or governs ; tben, the verb and adverbs joined with it ; and la/?/y, the cafes which the

verb governs, together with the circumflances fubjoined, to the end of the fentence : fupplying through the whole the words which are underflood.

If the fentence is compound, it muft be refolved into the fevera! fentences of which it is made up ; as,

Vale igitur, mi Ciccro, tibique pcrfuade effe te quidem mibi ca riffimum ; fed multo fore cariorem, fi talibus monùmentis præcep * tifquc lætabëre, Cic, Off. lib. 3.

QuANtity of Syllables.

2 13

Farewell then, my Cicero, and affure yourfelf that you are in deed very dear unto me ; but fhall be imuch dearer, if you fhal! take delight in fuch writings and inftru&ions.

This compound fentence may be refolved into thefe five fimple fentences: 1. Igitur, mi (fili) Cicero, (tu) vale, 2. et (tu) per/uade tibi (ipfi) te effe quidem (filium) cariffimum mibi : 3. /ed (tu perfuade ubi ipfi te) fore (filium) cariorem (mihi in) multo (negotio) 4. fi (tu) lata bere talibus monumentis, 3. et (fi tu lætabere talibus) praeceptis. 1. Fare (youy well then, my (/on) Cicero, 2. and affure (y.) yourfelf that you are indecd (a /on) very dear to me ; 3. but (j. , . 3/ou your/etf tbat you) fhall be (a /on/ much dearer /to me) 4. itTyou fhall take delight in fuch writings, 5. and /i/ you /3ali tale deligb, is /ùcb) inftruétions. When a learner firft begins to tranflate from the Latin, he fhould * keep as ftri&tly to the literal meaning of the words as the different idioms of the two languages will permit. But after he has made farther progrefs, fomething more will be requifite. He fhould tben be accuftomed, as much as poffible, to transfufe the beauties of am author, from the one language into the other. For this purpofe it

will be neceffary that he be acquainted, not only with the idions of the two languages, but alfo with the different kinds of ftyie adapted to different forts of compofition, and to different fubje&s ; together wish the various turns of thought and expreffion which writers employ, or what are called thc figures of words and of thought ; or the Figures of Rbutoric.

The QUANTITY of SYLLABLES. The quantity of a fyllable is the fpace of time taken up in pro aouncing it.

That part of grammar which treats of the quantity and accent of Syllables, and of the meafares of Verfe, is called PROSODr.

Syllables, with refpeét to their quantity, are either long or /ort. A long fyilable in pronouncing requires double the time of a ihort ; a5, tändärä.

Some fyllables are common : that is, fometimes long, and fqme times {hort; as the fecond fyllable in volucris. A. vowel is faid to be long or fhort by nature, which is always ío by cuftom, or by the ufe of the poets. In polyfyllables or long words, the laft fyllable except one is called the Penultima, or, by contraétion, the Penult, and the lafl fyl lable except two, the Antepenultima. When the quantity of a fyllable is not fixed by fome particular rule, it is faid to be long or fhort by autbority, thät is, according to thc ufage of the poets. | Thus le in iigo is fáid to be fhort by au

thority, bccaufe it is always made fhort by the Latin poets.

2 14

Qv Awrity of Sy llABles.

in mom Latin words of one or two fyllables, according to our

manner of pronouncing, we can hardly diftingujfh by the eara 1<^* fyllable froin a fhort.Thus te in ligo and 13i fecm to be fomnded ęqualiy long ; but when we pronounce them in compofition, the differ&hce i$ obvious ; tbus, perlégo, perlegi ; relego, -êre ; re lêgo, -äre, &'c.

the rules of quantity are either General or Special. Th£ formcr apply to all fyllables, tfie latter enly to fome certain fyllables. Gen E RAL R v l*s.

1. A vowel before another vowel is fhort ; as, Mal., alia , fo nihil : b in verfe being confidered only as a br&ati;ing. In like manner in Englifh, crêate, bibave. Éxc. 1. 1 is long in /jo, 7ie&us, &c. unlcfs when followed by r ; as, /?;ri, /7arem ; thus,

Omnia jam fient, fiëri quae poffe negabam, Ovid. Exc. z. E having an i before and

ÄÈ it, in the fifth declenfion,

is long; as, /peciei. So is the firft fyllable in äer, dius, Ebeu, and tbe penultima in aulai, terräi, &c. in Pompêi, Cäi, and fuch like words ; but we fometimes find Pompei in two fyllables, Hor. II. Od. 7.

£xc. 3. The firft fyilable in obe and Diana is common ; fo like wife is the penult of genitives in ius , as, illius, unius, &c. to be , read long in profc. 4/jus, in thc genitive is always long ; alteriw** {hort.

In Greek words when a vowel comes bcfore another, no certain rule concerning its quantity can be given.

Sometimes iíis ffiort ; as, Danäe, Idéa, Sophia, Symphonia, Si möis, Hyades, Phäon, Deucalion, Pygmafion, Thebäis, &c.

Often it is long ; as, Lycäon, Miachäom, nidymäon ; Amphion,

Arion, Ixion, Pandion ; Náis, Läis, Achái; Brisœis, Cadmêis; Lató t:s, & I.atòis, Myrtöus, Ncrëius, Priaméíus ; Achelóius, Minóìus;

Archeláus, Mencláus, Amphiaräus, Ænéas, Peneus, Epëus, Acrifio nêus, Adamantêus, Phoebeus, Gigantéus ; Darius, Bafilius, Eugeiius, ,

Baccbius; Caffiopëa, Caefaréa, Chaeronéa, Cytherea, Galatéa, Laod icêa, Medea, Panthéa, Penelopéa; Cfio, Enyo, Elegia, Iphigeria, .

Alexandria, Thalia, Antiochia, idololatria, litânia, politia, &c. Lä 6ometimes it is common ; as, Chorea, platea, Malea, Nereïdes, canopeum, Orion, Geryon, Eos, eöus, &c. So in foreign words, Mi

ertes, Déiphöbus, Deijanira, Tröes, heröes, &c. chael, lfrael, Raphaeh, Abraham, &c.

The accufativc of nouns in eus is ufually fhort; as, Orphëa, Salmo néa, Capharéa, &c. but fometimes long ; as, Idomen&a, ilionéa, Virg.

Inftcad of Elegia, Cythcréa, wc fiad Elegéia, cythärëia, Ovid. But

1* a*

- Qu AN t iry of Syllab les.

2 15

the quantity of Greek words cannot be properly undcrflood with out the kncwledge of Greek.

In Englifh a vowel beforc another is alfo fometimes lengthened; as, /cience, idea,

2. A vowel before two confonants, or before a doubke confonant, is long, (by pofition, a* it is called ;) as, ärma, fällo, áxis, gáza, májor ; the compounds of jugum exceptcd ; as, bijügus, quadrijügus, &c. When the foregoing word ends in a fhort vowel, and the follow- , ing begins with two confonants or a double one, that wowel fs fometimes lengthened by pofition ; as, -

Ferte citi flammas, date velä, fcandite muros, Virg. But this rarely occurs. -

q| A vowel before a mute and a liquid is common ; as the middle fyllable in volucris, tenebrae, thus, Et primò fimilis volúcri, mox vera volúcris, Ovid.

Nox tenébras profert, Phoebus fugat inde tenébras, Id. But. in profe thefe words are pronounced fhort. So peragro,

pharetra, podagra, chiragra, celebris, latebræ, &c. To make this rule hold, three things are rcquifite. The vowel muft be naturally fhort, the mute muft go before the liquid, and

be in the fame fyllable with it. Thus, a in patris is made common in verfe, becaufe a in pater is naturally fhort, or always fo by cuf tom : but a in matris, acris, is always long, becaufe long by nature or cuftom in mater and acer. In like manner the penult im /alübris, am Buläcrum, is always long ; becaufe they are derived from /alur, /alw

tis, and ambulätum. So a in arte, abluo, &'c is long by pofition, be caufe the mute and the liquid are in different fyllables. A, and r only are confidered as liquids in Latin words; m and n

do not take place except in Greek words. 3. A contra&ted fyllable is long ; as, Nil, for nihil ; mi, for mihi ; cögo, for coägo ; alius, for aliius ; ti bicen, för tibiicen ; it, for iit ; sódes, for fi audes: nólo, for non vo • lo ; bigæ, for bijügæ, &c,

4. A diphthong is always long ; as, Aurum, Caefar, Eubæa, &c. Only præ in compofition before a vow el is commonly fhort ; as, præire, præuftus ; thus, Ncc totâ tamen ille prior præùnte carinâ Virg. stipitibus duris agitur fudibufque præuftis. Id.

But it is fometimes lengthened ; as,

——— cum vacuus dómino praeiret Arion. Statius. In Engli£h we pronounce feveral of the diphthongs fhort, by finking the fouad of one vowel; but thcn there is, properly no diphthong. -

2 16

Fiast and Middle SyllAales. SPECIAL RULES.

Concerning the First and Middle Syllables. 5.

Preterites and Supines of two Syllables. Preterites of two fyllables lengthen the former fyl

}able ; as, Veni, vidi, vici. Except bibi, fcidi, from fcindo, fidi /, om findo, túli, dêdi, fiéti.

6. Supines of two fyllables lengthen the former fylla ble ; as, Vi/um, cäfum, mötum. Except vitum, from 13ro ; citum, from cieo ; litum, from P;no , **fum, from uino ; /iätum, from /?//o ; itum, from eo ; dätum, from do ; rútur, from the compounds of ruo ; quitum, from queo ; rätur, from reor. Preterites doubled.

7. Preterites which double the firft fyllable, have both the firft fyllables {hort ; as, Cécidi, tétigi, pöpüli, pëpëri, didici, tütüdi : except cécidi, /rom cæ do ; pëpëdi, /rom pëdo ; and when two confonants intervene ; as, féfelli, tétendi, &c. INCREASE OF NOUNS.

A noun is faid to increafe, when it has more fyllables in any of the oblique cafes than in the nominative ; as, rex, r?gis.

Here re is

called the increaf or crement, and fo tbrough all the other cafcs. The laft fyllable is never efteemaed a crement. Some nouns have a double increafe, that is, increafe by more fyllables than one ; as, iter, itinária.

A noun in the plural is faid to increafe, when in any eafe it has more fyllables than the genitive fingular ; as, gener, genäri, genêrôrum. Nouns of the firft, fourth, and fifth declenfions,'do not increafe

in the fingular number, anlefs where one vowel comes before an ether ; as, fruéfur, /ru&iiii ; res, r:i ; which fall under Rule r.

Third Decleyfon. ^8. Nouns of the third declenfion which increafe, make a and o long ; e, i, and u fhort ; as, Pietätis, honöris ; mu liärit, lapidit, murmiirir. The chief cxccptions from this rule are marked under the form ation of the genitive in the third declenfion.T but here perhaps it may be proper to be more particular.

QuANriTy of the Cas M & N r of Nouws.

21;

A noun in A fhortens atis in the genitive ; as, dogma, -átis, poe una, -ätis. O. o {hortens ihi,, but lengthens zni, and 5nis ; as, Cardo, -ixis ; Pir

go, -ini, ; Anio, -fnis ; Cicero, -5nit. Gentile cr patrial nouns vasy their quantity. Moft of them fhorten the genitive ; as, Macędo, -äni, ; Saxo, -änis : Some are long ; as, Sag%*e*, }'stf3nes,

Briftont*,

1$ ccmmnon.

1. C. D.

I fhortens $ti, ; as, Hydror:/i, -$ii:. Ee lengthens -*it ; as, Hales, •ecur.

A noun in D fhortcns thc crement ; as, David, -idir. J..

Mafculines in AL fliorten äfis ; as, Sa!, wä'ir ; Hannibal, -älis ; Hafdrubal, -ätis ; but neuters lengthen it ; as, animal, -ális. S5lis from fol is long ; alfo Hebrew words in ea; as, Michaei, -£i;. Other nouns in i {horten thc crement ; as, Vigil, -j?is ; cor/ui, -iiJis. N.

Nouns in ON vary the crement. Some lengthen i: ; as, Heliaov, -ónis ; Chiros, -ônis,

Some fhortem it ; as, Merinon, -$sis ; 48 eor,

•onast.

EN fhortcns in;; ; as, f?umen, -jnis ; tibicem, -ātis. Other nouns in N lengthen thc penu!t. AN anir ; as, Titan, -änis : EN £nis ; as, Si rem, -ānis : IN inis ; as, defphin, -inis : YN 5nis ; as, Phorcyr., -ynis,

R. t. Neuters in AR lengthen aris ; a3, calcar, -äris, Es ccpt the following, bacchar, -äris ; jubar, -áris ; rcôfar, -Äris : Alfo the adjeétive par, -päris, and its ccmpounds, impar, -äris ; di/par, -ärit, &c. 2. The following nouns in R lengthen the genitive, Nar, Näris, the mame of a river ; fur, füris ; ver, vëris :

Alfo Recimer, -ēris ; Byzer, -éris ; Ser, Séris ; Iber, -êris, proper names.

3. Greek nouns in TER lengthen teris ; as, crater, -éris ; chara&ter, -éris. Except æther, -êris. 4. OR lengthens oris ; as, amor, -öris. Except neu ter nouns ; as, marmor, -öris ; aequor, -öris : Greek nouns in tor ; as, Heétor, -öris ; A&or, -öris ; rhetor, -öris : Alfo arbor, -öris ; and memor, -öris.

5. Other nouns in R {horten the genitive ; AR aris, mafc. ; as, Cæfar, -äris ; Hamilcar, -äris ; lar, läris.

* 18

Quasrity of the Caement of Nouns.

ER eris of any gender ; as, aer, aëris ; mulier, -árí* ; cadaver, -āris ; iter, anciently itiner, itinëris ; verbäris, frorra the obfolete verber.

UR uris ; as, vultur, -üris ; murmur,

-irir. YR yriv ; as, Martyr, •jris. 1. Nouns im AS which have atis, lengthen the crement; as, pietas, -ätis ; Mæcènar, -ätis. Except anat, -ätis. 2. Other nouns in AS fhorten the crement ; as, Greek

nouns in ädis, ätis, and änit ; thus, Pallas, -ädis ; artocrear, -eätis ; Melar, änit, the name of a river.

So var, vädis ;

rar, märis : But vas, vâfis, is long. ES fhortens the crement ; as, miler, -jtis ; Cerer, -ări ;

pes, p&dit. Except /oci/er, -ātis ; quier, -etit ; man/uer, -ārit, hæret, - èdit ; merces, -£dit. I S.

Nouns in IS fhorten the crement ; as, lapis, -idis ; San guir, -inis ; Phyllis, -idis. Except Glir, gljris ; and Latim nouns which have ttir ; as, lir, litis ; dis, ditis ; Quirir, -ttir ; Samnir, -itir : But -

Charir, a Greek noun, has Charitis.

The following alfo lengthem the crement : Crenis, -idir; P/ophir, -idis ; Nefir, -idis, proper names. And Greek nouns in ir, which have alfo in ; as, Salämis, or -in, Sala munus.

O S

Nouns in OS lengthen the crement ; as, nepos, -5ti, ;

„fos, förit.

Except Bor, büvit ; compor, -ötis ; impor, -ātis.

US fhortens the crement ; as, tempur,-öris ; tripur, -ädis. Except nouns which have üdis, ürit, and åtis ;Tas, incus,

ádit ; jur, jüris ; /alur, -ātis. But Ligus has Ligüris ; the obfolete pecus, pccìdis ; and intercus, -iiiis. The neuter of the comparative has óris ; as, melius, -oruut.

Y S.

Y§ fhQrtens ydis or ydos ; as, chlamys, jdit, or.jdos : and lengthens ynis ; as, Trachys, jnir.

Qcantity of the CaeM est of Vsrbs.

a 1»

BS. PS. MS.

NQuns in S with a confonant going before, fhorten the Penult of the genitive ; as, cælebs, -ibis; inops, -öpis ; hiems, -émis.

Except Cyclops, -öpis ; feps, -sépis ; gryps, gryphis ;

Cercops, -öpis ; plebs, plébis ; hydrops, úíís.” “T.

T fhortens the crement ; as, caput, -itis. 1. Nouns in X which have the genitive in git, fhorten the crement ; as, conjux, -iigit ; remex, -igis ; Allobrox, -ögis ; Phryx, Phrjgis. But lex, ligis ; and rex, régis, are long ; and likewife frägis. 2. EX {hortens icis ; as, vertex, •icis ; except vibex, -icir. 3. Other nouns in X lengthen the crement ; a8, pax, päcis ; radix, •7sit ; vox, vócis ; lux, lúcis ; Pollux, -icis, &c.

Except fäcis, n&is, vicis, pr;cis, cali.ir, cilicir, p;cis, fornicis, nivir, Cap padäcis, dìcit, nücir, crücir, trücit, onycbis, Erjcit, ma/yx, -jcbis, the rofim

of the lenti/cur, or maftich-tree, and many others, whofe quantity can only be afcertained by authority. 4. Some nouns vary the crement ; as, Syphax, -äcis, or -äcis ; San dyx, -icit, or -ici, ; Bebryx, -jcis, or -5cis.

Increa/ of the Plural A'umbár. 9 Nouns of the plural number which increafe, makc 4, E, and 0, long ; but fhorten I, and U ; as, -

ausârum, rërum, dominórum ; régibus, portäbvs : except bóbus or bübus, ccmtra€ted for bövibus.

IncR eAse of Ve Ras.

A vcrb is £aid to increafe, when any part has more fyllablcs thab the fecond perfon fingular of the prefent of the indicative a&ive ; as, amas, amämus, where the fecond fyllable ma is the increa/e or cre ment ; for the laft fyllable is never called by that name. A verb often increafes by feveral fyllables; as, amas, amäbämihi ; in which cafe it is faid to have a firfi, fecond, or tbird increa/e. -

1 o. In the increafe of verbs, a, e, and o are long ; i, and u, fhort ; as, Amäre, docére, amätöte ; legimus, sìmus, volümtis.

22Q

Quanrrry of the Pusult of Words.

the poets fometimcs fhorten dia?rwnt and fätärunt ; and lengthera ,imu, anid ritir, in the future of the fubjunctive; as, tranfierit;s •quam, Ovid. AII the other exceptions from

this rule are marked

ia the formation of the verb.

The firf or middle fyllables of words whieh do not come under any of the foregoing rüles, are faid to be long or fhgrt by aut4erity ; anâ their quantity cam only be difcovercd from thc ufage of the poet*, which is the moft certain of alf rules.

Rer , ars cn the Qv ANTiry of the Penult of Words. 1. Patronymics in IDES or ADES ufualiy fhorten the penult ; as, Pria-fa.,, Ailantiáa, &c. Unlcfs they comc from nouns in eut ; a •, P.ji.a, Tydider, {*c.

z. Patronymies, and fimilar words, ia AIS, EIS, ITIS, olS, QTiS, * INE, and CJNE, commoniy lengthen the penult; as, Acháis, Ptole

máis, Chryseis, AEnéis, Mempbitis, Latöis, Icariótis, Nerine, Arifiö me. Except Thebäis, ahd Phocäis ; and Nereis, which is common, 3. Adje&tives in ACUS, ICUS, IDUS, and IMUS, for the mo{\ part {horten the penult; as, AEgyptiäcus, academicus, lepidus, legi

iimus ; aifo fuperlatives; as, fortifsimus, &c. Except opäcus, am icns, apricus, pudicus, mendicus, pofticus, fidus, infidus, (but perfi dus, oí per and fides, is fhort,) bimus, quadrimus, patrimus, matri amus, opinus ; and two fuperlatives, imus, primus. 4. Adje&ives in ALIS, ANUS, ARUS, IVUS, ORUS, OSUS,

length<n the penult ; as, datälis, urbänwr, avärur, «ffivus, decörur, arenä fu.T Except barbárur, opipärui, 5. VerUal adje&ives in ILIS fhorten the penult ; as, agilia, faciiir, &c. But derivativcs from nouns ufuaily lengthen it; as, anilii, ci viir, Bcri**, &c.

To thcfe add, exi/i, /ubtili, ; amd names of months,

Aprilii, § uin&iiiir, Sextiiis : Except burtilis, parili, , and alfo fimilis, But all adje&ives in afili, are fhort; as, ver$âtilis, volatílis, umbra tìlis, &c.

6. Adjcúives in INUS derived from inanimate things, as plants, ßones, &c. a!fo from adverbs of time, commonly fhorten the penult; as, amaracinus, crocinus, cedrínus, faginus, oleaginus ; adamanti vus, cri£}aJlinus, craftínus, priftinus, pcrendinus, &c.

Other adjcétives in INUS are long ; as, agninta, agfirirus, tinus, dandsfiixa*, /.atjaw, twarzwur, /ipinus, vefpertinus, &c. 7.7 Diminutives, in OLUS, OLA, OLUM ; and ULUS, ULA, tJLUM, always fhorten the penult; as, urceölus, filióla, mufæölum; Nc&íílus, ratiuncüla, corcülum, &c.

8. Adverbs in TiM iengthen the pcnult; as, oppidätim, viritim, tribútim. Except affátim, perpêtim, and ftätim. 9. Defideratives in URIO fhorten the antepenultima, which in the fecond and third perfon is the penu!t ; as, esúrio, esúris, esúrit. £ut oihet verbs in urio, lengthen that fyllable ; as, figürio, ligüris ; .

fcat* rio, {catúris, &c.

Penulr of PRop ea NAM £s.

22 ;

PENULT of PROPER NAMES.

The following proper names lengthen the penult. Ab dëra, Abydus, Adónis, Aesöpus, Ætölus, Ahála, Alaricus, Alcides, Amyclæ, Andronicus, Anübis, Archimēdes, Ari aräthes, Ariobarzänes, Arißides, Ariftobülus, Ariftogiton,

Arpinum, Artabánus ; Brachmänes, Busiris, Buthrötus ; Cethegus, Chalcédon, Cleobülus, Cyrëne, Cythëra, Cu rétes ; Dariei, Demonicus, Diomēdes, Diöres, l)iofcüri ;

Ebüdes, Eriphyle, Eubülus, Euclides, Euphrätes, Eumé des, Euripus, Euxinus ; Gargänus, Gætülus, Granicus ; Heliogabühus, Henricus, Heraclides, Heraclitus, Hippö

nax, Hifpänus ; Irène ; Lacydas, Latóna, Leucäta ; Lug dünum, I.ycöras ; Mandäne, Mausö!ûs, Maximinus, Mé leäger, Mefsäla, Mefsäna, Milétus ; Nasica, Nicánor, Ni cëtas ; Pachynus, Pandóra, Pelóris, et -us, Pharsàlus, Phoenice, Polites, Polyclétus, Polynices, Priäpus ; Sarpë dom, Serápis, Sinöpe, Stratonice, Suffëtes ; Tigräne£, Theffalonica, Veröna, Veronica.

The following are fhort ; Amäthus, Amphipölis, Ana bäfis, Anticyra, Antigönus, et-ne, Antilöchus, Antiöchus,

Antiópa, Antipas, Antipäter, Antiphänes, Antiphätes, An tiphila, Antiphon, Anytus, Apülus, Areopágus, Arinù vum, Armémus, Athëfis, Attälus, Attica ; Bitúrix, Bruc

tëri ; Caläber,Callicrâtes, Callißrätus; Candáce, Cantáber, Carneädes, Cheiílus, Chryfoftömus, Cleombrötus, Cleomë nes, Corycos, Conftantinopólis, Cratërus, Cratylus, Cre mëra, Cruftumëri, Cybële, Cyclädes, Cyzicus ;- l)amöcles,

1)ardänus, Dejöces, Dejotärus, Democritus, l)emipho, J)idymus, Diogènes, Drepánum, Dumnörix; Empedö£!es, Ephëfus, Evergëtes, Eumènes, Eurymêdon, Euripylus ; Eücinus ; Geryönes, Gyärus ; Hecyra, Heliopölis, Her miöne, Herodötus, Hefiödus, Hefiöne, Hippocrătes, Hip

potämos, Hypäta, Hypänis ; Icärus, Icëtas, Illyris, Iphitus, ìfmärus, lthäca ; Laodice, Laomëdon, Lampsäcus, La myrus, Lapithae, Leucretilis, Lipäre, v. -a, Lyfimächus,

Longimänus ; Maráthon,. Mænäius, Marmarica, Maffa gëtæ, Matröna, Megara, Melitus, et -ta, Metropölis, Mu tina, Mycönus ; Neöcles, Neritos, Noricum ; Omphale ;

?atara, Pegafus, Pharnaces, Pififlratus, Polydamas, Polyx -

'J" 2 .^ …

222

Qoanriry of Funal Sv llAales.

εna, Pors&na, or Porfenna, Praxitèles, Puteóli, Pylades, Pyrhagöras ; Sarmätae, Sarsina, Semële, Semirömis, Se

quàni,Tet -a, Seriphos, Sicöris, Socrătes, Sodöma, Sotädes,

sparticus, Sporädes, Strongyle, Stymphílus, §yb*is ; Taygetus, Telegömus, Telemächus, Tenêáos, Tarrägo, Theóphines, Tíeophilus, Tomyris ; Urbicus ; Venéti, Vologéfus, Volüfus ; Xenociâtes ; Zoilus, Zopygus. 'rhè penult of feveral words is doubtful ; thus, Batávi, Lucan.

Aätävi, Juv. et Mart. Fortuitur, Horat. Fortwitws, Mart.

Somne make

fortuit.,,'of three fyllables ; but it may be (hortened like gratuîtur, stat. Patrimur, matrirwr, præfiolor, &*c. are by fomc lengthened, anâ by aomc giorteoéd; but for tiieir quantity there is no certain author

i^y. 2. Final Syllables. 4.

1 1. A ia tbe cad of a word declined by cafes is fhort; as, Masä t-mpiâ, Tyd:à, Bampädä.

Èxc. ihe ablative of the firft declenfionis long ; as, Musâ, Ænfá; and the vocative of Greek nouns in as ; as, 0 Aeneâ, 0 Pallã.

A in the end of a word not declined by cafes is long; as, 4wä, fraAerâ, prae*. reä, ergä, inträ,

Exc. Titä, quià, «jä, pofleä, putâ, (adv.) and fomctimes, though morc rarely, thc prçpofitions contrà, ulträ ; and the compounds of ginta ; •*, trigintä, &c. -- - - _ E.

r 2. Ae final is fhdrt ; as,

Natê, fedilè, patrë, cnrré, ncmpè, antë. Exc. 1. Monofyllablcs are long ; as, mê, tè, sa : except thefe en

elitic conjunétions, quë, vè, nè ; and thcfe fyllabical adje&aions, prê, cè, të; as, fuaptè, hujufcë, tutë.

Exc. 2. Nouas of the firft and fifth declenfion are long ; as, Cal- . ;iöpe, Anchisè, fide. So ré-, and diè, with their compounds, quaré, hodiè, pridié, poflridié, quotidiè : Alfo Greek nouns wbicb want the fingular ; Ceté, melè, Tempè; and the fecond perfon fiogular of the imperative of the fecond conjugatiqn ; ao, Docè, mané; but :ave, vale, aad vide, are fometimes fliort. Exc. 3. Adverbs derived from adje&ives of the fir(t and fecond ûeclenfion are long; as, placidè, pulchrè, valdè, contra&ted for wa !idê: To thefe add fermè, fèrè, and ob? ; alfo all adverbs of the íu

• pcrkative dcgrcs; as, do&iffimè, fortiffimè : But benè and walgare íort, I.

3.3. /finalis long ; as, Domini, patri, doceri. Exc. s. Grer* vccatives ake fhert ; as, Akxj, Amarylli *.

The QuAN rity of FrnAl Syllabls*.

223

Exc. z. The dative of Greek nouns ofthe third declen fion which increafe, is common ; as, Pallädi, Minoidi.

• Mihi, tibi, /ibi, are alfo common : So likewife are ibi,

mjfi, ubi, quafi ; and cui, when a diffyllable, which in poet ry is feldom the cafe. Sicubi and necubi are always fhort. 0.

14. 0 final is common ; as, }'ergo, amo, quando. Exc. 1. Monofyllables are long ; as, ö, dó, fiö, prò : The dative and ablative fing. of the fecond declenfion is long ; as, librö dominó : Alfo Greek nouns ; as, Didó, and

Ath5 the genit. of Athos : and adverbs derived from nouns ; as, certö, falsâ, paulö. To thefe add quô, eô, and their compounds, quóvit, quôcunque, adeö, ideó ; likewife illó, idcircò, citrô, intró, retrö, ultrò.

Exc. z. The following words are fhort ; Egö, /éiâ, cedö a defe&tive verb, homö, citô, illicö, immò, duö, ambö, modô, with its compounds, quomodö, dummodö, poßmodö : but fome of thefe are alfo found long.

Exc. 3. The gerund in DO in Virgil is long ; in other poets it is fhort. Ergô, on account of, is long ; Tergo, there fore, is doubtful. U and 7^.

1 5. U final is long ; rfinalis fhort ; as, Vuliù : Moly. -

IB, D, L, M, R, T.

16. B, D, L, R, and T, in the end of a word, are (hort; aS»

Ab, apùd, femël, precör, capüt.

The following words are long, säl, sól, nil; pär and its compounds ; fär, lär, När, cür, für ; alfo nouns in er which have ęris in the genitive ; as, Crater, ver, Iber, like

wife a£r, ether : to which add Hebrew names ; as, %ò, IDaniel, David. AM final anciently made the foregoing vowel fhort; as, Militám o&io, Ennius. But by later pocts, m in the end of a word is always cut off, when the next word begins with a vowel ; thus, milit' o&iò;

except in compound words ; as, circümägo, circümeo.

C, N.

17. C and N, in the end of a word, are long ; as,

214

The Quantity of Final Syllables.

Ac, 17c, mön. So Greek nouns in n ; as, Titán, Sfrém, Salam7n ; ' /Eneam, Anchir?n, Circen ; Lacedemón, &c.

The following words are fhort, nèc and donèc ; forfi

tán, in, fóriám, tamèn, än, vidén : likewife nouns in en which have ìni in the genitive ; as, carmëm, crimèm ;

together with feveral Greek nouns ; as, Iliön, Pylám, -Alexim.

The pronoun hic and the verb fac are common. AS, ES, OS.

18. AS, ES, and OS, in the end of a word, are long ; as, Mär, quièr, bonóv. The following words are fhort, amäs, ës, from fum, and penër ; άr having offis in the genitive, compör, and impós ; alfo a great many Greek nouns of all thefe three terminations; as, Arcár, and Arcädär, heröås, Phrygès, Arcadár, Tenêdêr, Mélor, &c. and Latin nouns in er,

having the penult of the genitive increafing fhort ; as, Alër, hebês, ob rêv.

But Cerér, parier, ariér, abies, and

pêw with its compounds, are long. IS, US, 1^S. 19. IS, US, and 7^S, in the end of a word, are {hort;

as, Turrit, legis, legimüs, annìs, Capjt. Exc. 1. Plural cafes in is and ut are long ; as, Pennis, libris, nobis, omnis for omnes, fruäûs, manûs : alfo the geni tive fingular ofthe fourth declenficn ; as, portár. Büt bus in the dat. and abl. plur. is fhort ; as, foribüs, fruâibiìs, re!iìr. -

Exc. 2. Nouns in is are long, which have the genitive

in tti*» ini*, or entis ; as, 11*, Samni r, Salamis, Simº7s ; To

thefe add the adverbs gratis and foris ; the noun ghr, and vir, whetherit be a noun or a vérb ; alfo * in thè fecond perfon fingular, when the plural has itis ; as, audis, abit, po/37r. Ris in the future of the fubjun&ive is common. ' ' Exc. 3. Mongfyllables in ut aré long ; as, grār, si;: : alfo nouns which in the genitive have iris, iìdis, íuis, um

QuAntity of DeaivAtiwss.

225

t*, or àdis ; as, tellìt, inciis, virtiit, amäthär, tripìs. To thefe add the genitive of Greek nouns of the third de clenfion ; as, Cliás, Sapphûs, Mantûs ; alfo nouns which have u in the vocative ; as, Panthüs.

Exc. 4. Tethys is fometimes long, and , nouns in ys, which have likewife yn in the nominative ; as, Phorcyr, 7rachys. The laft fyllable of every verfe is common : Or, as fome think, neceffarily long, on account of the paufe or fufpenfìon of the voice, which ufually follows it in pronun ciation.

The Qv AN rity of De arvarive and CoM pound words. Derivatives.

zo. Derivatives follow the quantity oftheir primitives ; aS»

Amicus, fro* ämo. au&tio, -önis. Au&iömor, auctor, -öris. Au&tóro, auditum. Auditor,

Decöro, from decus, -örie. Exülo, Pävidus, VQuirito,

exul,-ülis.

päveo. Quiris,-itis.

aufpex,-ícis. caupo,-ônis.

Radicìtus, Sofpìto,

radix, -icis.

compétitum.

Nätura,

Cormicor,

cornix, -icis.

Mäternus,

nátus. mäter.

Cuftödio, 1)ecörus,

cuftos, -ödis. decor,-öris,

Lègebam, &c. . lëgo, Lägeram, &c. légi.

' Aufpîeor, {Caupônor, Compétitor,

fofpes,-itis.

Exceptions.

1. Long from Abort. DEni, from d8ceim. Sufpicio, from fufpicor. Möbilis, frcm möveo. ' Römes,

föveo. Sédes,

Hümanus, hömo. Sécius, rëgo. Pénuria, Régula,

sëdco.

Hümor,

hümus.

sëcus.

jümentum,

jüvo, &c.

pénus.

2. Short from long. Arena and årifta, from äreo. nótus. Nöta, anä nöto, vädo. Vädum, fido. Fides, söpio. $öpor,

Lücerna, from kücco. düco, Dux, -ücis, Stäbilis, Ditio,

flábam.

Quäfil!us,

quälus, &c. '

dis, ditis.

226

Quantity of CoMpovyos. Compounds.

21. Compounds follow the quantity of the fimpfè words which compofe them ; as, -

Dëdüco, of de ahd düco. So, prôfèro, antëfëro, eom fö lor, den8to, depecülor, deprávo, de/pero, defpümo, de/yuâme, emódo, érâdio, exùdo, exäro, expäveo, incéro, imbúmo, in vgffigo, prægrävo, prænöto, rëgëlo, appäro, appâreo, contcä

vùr, pręgrävit, desölo, figfföco, diffidit from diffindo, and diffidit from diffido, indico and indico, permänet from permáneo, andTpermânet from permàno, effódit in the prefent, and gffódit in the perfe&t ; fo exędit, and exédit ; devênit and devênit ; devênimus and devénimus ; reperí

mur and reperimus ; effúgit and effùgit, &c. The change of a vowel or diphthong in the com pound does not alter the quantity ; at, incido from in and cãdo ; incido, from in amd cædo, fuffóco, from fub and faux, faucis. Unlefs the letter following make it fall under fome general rule ; at, ádmitto, pêrcello, déofculor, pröhibeo. Exc. 1. Agnitum, cognítum, déjéro, péjéro, innüba, pronüba, maledicus, veridîcus, nihilum, femisöpitus;

from nótus, jüro, nübo, dico, hilum, and söpio : ambit tur, a participle from ambio, is long ; but the fubftan tives ambitus and ambitio are fhort. ' Conmubium has the

fecond fyllable common. Exc. 2. The prepofition PRO is fhort in the follow

ing words: pröfundus, pröfugio, pröfügus, prönëpos, pröneptis, pröfeftus, pröfari, pröfiteor, pröfänus, prö-, fe&to, pröcella, prötervus, and pröpägo, a limeage ; pro in pröpägo, a vine-ftock or fhoot, is long. Pro in the

following words is doubtful : propago, Tto propagate ; propino, profundo, propello, propulfo, procüro, amd Proferpina. Exc. 3. The infeparable prepofitions SE and DI are

long ; at, sépäro, divello: except dirímo, difertus. Re

Accew*.

227

is {hort ; at, rémitto, référo : except in the imperfonal verb réfert, compounded of rer and fero. Exc. 4. E, I, and O, in the end of the former com

pounding word are ufually {hortened ; ar, néfas, nëque, patéfacio, &c. omnípotens, agricöla, fignîfîco, &c. du ödécim, hódie, facröfan&tus, &c.

But from each of

thefe there are many exceptions. Thus i is long when it is varied by cafes ; at, quidam, quivis, tantidem,

eidem, &c. And when the compounding words may be taken feparately ; ar, ludimagifter, lucrifacio, siquis, &c. Idem in the mafc. is long, in the neuter fhort ; affo ubique, ibidem. But in ubivit, and ubicumque, the i is doubtful.

ACCENT.

Accent is the tone of the voice with which a fyllable is pronounced. In every word of two or more fyllables, one fyllable is ' founded higher than the reft, to prevent monotony, or an uniformity of found, which is difagreeable to the ear. When accent is confidered with refpe& to the fenfe, or - when a particular ftrefs is laid upon any word, on ac : count of the meaning, it is called Emphäfis. There are three accents, diftinguifhed by their different founds ; acute, grave, and circumflex. 1. The acute or/jarp accent raifes the voice in pronun ciation, and is thus marked [*] ; as, prófero, prófer. 2. The grave or bafé accent depreffes the voice, or keeps it in its natural tone ; and is thus marked [`] ; as, doâè.

This accent properly belongs to all fyllables which have no other.

3. The circumfiex accent firft raifes, and then finks the voice in fome degree on the fame fyllable ; and is there

fore placed only upon long fyllables. When written, it has this mark, made up of the two former [*] ; as, amá ^e,

za%

Vsase.

*rhe aecents are bardiy ever marked in fnglifh books, except iv aiaionaries, grammars, fpelling-books, or the like, where the acute aecent only is ufed. -

The accents are likewife feldom marked in Latin books, unfef* a-r the fake of diflin&ion ; as in thefe adverbs, aliquè, coatiaevô, &&;,

.-, &. to difìinguifh them from certain cafes of adje&ives, wbich are fpeit in the fame way. So portâ, gloriâ, in the ablative : /rva;, t.-ii;,, in the genitive: *Aerám, veffrám, the genitive of ne* and ve, : erg*, on account of: occîdit, he flew ; Pompiif, for Ao-pilii ; amari, for •••••riu, &**.

VERSE.

a vra: * is a certain number of long and hort fyllabics difpof <ù according to rule. It is fo caiied, becaufe when the number of fyll. bles requifite is •ompleted, we always turn back to the beginning of a new line.

The parts into which we divide a verfe, to fee if it have its juß number of fyllables, are called Feet. A verfe is divided into different feet, rather to afcertain its meaf

tre, than to regulate its pronunciation. Feet. Poetic feet are either of two, threc, or four fyllables.

When a

úngle fyllable is taken by itfelf, it is called a Caerëra, which is com mcnly a long fyllable.

1. Feet of two/yllables. Spora?va, confifts of two long ; as, ämrnfr. A'yrrbicbiur, two fluort ; as, d£r.

a fhort and a long ; as, ämänr.

Iambus, Tracbaeur,

a long and a fhort; as, rfrvös.

2. Feet of three /yllabler. Da&ylur,

and two fhort ; as, / rib;r#. Anapa/tur, two fhort and a long ; as, pi£tár. 4mpbimäcer, a long, a fhort, and a long; as, châritär. Tribráchyu, thrce fhort; as, dämfnüs.

The following are not fo much ufed. örätörës. imoenitäs.

dölörës.

Dj?ondeus, Dijambur, Cboriambus,

pëllüntür.

Ditrocbarur,

cántilënä. êlêxändër.

AMoloffur,

dêlêêtänt.

Amphibrachya,

hönörë.

Æaccbiuu, 4ntibacchiur,

Anti/?o/tur, 3. Feet o//our/3llabler.

„Ionicus minor,

Proce/er/oraticw, höminibüs,

Ionicus major,

pöntificés. pröpëräbänt. cälcäribüs,

ScANNiNG.

229

Peon primus, tempöribüs. ' Epitritus primur, völüptâtês. Aæon fecundus, pöténtiâ. Epitritus recundus, poenitentës. Aaeon tertius, änïmätüs. Epitritus tertius, difcördiäs. Paeon quartur, céléritäs. Epitritus quartur, förtünätüs. SCANNING.

;£j;

The meafuring of verfe, or the of it into the feveral feet of which it is compofed, is called Scanning. When a verfe has juft the number of fect rcquifitc, it is callcd

J^er/us Acatale&ius, or Acataleáícus, an Acatale&ic verfe : If a fyllable be wanting, it is called Catale&icus ; If there bc a fyllable too much, -Hypercataleâicus, or Hypermäter.

The afcertaining whether the verfe be complete, defcéîive, or re dundant, is called Depofitio or Clau/ula. DIFFERENT KINDS OF VERSE.

I. HEXAMETER. The Hexamëter or heroic verfe confifts of fix fect.

Of thefc thc

Sometimes a fpondee is found in the fifth place, whence the verfe is callcd Spondaic ; as,

Cärä Dá- | m 15öä- | /;, má- | gnäm jävit [ incre- | m*fiim. P'irg. This verfe is ufed, when any thing grave, flow, !arge, fad, or the 1ike is expreffed. It commonly has a da&yle in the fourth place, and a word of four fyllables in the e nd.

Sometimes there remains a fuperfluous fyllable at the end. But this fyllable mufl either terminate in a vowel, or in the confonant m, with a vowel before it ; fo as to be joined with the following verfe, which in the prefent cafe muft always begin with a wowe!; a$,

Omnîä | MÉrcúri- | ö símí- [ iis vö- | cémquë cö- | lörëmque Et flavos crines

Thofe Hexameter verfcs found beft, which have da&yles and fponders alternately ; as, I.udere quæ vellem calamo permifit agrefti. Virg. Pinguis et ingratae premereíur cafeus urbi. Id. Or which have more da&yles than fpondees ; as, Tityre tu patulæ fub tegmine fagi,

:;;-

23o

Different Kinos of VeRse.

I. i. emeemed a great bcauty in an Hexameter vcrfe, when b

*L<of. Gf daayles änd fpondeës, thc found is adapted to thc fente ; as,

Quadrupedante putrem fonitu quatit ungula campum. Virg. iiii inter fefe magna vi brachia tollunt. Id. Monmrum horréndum, informe, ingens, cui lumen ademptum.

Accipiunt inimicum imbrem, rimifque fatifcunt. Id. Eut what defervcs particular attention in fcanning Hexamcter verfe is the CÆSURA.

cafura is, when aftcr a foot is completed, there remains a fyfla blc at the end of a word to bcgin a new foot ; as,

At ré-ginä grä-vijäm-dudum, &c.

The c.fira is variouîy nämed, according to the different parts of the hexameter verfe ih which it is found. When it comes after

the fir^ foot, or falls on the third half-foot, it is called by a Greek name, r,i.mi»;,-i, : when on the fifth half-foot, or the fyllable after the fecond foot, it is called Pentbemimêris : When it happens on the

firm fyllable of the fourth foot, or the feventh

half-foot, it is called

h.phibeminiri, ; and when on the ninth half-foot, or thc firft fylla blé of the fifth foot, it is called Ennäemimêrit.

All thefe different fpecies of the C«fura fometimes occur in the fame yerfe ; as, Ill: là-t7, n*v#-;m m51-15/7j-tùs hjä-cintl5. Virg. -

Eut the mofl common and beautiful Ca/ura is the penthemim;

on which fome lay a particular accent or ftrefs of the voice in

reading an hcxameter vërfe thus compofcd, whence they call it the Cafural pavfe ; a3,

'rityre dum rede-0, brevi, gfi via, pa/ce capellas. Virg. When the C&fura'falls on a fyllable naturally fhort, it rcnders it Jong; as the laft fyllable of /ultùs in the foregoing example.

The chief melody of an hexamcter verfe in a great meafure de pends on the proper difpofition of thc Cae/ura. ' Without this a line confìfting of the number of feet requifitc will be little elfe than mere profe ; as, Römæ mæniä t£rrüit impigêr Hännibäl ärm7s. Ennius.

The ancient Romans in pronouncing verfe paid a particular at tentiou tg its melody. They not only obferved the quantity and accent of the feveral fyllables, but alfo the different flops and pauf cs which the particular turn of the verfe requircd.

In modern

times we do not fully perceivc the melody of I.atin vcrfe, bccaufe we have now loft the juft pronunciation of that language, the peo ple of every country pronouncing it in a manner ÄÈÉ to their own. In reading Latin verfe, thcrs fore, we are dire&ted by the £amc rulcs which take place with refpe& to Englifh verfe. The tone of the voice ought to be chiefly regulatcd by the fenfe. All the yords fhpuld be pronouuced fuiiy;Tand thc Cadence of

Diffeaewt Kinds of Versg.

231

the verfe qught only to be obferved, fo far as it correfponds with the natural cxpreffìön of the words. At the end of each line there £hould be no fall of the woice, unlefs the fenfe requires it ; but a

fmall paufe, half of that which we ufually make at a comma. 2.

PENTAMETER.

The Pentamëter verfe confìfts of five feet.

Of thefe the two firft

are either da&yles or fpondees; the third always a fpondee ; and the fourth and fifth, an anapaeftus ; as, Nätü- | rae sëqui- ] tür sé- | minä quif- | qué süæ._ Propert. Cärmììi- | büs vi- | vés tém- | püs in óm- I né méis. Ovid. , But this verfe is more properly divided into two hemifticks or halves ; the former of which confitls of two feet, either da&yles or fpondees, and a Cæfura ; the latter, always of two da&ylcs and ancther Cæfura : thus,

The Afclepiadean verfe confißs of four fcet ; namely, a fpondee, twice a choriambus, and a pyrrhichius; as, Mæcé- | näs ätävis | édité ré- | gibüs. Hor. But this verfe may be more properly meafured thus : In the firft , place, a fpondee ; in the fecond, a dactyle ; then a caefura ; and -

* after that two da&yles ; thus,

Maece-1 nas ata- f vis | edite | regibus.

4. GLYCONIAN.

The Glyconian ver(e has three fcet, a fpondee, choriambus, and pyrrhichius ; as, Näyis | quæ tibi crê- | ditüm. Hor. Or it may be divided into a fpondee and two da&yles; thus, Navia } quæ-] tibi | creditum.

5. SAPPHIC and ADONIAN.

The Sapphic verfe has five feet, viz. a troehee, fpondee, da&yle, and two trochees ; thus,

PHERECRATIAN.

The Pherecratian verfe confifls of three feet, a fpondee, da&yle, and fpondce ; thus, Nigris | aequörä ] véntis, Hör, -

232

Diffsrent Kinws of Vekse.

7. PHALEUCIAN. The Phaleuciam verfe confifls of five fcet, namely, a fpondee, a da6tylc, and thrce trochecs ; as, sümmám l mcc métù- I äs di- | èm, néc | öptês. Mart. 8.

The GREATER ALCAIC.

The greatcr Alcaic, called likewife Da&ylis, confifls of four fcef; afpopdcc or iauibus, iambus and caefura, then two da&ylcs * as, virûw 1 répél- ] fae | nèfciä | wórdidae, Hor. 9. ARCHILOCHIAN. The Archilocbiam iambic verfe confi{\s of four feet. In tbe fig{*

and third place, it has either a fpondee or iambus ; in the fecotfd ané fourthi, always an iambus; and in the end, a Cæfura; as, Nec uà- | mit, aüt | pönit | sécü- I rës. Hor. ro,

Thc LESSER ALCAIC.

The lcffer Da&ylic Alcaic confifts of four feet, namely, two dgc. tylcs and two trochces ; as, Arbitrj- 1 ö pöpü- I läris 1 aüræ. Hor. Of the above kinds of verfe, the firft two-take their pames from

the number of fert of which they confift. All the reft derive their names from thofe by whom they were cither firft invented, or fre quently ufed.

There are feveral otber kinds of verfe, which are named from. the fcet by which tbey are mo(t comrnonly meafured ; fuch as the da&ylic, trochaic, ar.paeftic, and iambic, The laft qf thefe is moft frequcnt!y vfcd. 11.

IAMBIC.

Of Jambic vcrfe tbcre are two kinds.

The one confìfìs of fout

fcct, and is called by a Greck name Dimäter ; the other confifts of fix fcet, and is cafled Trimäter. The reafon of thefe names is, that

among the Greeks two feet were confidcred only as one meafure in iambic verfe ; whercas the Latins meafured it by fingle feet, and

thcrcfore calJcd thc dimcter quaternarius, and thè triníeter Aeharius.

FiGUR Es in ScANNiNG

233

originaily this kind of verfe was purely iambic, i. a. admitted of no other feet but the iambus ; thus,

were admitted into the uncven or odd places ; that is, in the firft, third, and fifth places, inftead of an iambus, they ufed a fpondee, a

Aliti- ] büs ät- | quę cäni- | büs hömi- | cid' Hé- | &törëm.

In comic writers we fometimes find an iambic verfe confiftingof eight feet, therefore called retrameter, or Oäonarivs. Figures in ScAN N I N G.

The feveral changes made upon words to adapt them to the verfe, are calIed Figures in Scanning. T'heºchief of thefe are the Synalapha, Eählipfit, Synaręfit, Dierìfii ; S*/. töle, and Dia/?jle.

1. Syn AloE p HA is the cutting off of a vowel or diph thong, when the next word begins with a vowel ; as, Conticuere omnes, intentique ora tenebant. Virg. to be fcanned thus,

Cönticü- | èr' òm- ] nös in- | tënti- ] qu'örä tö- | nëbänt. The Synalaepha is fometimes negle&ted ; and feldom

takes place in the interjeétions, ô, heu, ah,. prob, væ, vah, hei ; as»

O pater, ô hominum, Divùmque zterna

potcftas. Virg. Long vowels and diphthongs, when not cut off, are fometimes fhortened ; as, U2,

?3+

Ficures in ScAnning. Infulæ lonio in magno, quas dira Celaeno. Virg.

Credimus ? an, qui amant, ipfi fibi fomnia fingunt. Id. vi&or apud rapidum Simoënta fub ilio alto. Ter funt conati imponere Pelio Offam. Glauco ct Panopeæ, et Inoo Melicertæ.

2. Ecthulipsis is, when m is cut off, with the vowel be

fore iw, in the end of a word, becaufe the following word begins with a vowel ; as, O curas hominum! O quantum eft in rebus inane? Perí. tbus, o cü- | rás hömj- } n', ò quàn- ] t' éft in I rébüs im- | ánè

8ometimes the Synaloepha and E&thlipfis are foumd at the end of the verfe ; as, Sternitur infclix alieno vulncre, corlumque

Adfpicit, et dulces moriens reminifcitur Argos. Virg. Jamque iter emenfi, turres ac te&a Latinorum Ardua ccrnebant juvenes, murofque fubibant. Id.

'Fhefe verfes are called Hypermetri, becaufe a fyllable

Lemains to be carried to the beginning of the next line ; rhus, qu' Adfpicit ; r' Ardua.

g. Synaeresis is the contra&ion of two fyllables into cne, which is likewife called Crafis ; as, Phaethon, for Pha &thon. So ä in 7}g/ei, Orphei, deinde, Pompei ; iii in huic,

*;? ; öi in proinde ; éâ in aureâ ; thus, Notus amor Phaedræ, nota cft injuria Thefei. Ovid.

Proinde tona eloquio, folitum tibi. Virg. *ilius huic contrà, torquet qui fidera mundi. Id.

Aurcâ percuffum virgâ, vcrfumque vencnis. Id.

So in antehac, eadem, akvearia, deg/?, deerit, vehemtnu, qn. ;;it, eodem, alceo, graveolentis, omnia, /emianimis, femihomo, £uviorum, totius, promontorium, &c. as,

tJnà càdemque viâ fanguifque animufque ferunter. Virg. Seu lento fucrint alvearia vimine texta.

Id.

Vilis amicorum eft annona, bonis ubi quid deeft. Hor. £)ivitis uber agri, Troiæque opulentia deerit. Virg.

Vehemens et fiquidus puroque fimimimus amni. íor.

Fictaes in ScANwing.

253

Te feamper anteit dira neceffitas. Alcaic. Hor. Uno eodcmque igni, fic noftro Daphnis amore. Virg. Cum refluit campis, & jam fe condidit alveo. Id. Inde ubi venêre ad fauces graveolentis Averni. Id.

IBis patriæ cecidere manus : quin protinus omnia. Id. Cædit femianimis Rutulorum calcibus arva.

Id.

Semihominis Caci facies quam dira tenebat.

Id.

Fluviorum rex Eridanus, campoffue per omnes. Id. Magnanimofque duces, totiufque ex ordine gentis. Id. Inde legit Capreas, promontoriumque Minervæ. Ovid.

To this figure may be referred the changing of i and u intoj and v, or pronouncing them in the famie fyllable with the following vowel ; as in genva, temvis ; ärjetat, tenvia, abjete, pitvita ; parjetibus, Nafidjenus; for genua, renuis, &c. as, Propterea qui corpus aquæ naturaque tenvis.

Lucr.

Genva labant, gelido concrevit frigore fanguis. Virg. Arjetat in portas & duros objice poftes. Id. Velleraque ut foliis depe&ant tenvia Seres. Id. AEdificant, fe&âque intexunt abjete coftas. Id. Præcipuè fanus, nifi cum pitvita moleßa eft. Hor.

Parjetibufque premunt arétis, & quatuor addunt. Virg. Ut Nafidjeni juvit te coena beati.

Hor. ~

4. Diae assis divides one fyllable into two ; as, aufäi, for aulae ; Tröiæ, for Trojae ; Perséus, for Perfeus ; milü

us, for milvus ; folüit, forfolvit ; volüit, for volvit ; aqüae, süetus, süafit, Süevos, relangüit, reliqüas, for aquæ, fue tus, &'c. as, Aula in medio libabant pocula Bacchi. Virg. Stamina non ulli diffoluenda I)eo. Pentam. ' Tibullus. Debuerant fufos evolüiffe fuos. Id. Ovid.

* Quæ calidum faciunt aqüae taétum atque vaporem. Lucr. Cum mihi non tantum furefque feræque süetæ. Hor.

Atque alios alii inrident, Veneremque süadent. Lucr. Fundat ab extremo flavos Aquilone Süevos. Lucan.

Impofito fratri moribunda relangüit ore. Ovid. Reliqüas tamen effe vias in mente patenteis. Lucr.

5. Systöle is when a long fyllable is made fhort; as the penult in tulerunt ; thus, Matri longa decem tulêrunt fafìidia menfcs. Virg.

a36

Different Kinds of Poems.

6. Diasröle is when a fyllable ufually fhort is made

long ; as the laft fyllable in amor, in the following verte : Confidant, fi tantus amör, et moenia condant.

To thefe may be fubjoined 'the Figures of Diäion, as they are called, which are chiefiy ufed by uhe poets, tho' fome of them likewife frequently occur in profe. 1. When a letter or fyllable is added to the beginning df a word, it is called Prosthesis : as, gnavur, for navus; tetiili, for tuli. When a letter or fyllable is interpofed in the middle of a word, it is called Ep E w T h esus ; as, re//;-

gio, for religio ; induperator, for imperator. Whem a letter or fyllable is added to the end, it is called PaRAGöce ; as, dicier, for dici. -

a. If a letter or fyllable be taken from the beginning of a word, it is called A* haexesis ; as, natur, forgnatur; tenderant, for tetenderant.

If from the middle of a word,

it is ca:led Syn cöpe ; as, dixti, for dixjli ; deám, for deo

rum. If from the end, Apocöpe ; as, viden', for vide/ie ; Antóni, for Antonii. 3. When a letter or fyllable is tranfpofed, it is called

Metat hesis ; as, pjfirit, for prjffit ; Lybia, for Lilya. When one letter is put for another, it is called Antith usus ; as, faciundum, for faciendum ; olli, for illi ; voltir, for vultiv.

DIFFERENT KINDS OF POEMS. Any work compofed in vcrfc is called a Poem, (Poema-or Carras.) Poems are called by various names, from their fubje&,Tiheir form, the manner of treating the fubje&t, and their myle. 1. A poem on the celebration of a marriage is called an EPITHA taMiuM ; on a mournful fubje&t, an Elegy or I.amentat non ; in

praife of the fupreme Being, a Hy m N ; in praife of any perfon or thing, a Panrgyric or Encomium ; on the vices of any one, a saTia* or invcctiys ; a poem to bc infcribed op a tomb, an Epi τapa, &c.

Different Kinds of Poems.

237

2. A fhort poem adapted to the lyre or harp, is called an Ope, whence fuch compofitions are called Lyric Poems : A pocm in the form of a letter is callcd an Epistl*; a fhort witty poem, playing on the fancies or conceits, which arife from any fubje&, i$ cálleö

an EPIcRam ; asthofe of Catullus and Martial. A fharp, unex pe&ted, lively turn of wit in the end of an epigram, is called its Point.

A poem expreffing the moral of any device or pi&ure, is

called an EmbleM.' A poem containing an obfcure queftion to bc cxplained, is called an /Enigma or Riddle.

Whem a chara&er is defcribed fo that the, firft letters of each verfe, and fometimes the middle and final letters, exprefs the name <of the perfon or thing defcribed, it is called an Acrostic ; as the

fellowing on our Saviour ; I nter cunéta micans I gniti fidera coelº A, E xpellit tenebras E toto Phoebus ut orb E; S ic coecas removet JESVS caliginis umbra S, p* ivificanfque fimul J^ ero præcordia mot P, S olem jußitiæ S efe probat effe beati S.

3. From the manner of treating a fubject, a poem is oither Æxe getie, Dramatic, or JMixt. The Exegefie, where the poet always fpeaks himfelf, is of three l<inds, Hiftorical, Dida&tic or Inftruétive, (as the Satire or Epiftle 3)

and Defcriptive, of the Dramatie, the chief kinds are COMEDY, reprefenting the a&ions of ordinary life, generally with a happy iffue ; and TRA GEDY, reprefenting the a&ions and diftreffes of illuflrious perfon

ages, commonly with an unhappy ifue. To which may be added Aafioral Aoea, ör Bvcolics, repréfenting the a&ions and converfa £ións of fhephcrds; as moft of the eclogues of Virgil, The AMixt kind i^ where the poet fometimes fpeaks in his own perfom, and fome.imes makes other chara&ters to fpeak. Of this

|kind is chiefiy the EPIC or HEROIC poem, which treats of fomae one great tranfa&ion of fome great illuftrious perfon, with its va rious circumftances ; as, the wrath of Achilles in the Iliad of Ho

mer; the fettlement of Æneas in Italy in the Æneid of Virgil ; thc fall of man in the Paradife Lof of Milton, &c.

4. The ftyle of poetry, as of profe, is of three kinds, the fimple, ernate, and fublime,

.-*-

238

Combination ofVenses ia Powws.

COMBINATION OF VERSES 1N POEMS.

In long poems there is commonly but one kind of verfe u(ed. °|'hus Virgil, Lucretius, Horace in his Satyres and Epifles, Ovid in his Metamorphöfis, Lucan, Silius Itali. cus, Valerius Flaccus, Juvenal, &c. always ufe Hexame ter verfe: Plautus, Terence, and other writers of Come.

dy, generally ufe the Iambic, and fometimes the Trocha ic. TIt is chiefly in fhorter poems, particularly thofe which are caJled Lyric poems, as the Odes of Horace and the Pfalms of Buchanan, that various kinds of verfe are com bined.'

A Poem which has only one kind of verfe, is called

by a Greek name, Monocölox, fc. poema v. carmen ; or Monocölos, fc. ode : that which has two kinds, Dicö low ; and that which has three kinds of verfe, Tricó lOn.

If the fame fort of verfe return after the fecond line,

it is called Dicolon Distgöp hos ; as when a fingle Pentameter is alternately placed after an Hexameter,

which is named Elegiac verfe (carmen Elegiacum,) be faufe it was firft applied to mournful fubje&s; tbus, Flebilis indignos, Elegêia, folvc capillos; Ah ! nimis cx vero nunc tibi aomen erit.

Ovid.

This kind of verfe is ufed by Ovid in ali his other works except the Metamorphofes ; and alfo for the moft part by Tibullus, Propertius, &c. When a poem confifts of two kinds of verfe, and after

three lines returns to the firft, it is called Dicolon Trjfirâ.

fbon ; when after four lines, Dicolon Tetra/riphon ; as, Auream quifquis mediocritatem Diligit, tutus caret obfoleti Sordibus te&i ; caret invidendâ Sobrius aulâ. '*

When

Horat,

a poem confifts of three kinds of verfe, and af

** three lifies always returisto thefirf, itis cálledti.

Different Kinds of Verre in Horace and Buchanan. 239 colon Tri/?rophon ; but if it returns after four lines, it is

called Tricolon Tetraffrophon ; as when after two greater da&tylic alcaic verfes are fubjoined an archilochiàm iam bic and a leffer da&ylic alcaic, which is named the Car.

men Horatianum, or Horatian verfe, becaufe frequently ufed by Horace ; thus, Virtus recludens immeritis mori

Coelum, negatâ tentat iter viâ; Coetufque vulgares, et udam

Spernit humum fugiente pennâ.

Any one of thefe parts of a poem, in which the differ ent kinds ofverfe are comprehended, when taken by it felf, is called a Strophe, Stanza, or Staff. Dif* E r E nt kinds of Verse in Horace and Buchan An. I. Odes and PsAl Ms of one kind of Verfe.

1. A/clepiadeam, See N° 3, page 272. Hor. I. 1. IV. 8. Buch. Pf. 28, 4o, 8o. III. 3o 2. Choriambic Alcaic Pentameter, confifting of a fpondee, three choriambufes, and a pyrrychius or iambus : Hor. I. 1 1. 1 8. IV. i o.

3. Iambic trimeter, N° 1 1.—Hor. Epod. 17.—Buch. Pf. 25, 94, 1o6. 4. Hexameter, N° 1. Hor. Satyres and Epiftles. Buch. Pf. 1, 1 8, 45, 78, 85, 89, 1 o4, io7, 132, 135.

5. Iambic Dimäter, N° 12.—Buch. Pf. 13, 31, 37, 47, 52, 54, 59, 86, 96, 98, 1 17, 148, 149, 15o. T 6. The Greaier Da&ylic Alcaic, N° 8.—Buch. Pf. a6, 29, 32. 49, 61, 7 1 , 73, 143. 7] Trochaic, confifting of feven trochees and a fyllable ; -

admitting alfo a tribrachys in the uneven places, i. e. in the firft, Ithird, fifth, and feventh foot ; and in the even

places, a tribrachys, fpondee, da&yle, and anapeftus,— Puch, Pf. 1 o5, 1 1 9, 1 24, 1 29.

8. Anapeflic, confifting of four anapeftufes, admitting alfo a fpondee or da&yle ; and in the laft place, fometimes a tribrachys, amphimäcer, or trochee.--Pf. f 13.

24o Different Kinds of Verte in Horace and Buchanan. 9. Anacreontic Iambie, confifting of three iambufes, and a fyllable ; in the firft foot it has fometimes a fpondee or

anapeftus, and alfo a tribrachys.-Pf. 131. 11. Opes and Psaums of two kinds of verfe following ene another alternately.

1. Glyconiam and A/clepiadian, N° 4. and 3.—Hor. I. 3, *3, 19, 36. III. 9, 15, 19, 24, 25, 28. IV. 1, 3. Buch. Pf. 14, 35, 43.

2. Every firft line (Daäylico-Trochaic,) confifting of the firft four feet of an hexameter verfe, then three tro

chees or a fpondee for the laft ; every fecond verfe (/am bic Archilochian) confifting of an iambus or fpondæus, am

iambus, a caefura, and then three trochees. Hor. I. 4. 3. The firft line, Hexameter, and the fecond, Alcmaniam I)aaylic, confifting of the four laft feet of an hexameter. Hor. I. 7, 28. Epod. i z. Buch. Pf. 4, 1 1 1.

4. Every firft line, Arißophanic, confifting of a chori ambus, and bacchius or amphimacer : Every fecond line, Choriambic Alcaic, confifting of epitritus fecundus, two choriambufes, and a bacchius.

Hor. I. 8.

. 5. The firft line, (Trochaic,) confifting of three trochees and a caefura ; or of an amphimacer and two iambufes. The fecond line, Archilochian Iambic, N° 9. Hor. II. 18.

6. The firft line, Hexameter ; the fecond ^ Da&ylic Ar chilochian,) two da&yles and caefura. Euch.' Pf. 1 z.

Hor. IV. 7.

7. The firft line, Iambic Trimeter ; and the fecond, Iam

bic Dimeter, N° 1 1.—Hor. Epod. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, I O. Buch. Pf. 3, 6, 1 o, 2 1, 22, 27, 34, 38, 39, 41, 44, 48, 53, 62, 74, 76, 79, 87, 92, 1 io, i 12, 1 1 5, 1 2o, 127, 133» 134, 139, 14. I.

8. The firft line, Iambic Dimeter ; the fecond (Sapphir,) confifts of two da&yles, a cæfura, and four iambufés, ad.

Different Kinds of /erte in Horace and Buchanan. . 241 mitting alfo a fpondeus, &c. But this verfe is common ly divided into two parts ; the firft, the latter part of a - pentameter, N° 2. and the fecond, iambic dimeter, N° 1 1. or. Epod. 1 1. -

9. The firft line, Hexameter ; the fecond, Iambic Dime ter. Hor. Epod. 14, 1 5. Buch. Pf. 81. io. Hexameter, and Iambic Trimeter. Hor. Epod. 16.

Euch. Pf. 2, 2o, 24, 57, 6o, 69, 83, 93, 95, 97, 1o8, io9, I 18, 1 26, 1 36, 147. 1 1. The firft line, Sapphic, N° 5. and the fecond Iambic

Dimeter, N° 1 1. Buch. Pf. 8. 12. Sapphic and Glyconiam, Buch. Pf. 33, 7o, 1 z 1, 142. • '

1 3. Iambic Trimeter and Pentameter. Buch. Pf. 36, 63 14. The firft line, Hexameter ; and the fecond lime, the

three laft feet of an hexameter, with a long fyllable or two fhort fyllables before. Buch. Pf. 68. 1 5. Hexameter and Pentameter, or Elegiac verfe. Buch. Pf. 88, 1 14, 1 37. 16. The firft line, (Trochaic,) three trochees and a fyl

1able, admitting fometimes a fpondee, tribrachys, &c. The fecond line, Iambic Dimeter, N° 1 1.

Buch. Pf. ioo.

III. Obss and Psalws of two kinds of

verfe, and three

or four lines in^each ftanza.

1. The three firft lines, Sapphic, and the fourth, Adoni am, N° 5. Hor. Carm. I. 2, 1o, 12, 2o, 22, 25, 3o, 32, 38. II. 2, 4, 6, 8, 1 o, t 6. III. 8, 1 1, 14, 1 8, 2o, 22, 27. IV. 2, 6, 1 1. Carmen Secul.—Buch. Pf. 5, 17, 51, 55, 65, 67, 72, 9c, Io 1, 1 o3. ' 2. The three firft lines,' A/clepiad£am, and the fourtk, Glyconian. Hor. Carm. I. 6, 1 5, 24, 33. II. 12. III. io,

16. IV. 5, 12. Buch. Pf. 23, 42, 75, 99, 1o2, 144. 3. The two firft limes, Ionic trimeter, confifting of three Ionici minores ; the third line, Ionic tetrameier, having bne Ionicus minor more.

Hor. lII. 1 2.

24*

EnclisH VERse.

4. The two firft lines have four trochees, admittimg, in the fecond foot, a fpondee, da&yle, &c.

The third

line, the fame ; only wanting a fyllable at the end. Buch. Pf. 66. .

5. The three firft lines, Glyconiam, N° 4. admitting alfo a fpondee or iambus in the firft foot ; the fourth line, Pherecratiam, N° 6.

Buch. Pf. 1 16, 122, 128.

IV. Odes and Ps Alms of three kinds of verfe, and three or four lines in each ftanza.

1. The two firft lines, A//epiad;an, N° 3. the third line, Pherecratiam, N° 6. and the fourth, Glyconiam, N° 4. Hor.

Carm. I. 5, 14, 21, 23. III. 7, 13. IV. 13.—Buch. Pf. 9, 64, 84, 13o. 2. The firft two lines, the Greater Da&ylic Alcaic, N° 8. The third, Archilochian Iambic, N° 9. The fourth, the JLeffer Alcaic, N° 1o. Hor. Carm. I. 9, 16, 17, 26, 27, 29, 31, 34, 35, 37. II. 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1, 13, 14, 15, 17, 19, 2o. III. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 17, 2 1, 23, 26, 29. IV. 4,

9, 14, 15. Buch. Pf. 7, 1 1, 1 5, 19, 3o, 46, 5o, 56, 58, 77, 82, 91, 123, 125, i4o, 146.

3. The firft line, Glyconian ; the fecond, A/clepiadaan ; the third a fpondee, three choriambufes, and an iambus or pyrrhichius. Buch. Pf. 16. 4. The firft line, Hexameter ; the fecond, Iambic dimeter ;

and the third, two da&yles and a fyllable ; Hor. Epod. 1 3. Buch. Pf. 1 38. Sometimes the two laft verfes are joined in one, or inverted ; as, Buch. Pf. 145.

ENGLISH VERSE. The quantity of fyllables in Englifh Verfe is not pre cifely afcertaincd.

With regard to this we are chießy

dire&ted by the ear. Our monofyllables are generally either long or fhort, as occafion requires. Andin words i. two or more fyllables, the accented fyllable is always ong.

Tnglish Veass. *

243

Of Englifh verfe thereare two kinds, one named Rhyme, ...

and the other Blank ver/e. In rhyme the lines are ufually conne&ted two and two, fometimes three and three in the final fyllables. Two lines following one another thus conne&ted, are called a Couplet, three lines, a Triplet, In blank verfe fimilarity of found in the fimal fyllables is carefully avoided. In meafuring moft kinds of Englifh verfe, we find long and fhort fyllables fucceeding one another alternately ; and therefore the accents fhould reft on every fecond fyl -

Jable.

The feet by which Englifh verfe is commorly meafur ed, are either Iambic, i. e. confifting of a fhort and a long fyllable ; as, älöft, cräte ; or Trochaic, i. e. confifting of a !ong and a fhort fyllable ; as, höly, lùfj. ' In verfes of the former kind the accents are to be placed on the even fyl Jables ; in the latter, on the odd fyllables. But the mea fure of a verfe in Englifh is moft frequently determined

by its number Of fyllables only, without dividing them -into particular feet. I. IAM hic M E AsURE comprifes verfes, 1. Offour fjllables, or of two feet; as, With ravifh'd ears,

The monarch hears. Dryden.

2. Of/,x Æyllabler, or of three feet ; as, Aloft in awful ftate,

The godlike hero fat.

Dryden.

3. Of eight fyllablet, or offour feet ; as, VVhile dangers hourly round us rife, No caution guards us from furprife. Fran. Horaze.

4. Often ßllables, or of five feet, which is the common meafure of heroic and tragic poetry ; as, Poetic fields encompafs me around, And ftill I feem to tread on Claffic ground ; Eor here the mufe fo oft her harp has ftrung,

That not a mountain rears its heäd unfung. " Adj. n.

English VersÂŁ.

244

Obf. 1. In meafures of this laft fort, we fometimes fimd

she laft line of a couplet or triplet ftretched out to twelve fyllables, or fix feet, which is termed an Alexandrine verfe ; thus, A needlefs Alexandrine ends the fong,

Which, like a wounded fnake, drags its flow length along. Aope. Waller was fmooth ; but Dryden taught tojoin The varying verfe, the full refounding line,

the long majcftic march, and energy divine.

Pope.

We alfo find the laft verfe of a triplet ftretched out to.

fourteen fyllables, or fevem feet, but ihen it has common }y an Alexandrine verfe before it ; thus, For thec the land in fragrant flow'rs is drcft; For thee the ocean fmiles, and fmooths her wavy breaft,

And heaven itfclf witb more ferene and purer light is bleft.Y Dryd. Sometimes alfo when there is no Alexandrine before

it ; tbus, At length by fate to power divine rcftor'd, His thunder taught the world to know its lord,

The god grew terrible again, and was again ador'd.

A'owe.

Obf. z. The more ftri&ly iambic thefe verfes are, the more harmonious. In feveral of them, however, parti cularly in thofe often fyllables, we often meet with a tro chee, and likewife a fpondee, inftead of an iambus. Verfes of heroic meafure fometimes alfo admit a da&yle, or an anapeftus, in place of the iambus ; in which cafe a verfe of five feet may comprehend eleven, twelve, thirteen, and even fourteen fyllables; thus, 1

2 3 4 '5 6

8 9 1o 1 r 12 13 14

And many an humorous, many an amorous lay 1

4 5 6

8 9 1 o 1 1 1 z.

Was fung by many a Bard on many a day.

This manner of writing every fyllable fully is now generally ufed by the beft poets, and feems much more

proper than the ancient cuĂ&#x;om of cutting off vowels by

English Verse.

245

####3;

an apoftrophe. Our abounds too much in con fonants of itfelf: the elifion of vowels therefore fhould be avoided as much as poffible, and ought only to be ad mitted where it is abfolutely neceffary ; as, o'er, for over ; e'er, for ever, &c. The fame obfervation may be applied to every kind of meafure. II. TRocHAic Measuae comprifes verfes, 1. Of three ßyllabler ; as, Dreadful gleams,

Difmal fcreams, &c.

Pope.

a. Offive /jllabler ; as, In the days of old, Stories plaiwly told, Lowers felt annoy.

3. Of/even /yllablet ; as, Fairefì piece of well form'd earth,

Urge not thus your haughty birth. Wallers Thefe are the meafures which are moft commonly uf.

ed in Englifh poetry, efpecially thofe offeven, eight, and tem fyllables. We have another meafure very quick and lively, and

therefore much ufed in fongs, which may be called Ana peffic meafure, i. e. a verfe confifling of feet of three fylla bles, two fhort, and one long, in which the accent refts upom every third fyllable. Verfes of anapeftic meafure confift of two, three, or four feet ; that is, of fix, nine, or

twelve fyllables ; thus, Let the lóud trumpets sóund, *Till the róofs all ardund, The fhrill échoes rebóund.

Pope.

Prom the pláins, from the wöodlands, and gröves, How the nightingales wárble their lóves! Sheryfonz, IMay I gövern my páfìons with âbfolute fwây, And grow wífer and bétter, as life wears awây, W 2

246

fnclish Vemse.

In this meafure, a fyllable is oftem retrenched from the firft foot ; as, The fwórd or the dárt

Shall picrce my fad héart.

Addjan,

Ye fhépherds fo chéerful and gáy, whofc flöcks ncver cárclefsly róam, &c. 1 v6w'd to the mêfes my time and my cáre, Since néithcr could wín me the fmíles of the fáir. s.

Sbryfone.

Thefe meafures are varioufly combined together in Stanzar, particularly in fhort poems ; for generally in

longer works the fame meafure is always obferved. Stanzas are compofed of more or fewer verfes, and thefe varioufly diverfified, according to the nature of the

fubje&i, and the tafle of the poet. But when they are ftretched out to a great length, and confift of verfes of amany different meafures, they are feldom agreeable. Such poems as confift of ftanzas, which are not con fined to a certain number of verfes, nor the verfes to a

certain number of fyllables, nor the rhymes to a certain diftancc, are called Irregular, or Pindaric oder. Of this kind are feveral of the poems of Cowley. But in the odes of later authors, the numbers are exa&, and the ftrophes regular. *-

Stanzas of

four lines are the moft frequent, in which

the firft verfe anfwers to the third, and the third to the

fourth. There is a ftanza of this kind, confifting of verfes of eight and of fix fyllables alternately, which i§ very of ten ufed, particularly in facred poetry.

Here for the

moft part the fecond and fourth lines only ibyme togeth er ; as,

When all thy mercies, O my God, NMy rifing foul furveys ; Tranfported with the view, I'm loft fo yonder, love, and praife. ÆJ\j/om. :

Exclish Vsass.

247

Sometimes alfo the firft and third lines anfwer to one another ; as, Keep filence, all created things, And wait your Maker's nod :

The mufe ftands trcmbling while fhe fingo The honours of her God.

AVafiy.

This flanza is ufed in place of what anciently was com prehended in two verfes, each confifting of fourteen fyl

lables, having a paufe after the eighth fyllable. Several of thefe meafures are often varied by double endings, that is, by putting an additional fhort fyllable at the end of the verfe ; as,

1. In heroic mea/ure, or ver/er often /yllables, both in blanè

verfè and rhyme. In Blank Verf.

*Tis heaveâ itf.lf that points out an hereafter. Adajos. In Rhyme, where it is called Double Rhyme. The piece, you think, is incorre&t ? Why take it, I'm ail fubmiffion ; what you'd have it, make it.

In ver/es of eight /yllables. They neither added nor confounded, They neither wanted nor abounded.

In ver/es of fix /yllablet. *Twas when the feas were roaring, with hollow blafts of wind, A damfel lay deploring All on a rock reclined.

Gay.

Popa.

248

TEnglish Vekss.

4. In ver/aw of/even /jllabler. As Palemon, unfufpe&ing,

Prais'd the fly mufician's art ; Lowe, his right difguife reje&ing,

ILodg'd an arrow in his heart. T Sbeffrw*.

5. In verfer of three ßllabler. Glooms inviting, Birds delighting.

Ad $%m.

In the Anapgffie mea/wre. Ah ! friend, *tis but idle to make fuch a pother,

Fate, fate has ordain'd us to plague one amother. Sbarfase. Now with furies furrounded, Defpairing, confounded. Pope.

Double Rhyme is ufed chiefy in poems of wit and hu mour, or in burlefque compofitions. Verfes with double endings, in blank verfe, moft fre quently occur in tragic poetry, where they often have a fine effe&t ; thus,

1 here devote thee for ■ny prince and country ; Lct them be fafe, and let me nobly perifh.

TÉompßs.

The dropping dews fell cold upon my head, Darknefs inclos'd, and thc winds wbiftled round me. Osway.

GAP1tals, &c.

249

APPENDIX.

Of Capitale, Aebbreviations, Numerical Charaâeri, and the

Livjfion of the Roman Menth. Capitals, or large letters, are ufed at the beginning of fentences, of verfes, and of proper names. SomeTufe them at the beginning of every fubftantive nonn. Ad je&ives, verbs, and other parts of fpeech, unlefs they be emphatical, commonly begin with a fmall letter. Capitals, with a pointTafter them, are often put for whole words ; thus, A. marks 4ulus, C. Caiur, D. Deci

mur, L. Luciur, M. Marcus, P. Publius, Q. Quinäiur, T. Titur. So F. ftands for Filius, and N. for Nepos ; as, M. F. Marci Filius, M. N. Marci Nepos. In like manner, P. C. marks Patres Con/cripti ; S. C. Senatus Confultum ; ' P. R. Populus R&manus ; S. P. Q. R. Senatus Populu/que Romanus ; U. C. Urbr Condita ; S. P. D. Salutem pluri mam dicit ; D. D. D. Dat, dicat, dedicat ; D. D. C. Q. I)at, dicat, confecratque ; H. S. written corruptly for L. L. S. Sgffertiur, equal in value to two pounds of brafs and a half ; the two pounds being marked by L. L. Libra, Li bra, and the half by S. Semir. So in modern books, A. D. nmarks Anno Domini ; A. M. Artium Magißer, Mafter of arts ; M. D. Medicinæ Doäor ; LL. D. Legum Doâor ; N. B. Nota Bene, &c.

Sometimes a fmall letter or two is added to the capi tal ; as, Etc. Et caetera ; Ap. Appius ; Cm. Cneius ; Op.

Qpiter ; Sp. Spurius ; Ti. Tiberius ; Sex. Sextius ; Cos. Con ful; Cofs. Con/ules ; Imp. Imperator ; Impp. Imperatores. In like manner, in Englifh, Efq. E/quire ; Dr. Debtor or Doâor ; Acct. Account ; MS. Manufcript ; MSS. Man

ufcripts ; Do. Ditto ; Rt. Hon. Right Honourable, &c. Small letters are likewife often put as abbreviations of

a word ; as, i. e. id g/?; h. e, hoc gj? ; e. g. exempli gratiâ ; V. g. verbi gratiâ.

Capit Aes, &c.

25o

Capitals were ufed by the ancient Romans, to mark numbers. The letters employed for this purpofe were C. I. L. V. X. which are therefore called Numerical Let

terr. I, denotes one, V. five, X. tem, L. ffy, and C. a hundred. By the various combination of thefe five letters, all the different numbersare expreffed. The repetition of a numerical letter repeats its value. -

Thus, II. fignifies two ; III. three ; XX. twenty ; XXX. thirty ; CC.Ttwo hundred, &c.

But V. and L. are never

repeated.

When a letter of a lefs value is placed before a letter

of a greater, the lefs takes away what it flamds for from the greater ; but Tbeing placed after, adds what it ftands for to the greater ; thüs, -

IV. IX.

Four. Nine.

V. Five, X. Ten.

VI.

Six.

XI.

Elevem.

XL. Forty. L. Fifty. LX. Sixty. XC. Ninety. - C. A hundred. CX. AhundredandteQ. A thou/and is marked thus, cin, which in later times was contra&ted into M. Five Hundred is marked thus, 13, or, by contra&tion, d.

The annexing of 3 to 13. makes its value ten times greater ; thus ioo. marks five thou/and ; aud uo32. ffy thct /and.

The prefixing of c, together with the annexing of » to the number ciô, makes its value ten times greatér ; thus, ccioo, denotes ten thoufand; and ccciooo. a hundred thou /and. The ancient Romans, according to Pliny, proceed ed no farther in this method of notation.

If they had

occafion to exprefs a larger number, they did it by repe tition ; thus, ccci33o, cccieoo. fignified two hundred thoufamd, &c. We fometimes find thoufandi expreffed by a ftraight -

line drawn over the top of the numerical letters. Thus, III. denotes three thoufand; ¥. ten thou/and.

But the modern manner of marking numbers is much more fimple, by thefe ten chara&ters,Tor Figurer, which,

from the ten fingers of the hands, were called Digit ;

1)ivision of the RoMAN Months.

25 1

1 one, 2 two, 3 three, 4 four, 5 five, 6 fix, 7 feven, 8 eight, 9 nine, o nought, nothing. The firft nine are called Signjfi cant Figures. The laft is called a Cypher. Significant figures placed after one another, increafe -

their value tem times at every remove from the right hand to the left thus,

8 Eight

Ég¤s.

85 . Eighty.five. 856 Eight hundred and 8566 Eight thoufand five hundred and fixty

lX.

When cyphers are placed at the right hand of a figni ficant figure, each cypher increafes the value of the figure ten times : thus, 1 One. 2 Two.

xo Ten. * co A hundred. ao Twenty. aoo Two hundrea.

rooo A thoufand.

acoo Two thoufand.

Cyphers are often intermixed with fignificant figures, thus, 2o2o2, Twenty thoufand two hundred and two.

The fuperiority of the prefent method of marking num bers over that of the Romans, will appearby expreffing the prefent year both in letters and figures, and compar. ing them tygether : cio,13 ccixxx, or M,dcclxxx, 178o. As the Roman manner of marking the days of their months was quite different from ours, it may perhaps be

of ufe here to give a fhort account of it. Divjfiom of the Romam Months. * -

The Romans divided their months into three parts, by Ralends, Noner, and Idem. The firft day of every month was called the Kalends ; the fifth day was called the Nones ; and thirteenth day was called the Ides ; except in the months of March, May, July, and O&tober, in which the nones fell upon the {eventh day, and the ides on the fifteeenth.

In reckoning the days of their months, they counted backwards. Thus, the firft day of January was marked Kalendis }anuariis or Januarii, or by contra&ion, Kal.

jan. Tfie laft day of December, Pridie Kalendas janu

qriaf or januarii, fcil. ante. The day before that, ór the

25*

Idivisios of the Roman Monrhs.

thirtieth day of December, Tertio Kal. jan. fcil. die ante ; or, Ante diem tertium Kal. %an. The twenty-ninth day of December, Kal. jan. And fo on, till they came back to the thirteenth day of December, or to the ides,

which were marked Idibus Decembribur, or Decembris : The

day before the ides, Pridie Idus Dec. fcil. ante : the day before that, Tertio Id. Dec. and fo back to the nones, or

the fifth day of the month, which was marked, Nonis De cembribus or Decembris ; The day before the nones, Pridie

Non Dec. &c. and thus through all the months of the year.

In Leap.year, that is, when February has twenty-nine days, which happens every fourth year, both the z4th and the 25th days of that month were marked, Sexto Xa lendas Martii or Martia* ; and hence this year is ca\\ed Biffextìlit. -

junius, Aprilis, Septemque, Novemque tricenos; Unum plus reliqui ; Februus tenet o&to viginti ; At fi biffextus fuerit ; fuperadditur unus. Tu primam menfis lucem dic cffe kalendas, Sex Maius, nonas, Octobea, Julius, et Maas, Quatuor at reliqui ; dabit idus quilibet o&o. Omnes poft idus luces dic effe kalendas, Nomen fortiri debent a menfe fequenti.

Thus, the 14th day of April, june, September, and Octo ber, was marked XVIII. Kal. of the fòllowing month ; the 15th, XVII. Kal. &c. The 14th day of january, 4ugu/l, and December, XIX. Kal. &c. So the- I6th däy of March, May, 7uly, and 0áober, was marked XVII.

Kal. &c. And the 14th day of February, XVI. Kal. Martii or Martias.

The names of all the months are

ufed as Subftantives or Adje&ives, except Aprilis, which is ufed only as a Subftantive.

f11* 18;

（~º

~º:

…

;-） .-★

★ →→→ → → → *，